You are on page 1of 298

PRINCETON,

N.

J.

V7,W
Division
Section
...

'Ln

\r.

./

ShelJ

Number.

^/t^tts

READING BOOK

TURKISH LANGUAGE,
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY.

READING BOOK
OF THE

TURKISH LANGUAGE,
WITH A

GEAMMAE AND VOCABULAEY;


CONTAINING A SELECTION OF ORIGINAL TALES, LITERALLY TRANSLATED, AND

ACCOMPANIED BY

GRAMMATICAL REFERENCES:
THE PRONUNCIATION OF EACH WORD GIVEN AS NOW USED IN CONSTANTINOPLE.

WILLIAM BURCKHARDT'BAEKER,

M.E.A.S,

ORIENTAL INTERPRETER, AND PROFESSOR OF THE ARABIC, TURKISH, PERSIAN AND HINDUSTANI LANGUAGES AT ETON COLLEGE: AUTHOR OF "LARES AND PENATES;" " TURKISH TALES IN ENGLISH ;" ETC., ETC.

LONDON:
JAMES MADDEN,
8,

LEADENHALL STREET.
he reserves the right of translating
it.

M.DCCC.LIV.

The Author of

this

work

notifies that

STEPHEN AUSTN, JPKlNTEK, HKTORD.

JEUT.-COL.
F.R.S.,

HENRY CRESWICKE RAWLINSON,

C.B.,

CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE IMPERIAL INSTITUTE OF FRANCE,


ETC, ETC.

AS

A SLIGHT TESTIMONY OF ADMIRATION FOR HIS TALENTS AND ATTAINMENTS,

AND ESTEEM FOR

HIS CHARACTER,

THIS

WORK

INSCRIBED

THE AUTHOR.

PREFAC E.
The
object
at

of a

the

present

work

is

to

assist

the

student

in

arriving

more intimate
can

acquaintance

with

the

Turkish

language than

be

acquired by

means of the grammars


and

which

have hitherto
or

been

published,
for a general
to

which are either

incorrect

too

complex

reader.

For a person who aspires

read and write a language with


is

any degree of accuracy, something more


superficial

necessary than a

knowledge of grammatical

rules.

He

must study

its

construction

and possess a just conception of


author ventures to hope

its

organization;

and

this the

may be

effected

by following

the plan laid

down
is

in these pages.
to

While

it

impossible

foresee

all

the

difficulties

that

may
his

arise

in

the

mind

of

student,

the

author

has

done

best

towards anticipating

them, and in

this task

he has
to

been mainly guided by the remarks and questions put

him

by

his pupils in the several stages of their progress.

By
and

first

presenting a

number

of simple but necessary forms


for

rules,

he lays
;

foundation
giving
a

observations

of a

more

critical

nature

by

grammatical

analysis

of every

VilJ

PREFACE.

difficult

word, he

renders

these

rules

familiar

and by con-

stant repetition,

he inculcates them on the memory.


of each word, he

By

giving

literal

translation
;

saves the learner

much

time

and trouble

and by presenting the same word in the


its

vocabulary, he lays before the student

root and origin as

it

would occur

in a dictionary.
a

Doubtless,

great

deal

more might be written without

exhausting the subject; but the author trusts that sufficient has

been done

to simplify the rules,

and bring them within reach

of the comprehension of every one

without
the

prolixity,

and yet

with sufficient diffuseness for every requisite purpose.


It
is

with

much

diffidence

that

author
;

now

lays

the

result

of his

experience before

the world

but he trusts he

may, in some measure, gain the approval of more competent


judges, amongst

whom

there

is

no one whose good opinion he


officer to

could more highly value than the distinguished

whom

he ventures

to dedicate this

volume.

London, July, 1854.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
THE ALPHABET,
SECT.

[1.]
[ 2.] [ 3.]

The Saghir Nun

The Turkish Alphabet

..... ....
.... .....
of the letters
.

ETC.

1
ib.

Consists of 17 different characters, (33 letters in all)

3
ib.

[4.]
[5.]

The primary order


Value of the

letters

ib.
ib.
ib.

[6.]
[ 7.]

TheAbjadie

Letters that are never joined to those following

[ 8.]

Of the

letters

\,

c, j

and ^j
Fatha, Kesra, and

[9.]
[ 10.]

Of the Yowel Points

Prolongation of the same

....
.

Dammah

ib. ib.

[11.]
[ 12.]

Vowel

Points only used on particular occasions


TasM'id,

ib,

Of the Tanwin,

Wash, Hamza, Jazma and Hadf

OP THE ARTICLE.
[ 13.]

The Turks have no

Definite Article

OP NOUNS.
[14.]

No

distinction of

Gender in Nouns

ib.

OF THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS.


[15.]
[ 16.]

Affixes taken to form the cases

Nouns terminating with


declined.

......
a vowel
:

j\

ev,

'

a house,' declined
baba,
'

ib.

as

bb

a father,'

7
ib.

[ 17.]
[ 18.]

Arabic words sometimes retain their

own

plural

Arabic words sometimes take the Persian form of plural

ib.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

[19.]

The change

of the of the

to

7
ib.

[20.]

The change

CJ to

t*f

OE ADJECTIVES.
[21.]

The Turkish Adjective


stantively

invariable, but

may

be used sub-

[22.]

Of the comparative ^>- J


Another form of comparative

[23.] [24.] [25.]

Of the superlative degree

List of superlative prefixes or expletives

PRONOUNS.
[26.] [27.] [28.]
[29.]

Pronouns have no distinction of gender

The Personal Pronouns declined


Of the Substantive Pronoun ^jc
Of the Substantive Pronoun j>Jj1

[30.]

A^ declined with the possessive affixes

[81.] [32.]

Of the Demonstrative Pronouns

j, }-*>
\

and j' or

[33.]
[34.]

Of the possessive
j\ declined

affixes
.

with one of the above

LjJj

declined with one of the above

Note on the double use of the personal pronoun in the


3rd person

....
affixes of the
affix

[35.] [36.]
[37.] [38.] [39.] [40.] [41.] [42.]

Important changes after the

3rd person

Of the pronominal

Of^
0ji and

^
^S

Of the Interrogative Pronoun

Of

<

and

e '+x^i

Of ~li, J~a3, Of

3J? <,

Jb

and <Uj)

Indefinite Pronouns


TABLE OF CONTENTS.
SECT.

XI
PAGE

[43.]

Of^jA
Table of the Cardinal Numbers
.
.

15
.

[44.]
[ 45.]

ib.
.

Formation of the cardinal numbers by adding ar

16
ib.
ib.

Important note on euphony, and the sounding of vowel points


[ 46.]

Of the

interrogative ordinal
.

number ^rsrs-U
.

[47.]
[48.]

Ordinals used adjectively

Of numbers with an

affix

[49.]
[50-1.]

Of

distributive

numbers
.

.....
^jj declined
.
.

.17
.

ib.

ib. ib.

And

their uses

[52-3.] Of

fractional

numbers

ib.

[54.]
\^5o.~\

Notation of figures

.18
.

Of the use of the alphabet

for

numbers

ib.

OF VERBS.
[ 56.] [ 57.] [ 58.] [ 59.]

Division of verbs

ib.

Of the Simple Yerb


Derivative verbs

Model proposed

...... ......

. .

ib.

ib.
ib.

[60.]

Table of the formation of Turkish Verbs,


tive, Impossible, etc.
.

Active, Nega.

.19
.

[ 61.]

All conjugated in same manner as the simple verb


Irregularity of some verbs
.
.

20
ib.
ib. ib.

[62.]
[ 63.]

Of the changes of

transitive verbs

[64.]
[ 65.]

Of the Composite Verbs


Conjugation of the Auxiliaries
Necessitative

[66.] [67.] [68.]


[ 69.]

Mood

Optative
Conditional

Imperative
Infinitive

[70.]
[ 71.]

Participles

...... ...... ...... ......


.

uXfcM
.

and lLJU:^)
.
.

21

.23
ib.

24
ib.

25
ib.

Xll

TAW. E OF CONTEXTS.

[72.;

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Xlll

102.]

Conjugation of the Verb cS~*yx.

Conditional

103.] 104.] 105.]

Imperative
Infinitive

Participles and

Gerunds

106.]
107.]

Verbal nouns

Of the Passive Verb

CJ^y

108.]
109.] 110.]
111.]

Of the Negative Verb Ll*j~>


Necessitative

Optative
Conditional
.

112.]
113.] 114.]

Imperative
Infinitive

Participles

and Gerunds

115.]
116.]
117.]

a the sign of the Negative verb

Indeterminates

Example

of the gerund

118.]
119.]

Of Interrogative Verbs
Of the Verb used Negatively and Interrogatively

120.]

Of the

interrogative particle

Summary.
121.]
122.] 123.]

Verbs

Of Adverbs

Of Expletives

.... ....
cases of nouns

List of Expletives

124.]
125.]

Of

Prepositions, Persian and Arabic

Of
I.

Post-positions

Those which form the


Of
$

126.] 127.]
128.]
129.]

Of <j the sign of the genitive


the sign of the dative
sign of the accusative
often dropped in
:

Of ^j the
The

is

MSS., and the termination

of a

word written o

for


XIV

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Of Post-positions which form the


[130-1.

cases of nouns

Of #J and jjJ the sign Of A

of the ablative

[132.]

or <uj! another sign of the ablative


infinitive

[133.]
[

Of the use of &ji with the


II.

134.]

Of Post-positions affixed to the nominative


Post-positions used with the genitive

[135.]

[136.]
[ 137.]
[

138.]

Of IV. Of Y. Of VI. Of
III.

Post-positions used with the dative

Post-positions used with the ablative


Post-positions

which take the

possessive affix

[139 171.] [172 191.]


[192.]
[ 193-4.

Conjunctions
Interjections

Of Derivation

....
.

Arabic words with Persian terminations

[195.] [196.]
[197.]

Of ^5- added
Of

to

nouns

,>- added to verbs

Of J3 or
Of
Of Of

[198.]
[199.] [200.] [201.]

Of , added
fjs.
fc>-

to the roots of verbs to express diminution


to

and c>-

when added

words

-J expressive of

diminution

[202.]
[203.]
[ 204.]

Of

J or
Js

^
or

expressive of possession

Of
Of

expressive of privation

L^>
<
\

aTld

\JS*

or

U}S

[205.]
[ 206.]

Of J, J, Of lJ and Of

to
,

form verbs from nouns

Persian terminations

[207.]
[ 208.]

Of Cj\j and
..pi as

&^s*,

}S

or

J-

i,

Persian terminations

a termination to substatives

[209.]

Of Jul

or *jj, Persian terminations

SYNTAX.
[210.]
Important rule on two Nouns coming together
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

XV

[2H.]
[212.]

The Persian form

used,

the (-) kesra representing the


('s)
.

English genitive case

Of two names coming together with an


tween them

.....
*lj

66

adjective be-

[213.] [214.] [215.] [216.] [217.] [218.]

Of Arabic and Persian Nouns

Of a Noun

of

Number with two

genitives preceding

it

Of the use of the word

Of Of

the dative case

....
*j).\

^y=

and

its

accompanying noun

,.**?], &?

JW

,jf,t,

AA,

forming part of the word preceding them

J*

and
.

&uo!

[219.]
[ 220.]

Of the Adjective preceding the Substantive

Of

titles

.....
to their position as to

[221.]

Of numbers with regard

nouns

[222.]
[223.]
[ 224.]

A noun
The use

remains in the singular with a plural number


of the 3rd person singular avoided
plural generally understood

The pronoun of the 3rdpers.


Of the pronoun Of the pronoun

[225.]
[ 226.]

of the 1st person of the

2nd person

[227.]
[228.]
[ 229.]

Of

the possessive affix


particle
its

Of the Of

J, and

its

demonstrative power

power of appropriation.
specific

[230.] [231.]
[ 232.]
[

Of its

power

as to time
1

The Verb

agrees with the

st

and 2nd persons

But need not be

in concord with the 3rd person


or

233.]

The use of the Yerb when addressing one

more persons

[234.]
[ 235, 6.
[

The use
i

of the

Yerb when speaking


use and disuse
.

collectively

Of J and
Of the Yerb

its

237.]

in poetry

[238.]
[

Of<Ujl
Of lJ\ and
of 20

239.]

.... ....


XVI

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

240.]

Of *J added

to infinitives

....
and of 4 or &j\ when joined
. .

PAGE

72

[ 241.]

Of the dative

infinitive,

to infinitives
[

ib.

242.]

Of

Participles

when

declined

.73
.

[243.]
[

Of Conjunctions

or Disjunctives.

ib.

244.]

The Gerund represents a pause in the sentence


Example, with
literal

ib.

and free translation,


;

illustrative

of the construction of Turkish sentences

and grammatical references

....

,,

with notes
74

APPENDIX.
[

245.]

Compound

tenses of a

Verb (which have been purposely

omitted in the body of the work)


I.

(J^A with

the present participle of (j^^js^

77 79 80

[ [

246.]

II.

247.]

III.

,,

with the past participle of


with the future participle of

,,

INDECLINABLE GERUNDS.
[248.]

Gerunds formed with the present,

past,

and

future
.

participles of Verbs, and the Gerund jL.\\


l

ib.

[ [

249.] 250.]

Gerunds formed by 4 or Ai\ taking the


Gerunds formed by

infinitive.

[241]

81
ib. ib. ib.

being added to the verbal noun

[251.]
[

Gerunds formed by the addition of Jj^


This form
is

252.]

often curtailed

....
^J
and s\*a
to the verbal

DECLINABLE GERUNDS.
[ 253.]
[

Gerunds produced by *J being added


Gerunds produced by
added
to the verbal

noun
being

ib.

254.]

J^ ^J
noun

....
and SjLo

^J

ib.

255.]

The

past, present,

and future tenses of a verb, with the


,

gerunds of (JjA)\ exemplifying the changes of which


a verb
is

capable

....

82


TABLE OF CONTENTS.
XV11

SUMMARY.
PAGE

Table of the Gerunds of a verb in ^LSTable of the gerunds of a verb in


jj

lLC* ^
^j^\
'

to see

'
.

84 87

to take'

CHAPTER ON COMPOSITION.

How

best to arrive at facility of composition

90

The time and

application requisite

Listless students should not undertake to acquire a language, as

they must

fail

.91 .93
.

We

should endeavour to think in Turkish, and represent our

thoughts

first in Turkified.

English
are able to do
.
.

95
ib.

Which may
Examples

easily be translated, until

we

it

off-hand
.

to illustrate our

meaning

.96
Roman

CHAPTER ON PRONUNCIATION.
The
vexata qucestio of representing Oriental words with

characters

Example

of a dialogue written by three persons, each differently,


to illustrate this difficulty
. .

.97 .98

No On

accent in the Turkish language

Turkish orthography

.100 .101
.

The pronunciation

of the words, as noted in the Yocabulary, the


.

best possible under existing circumstances

101

Eirst chapter of St. John's Gospel, with the pronunciation of each

word, and an interlinear translation, accompanied

by

copious
:

explanatory

notes

and

references

adapted

beginner

......
to

grammatical
a
\

the

comprehension of

f 1

Anecdotes of Nasr-il-deen Khoja, with interlinear translation,


copious notes and grammatical references
:

adapted
.

to the student in the second stage of his progress

V-V1

XV111

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

(i.

The Khoja's preaching

.....
for not giving

rv

(2.)

The Khoja thanks Providence The Khoja

wings

to

camels

r
.

(3

finds the air of a city like that of his native


to the bath

town

r.

(4

The Khoja goes

(5 (6
(7.

The Khoja's dream. The Khoja's The Khoja The Khoja


is

fright at

some Bashi Bozks

taken aback and loses his presence of mind

(8.

at

Koniah

.... ....
.

H
rr

rr
rp

(9.

The Khoja avoids keeping Bamadan and The Khoja's opinion


of the

is

discovered

n
TA

(10.

moon

(11.
(12. (13.

The Khoja accompanies

a caravan

The Khoja turns merchant

The Khoja's
The Khoja

indifference on a blind

man

being drowned

H n
p.

(14.
(15. (16.

eats his neighbour's heifer

The Khoja's The Khoja

repartee on being asked the day of the

month

pi

enters a garden

by means

of a ladder

(17.
(18. (19.
(20. (21. (22.

The Khoja puts


The Khoja

his fowls in

mourning

pr

beats an ox for infringing on his premises


to his followers regarding his

rr

The Khoja's charge The Khoja mourns

tomb

pr
pp
Pc

for himself

The Khoja's anger The Khoja burns


The Khoja

at being wetted

by a spout of water

all his

companion's clothes
a thief
it

(23.
(24.

follows

home

The Khoja borrows


had begot a
declares
it

a caldron, returns

saying that
it

it

little one,

dead

(25.)

The Khoja

overpowered

vanquished
(26.)

The Khoja's

cruelty to a stork,

like a bird

(27.)

The Khoja

eats

duck-soup

..... ..... ..... .....


then he borrows

again and

PA

by a dog,

confesses

himself
c

whom

he considered not

el

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
TALE

XIX

28.

The Khoja's

indifference

29.
30.

The Khoja beats a cock and reproaches him The Khoja shams dead The Khoja
at

*r

cr
.

31.
32. 33. 34.

Sr Hissar
rich

*i

The Khoja and the

jew

*i

The Khoja's sarcasm on external appearances The Khoja wishes every day was Bairm
The Khoja's honesty
in spite of himself and his interests of his donkey

V
11

35. 36.
37.
38.

ir

The Khoja's reply on being asked the loan

The Khoja

resents the loss of his pelisse on his

donkey

The Khoja's donkey braying saves


stolen

......
donkey has become a Cadi
at the testimony of a
.

ir If
1e

his pelisse from being

39. 40.

The Khoja

believes his

1
donkey

The Khoja's astonishment


being preferred to his

11

41.

The Khoja The Khoja

fancies himself dead

11
donkey

42. 43. 44.


45.

cuts off the tail of his


to the frogs

iv
1A
11

The Khoja's present

The Khoja converts three

Christians

The Khoja

luckily takes a present of figs to the governor

of the district instead of beetroot

vv

46/
47.
48.

The Khoja returns home dry The Khoja

in the rain
first

VA
A'
practical

takes a goose to Timrlane, but eats a leg of it


decision

The Khoja's

experience
49.

......
when Cadi drawn from

Ar

The Khoja The Khoja

is

disturbed by thieves

50/
51,

shoots his

own

linen, taking it for a thief

Ar Ap
Aa

The Khoja mounts


The Khoja longs
ox of
his

his

donkey backwards
of an old

52/

to
.

mount between the horns

Al

(53.)

The Khoja's

sarcastic reproach to his wife

AV

XX

TABLE OF CONTEXTS.

54.)

The Khoja's compassion The Khoja wishes


to

for a dirty bird of

prey

AA
Al
Q
i

(55.)
(
( (

have two shavings for one payment


into the sea

56.) 57.) 58.)


59.)

The Khoja throws himself

The Khoja

is

too sharp for the lads of the neighbourhood

111

The Khoja's treatment

of connections
tortoise

The Khoja's treatment of a

ir
forgotten

(60.)

The Khoja's reply


table,

to

those

who had
his horse

him

at

and who afterwards sought his company


loses

(61.)
(62.)

The Khoja

and recovers

with a caravan

ir IP
11
',v

The Khoja's pun a bad one


The Khoja reprobates the clipping of words The Khoja's The Khoja's
shift at

(63.)
(

64.)

prayer

(65.)

laziness

....
when only
despoils

half- washed

v
5

(66.)
(

The Khoja's poverty and The Khoja's The Khoja's


retort
tricks

shifts

,A

67.)
68.)

upon an importuning mendicant


and laughs
at a troop of softas

11

69.)

The Khoja catches a Cadi drunk, and


cloak with impunity

him

of his

70.)

The Khoja's anger and pun on being badly shaved The Khoja pretends he
is

(71.)
(72.)

a bulbul
excellence

The Khoja's learning and

VOCABULARY.
Powers of the Eoman
letters as

The system

laid

down

the best to give the

pronunciation

Vocabulary, consisting of nearly three thousand words, with the


pronunciation
of each

Constantinople, with th' ir correct


stood by the Turks

...... .....
word
as

adopted in this work

learner a correct

at present used in

meaning

as under-

XX11
PAGE
LINE

ERRATA.

40
41

15 For

47
50 53

28
21 19


54

20 25
29

21

55

27

56
,59

61

ERRATA.
PAGE

XX1U

'

XXIV
PAGE
LINE
1

ERRATA.

TP

For

Grosse Claus und


klein Claus

jj
die

read

jj
Der kleine Klaus
grosse Klaus.

TV

17

md

der

21
19

such were the contradiction s


Dele
'

,,

such were the inconsistencies.

Yide note

7,

page 1

'

ERRATA IN THE VOCABULARY.


9

14
5

For

,,

o-lu

read

-I
ra-sl
zin-di-gd-ni

24

ra-sl

30

zin-da-gani
ta-hel-mek
w
(

read

26

,,

ty-hyl-mak

Note.

All the
:

in the Vocabulary

have been omitted

for

typo-

graphical reasons

the

Roman

characters will suffice to

show where they

come

in.

ELEMENTS

TUEKISH GRAMMAR
[1.]

The Turks use the Arabic and Persian


from the Arabic
is

characters, to

which

they have added the sagMr nn [lL^ ], on which three dots are sometimes
affixed [

\S]

to distinguish it

CS laf,

and the Persian

i^Sgaf; but generally no


knowledge of the word

distinction

considered necessary,

and a

suffices to direct

the reader.

[2.]THE TURKISH ALPHABET.

TURKISH GRAMMAR.


THE ALPHABET.
3

[3.]

The

learner will observe that the alphabet consists of only

seventeen different characters, to which one or more dots are placed above
or below to form the remaining letters

thirty-three in

all.

[4.]
a,

If he follow the order of these primary letters

[lu.J,
the Greek,

Ay,

S], he will find that they are arranged at


origin

first like

and thus prove their common


Phoenician.

with

this

language from the


of

Whatever may have been the


it is

origin

the Shemitic,

Indo-Germanic, and Tartaric languages,


of letters

evident that the invention

had but one source.*


In
this

[5.]

order they have a certain value, which


it

is

sometimes

used to form a word, and a date by which


in the

maybe

retained more easily

memory

the order

is as

follows

60
_

50

40

30

20

10

2
*-*

^
900

J*
800

*
700

t
600

^ ^
500

u*
300

J
200

J
100

u*
90

t.

1000

400

80

70

[6.]

In

this

order the letters are divided into eight barely pro-

nounceable words,

^u?

ickr
to

<^Ja\j <^i*~j
letters

j^
may

L5^^

j^

^f^>

and which we give here


[ 7.]

show how the


letters,

be joined, f

There are seven

however,

I,

J,

J,j, \,j, and^, which

* It would not be proper here to follow out this argument, but the writer has often thought that he could trace in the Sanskrit characters a remarkable coincidence in form with many of the Eoman letters. This may arise from the Phoenician and Sanskrit being both descended from some still more ancient language, which is now lost in the remote ages prior to the existence of either of these languages.
gone, out f The use of the letter numbers is fast going, if not entirely of practice, as puerile but formerly great significance was attached to any combination of letters that express in one or more words an event and a date.
;

b 2

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

arc never joined to the following letter, and


is
is

when they

occur, the

word

broken,

that

is,

the pen

is

taken

off,

and the second part of the word

resumed unconnected.

They may only be joined


exhibited,

to the letter preceding


t

them, as thus

<d)l$U,

Jljcxl, j\&&\, mJ\ *aj\ J


is

tli3j**jUj!,

uJyl.

[8.]
letters
\,

The Turkish alphabet


c, j,

composed entirely of consonants.

The

and ^jt although they sometimes perform the part of


first

vowels, must rather be considered to stand under the

category.

[9.]

The

place of the vowels


(

is
).

supplied by three marks called

Fatha ( " ), Kesra


above the
letter, letter,

^ ),

and

Damma

9
(

The
;

first consists

of a small stroke

giving the sound of a


giving the sound of
i
;

the second, of a similar one


'

below the

and the third of a small

like a

comma

over the letter, imparting the power of u.

Ex.

Fatha
Kesra

Si

pronounced
,,

bad.
bid.

J
s ?

Dammah
[9.]
ceding an
\

Jo

,,

bud.

When
f

either of these occurs in conjunction with a letter pre,

ij, or

the sound of the fatha, kesra, or

damma
bid.

is

prolonged.

Jb
But in
this

boil.

J-J

bil.

(jji

case the vowel-points are generally omitted, as the

\,

^c,

and j are
[11.]

sufficient indications of

what vowel sound

will be required.

Indeed, in most cases the vowel points are not inserted, except

in quotations from the Koran, or in writing a foreign


in

word

or

name, and

some poetical works

this causes at first a little to

embarrassment to the
if

learner: he

must accustom himself


exist, until

pronounce the word as

such

vowels did not


word.

he can supply them by a knowledge of the


little practice.

This difficulty will vanish by dint of a


VOWEL POINTS AND OTHER
The Turks
also

SIGNS.

[12.]
writers,

have recourse

to other signs in use

among Arab

which are
(

L)

an or en over a
generally the
\

final letter,

\
)

bb

baban,

om or ww
this sign doubles the letter over

sL->b

J^wra.
it is

Tashdid
j

*
(
),

which

placed;

as,

tana

M
(

us.

Wash
loses its

-0

implies conjunction, and

is

placed over the

alif,

which

power and becomes mute.

Ex.

u-:L*J
(

^Jx

'Attal hissab.

jJ

tl^Ul! II malek
its

il

hah.

Madda
Ex.

*-

when
t

placed over an alif lengthens


Azarish.
alif,
is

sound.

\>j\)
f ( )

Hamza

is

equal to half an

dots are omitted, as in

JJL.

It

and when placed over a (^j) the also used with the fatha and kesra

over and below the

alif.

Ex. j^jK

ta'thir,

(
)

c;U-1

^ijab.

Jazma
o

or

is

placed over a letter to separate the syllables of a


o o

word.
Note.

cjr^^"

choh-lulc, jJu3u*3y|

et-mish-dir.

When
J,

the Arabic article


J, j, J,

J! occurs before a noun commencing


{JJ

with CL3, lU,


is

^w, ^Ji

jje, L, k,

J,

or

^, the tashdid
not sounded.

placed over the

first letter

of the noun, and the article


*jujJ

is

Ex.

f-^-N

^^jAs>-jj\ ^djJ!

j5mw

illah-h-irrahman irrahim.

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

OF THE ARTICLE.
[13.]

The Turks have no

definite article

for the indefinite article

they use the numeral adjective


recourse to the Persian

bir,

one.

They sometimes have


by a kesra
or

manner

of expressing the article

hemza between the nouns.

Ex.

*$*
the

t^V

Nawale-y-^mhk)

the

Lamentations of Love

\\J*,^m^,

Hose-garden of Shiraz.

OF NOUNS.
[ 14.]

The Turkish language,

like the English,

makes no

distinction

of genders

in nouns, except in borrowing an Arabic or Persian word,


it as

when they import


Ex.

they find

it

used.

Jv^ ivalidah, a mother.

l^-Oj bint, a daughter.


jj
zcn,

J-* merd, a man,

woman.

OF THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS.


[ 15.]

Properly speaking there are no declensions, as the word never


it

changes, but takes an affix which gives


affixes are,

the required meaning.

Such
as

however, so constantly used, that

we

shall look

upon them

forming cases, and treat them as such,


the students

to facilitate the

comprehension of

who have accustomed

their

minds

to

such form by the study

of the Classics. j\
ev,

a house.'
TLIJEAL.

SINGULAR.
j\
ev,

a house.
house.

Jj!

evler,

houses.

\jj\ evin, of a

\Jj\j\ evlerin, of houses.

$
^cj!
or

eveh, to a house.
ev'i,

ih\

cvlerali, to
evleri,

houses.

the house.

sJl

houses.

,. j\ evdan,

from a house.

^(J^
'

evler dan,

from houses.

or

Xj\ evdah, in or

by the house.

^yy

evlerdah, in or

by houses.

NOUNS.

[ 16.]

If the

noun terminates with a vowel,


and

it

then takes J3,

&

and

->

in the singular (gen. dat.

ace.), instead of

v and ^j

b\j baba,

"a

father."
TLUIIAL.

SINGULAR.

by tXjbu

baba, a father.

J\j\j

babaler, fathers.

babanin, of a father.

U^lblj

babaler in, of fathers.

t^blj babayali, to a father,

^blj babaler al, to fathers.

^blj
or

babay, a father.

o^IAj
or

babaler i fathers.
,

^jI:Ij bahadan, from a father.

^J^L'l.' babaler dan, from fathers.


ijjljlj babaler dah, in or

$jLL
This

babadeh, in or

by

fathers.

by

fathers.

is all

that

is

required to be borne in

mind regarding the changes

of

substantive nouns,
[ 17.]

when they

are purely Turkish.

The Turks

often take an Arabic word,

and use

it

with

its

own

plural.

Ex.
[ 18.]

J~*aftJ, plural J-**?lj' or

C^L*aJi

,oli, plural

culoli.

But they

also take

an Arabic word and give

it

a Persian muta-

tion for the plural, as k:L?,

governor,' plural ^UjuLj, 'governors.'


i.,

Ex.
or

St.

John, chap,

v. 4,
,

\J?&>\

?jy
life

J3L*J|

CjL>- j,

ljxA
[ 19.]

Jiv'u .LJ|

Cl>L>-

And

the

was the

light of men.'

Both in substantives and verbs [57], those words which have a


it

^j

change

into a

v for the sake of euphony, which

is

much

studied

by the Turks
later in this

to soften their language,

and of which more will be said

work.
[i

Thus, <jJi makes

f^

&*i&> and

^J^s

in the genitive, dative,

and accusative cases singular.


[20.]
{g hard).

For the same reason the cl/

is

softened into a Persian <* f

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

Ex.
the gen. dat.
X^ote.

Llio 4 makes

J2j 4
in this

^
we

fl

<>

4"

in te inflected

(*..,

and

ace.) cases singular.

to the understanding of the learner, examples given several little things

speak to the eye as well as him to observe from the which he will the better recollect, from having used his ingenuity in discovering them. For instance^ in looking through the declension of nouns he will see that by the addition

As our intention

work

is to

leave

of J

ler,

the plural

is

formed.

OF ADJECTIVES.
[21.]

The Turkish Adjective


J

is

unchangeable.

J
-

bir guzel hiz, a pretty girl.


killer,

3 {\)f 9 uze l

pretty girls.

,Jli^

lilij!

J \ J \f

Mr

guzel oghlan, a pretty boy.

guzel oghlanler, pretty boys.

But

if

you use the word

as a substantive, it takes all the changes of

the noun.

Ex.
regularly.
[

A\S

J, a beauty.

Plur.

J^\

beauties,

which

is

declined

22.]

The Comparative

is

expressed by the addition of the word ^j>. J

(pronounced daha.)

Ex.

ayi, good.
tf\

y\ ^J>-^ daha
Jjj^ ^j>~
>

ay i, better.

\ gzel,
[ 23.]

pretty.

daha gzel, prettier.

There
is

is

another

mode

of forming the comparative

much

in

use,

which

by putting the

object in the ablative case to precede the

adjective.

Ex.

J\ jjJcj bendan ayi, better than me.

J )J> ^ X*~i
to
'
'

sendan gzel, prettier than you.

which we may add Jj^ ^<Xo bendan evval and &j$i<a ^&s bendan coming next preferred to me,' or and after me,' i.e., before sonra,
' ' '

to me.'

DEGREES OF COMPARISON.

[ 24.]
pe/c,

The Superlative
;

is

formed by putting the words

Ol

en,

l_o

*Ju

ziadah, or U~olc

ghayet and A>\ c^-oli. ghayet

ilah,

before

the adjective.
j'ti

s^J

'

em

Iceutu,

very bad.

i^i

L_x> pek fena, very bad.

(J _yJLt *iibj ziyadeh mallu adam, a very rich man.

^j L^oU
JJ
<j!
*-2-^>^c

ghayet zenguin, very rich.

ghayet ilah

deli,

very mad.

[25.]

Besides the above, the Turks have other methods of expressing

the superlative,

among which we may


(J&-\

notice the following


i.e.,

(H ap
c->
*j
*j|

achik, quite open,

very open.

J^

0p #, quite white,

i.e.,

very white.

^Lj
J-^J
i>iu

ham
^rc

bayaz, quite white, ?>., very white.


yeshil,

very green.

y^*
rt'os

ysA,

wet through,

*..,

very wet.

lSt^J^ (juw^

doghri or doghru, quite straight.


do/w,

Lb l>Js
jj

^
sm

very

full.
flat.

*jJ
l-^,5

d dz,

perfectly

yj
.

hap hara, very black.


sm^, entirely black.
kirmizi, very red.
AttHi,

l*:

i*jlj3
jjSi%3

c~i

^*3 4op

very dry.

^^j (j^j

fos btn, entirely.


;

J-fib t*vj yap y aliniz, entirely alone


jjfjLtf

ow/y.

u-^?

si? W"fc}

quite yellow.

^py *^ lam
These
prefixes,

bosh, quite

empty.

having no separate meaning,

may

be called expletives.

'

TURKISH GRAMMAR

10

PRONOUNS.
[ 26.]

Pronouns are of

all

genders, and unchangeable in this respect.

They sometimes take


Ex.
jj

J ler as
Jjj

a sign of the plural.

we,

us

{i.e.,

we

in particular).

PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
[ 27.]

Admitting them

to be declinable for the

same reason that we

have given regarding the substantive [15], they would take the following
affixes in their

mutation.
SINGULAR.

'I
Norn.

'

Thou.
.

-:

sen
sen in

i_Ij.-:

\y~i
j**s

sana
seni

^Jc^

sen dan

l'LURAL.

'Ye.'
siz

sizin

sizah
sizi

sizdan

PRONOUNS.

11

Note.

In

this

as it nitty best

suit the

word the j or the ^j is used synonymously, according euphony of the phrase in which it may occur

and to this regard for the softening- of sounds occasions to refer in the course of this work.
[29.]

we

shall

have

many

There

is

also
is

another substantive pronoun used


j,jj\

among the

Turkoman tribes,it

z,

which has the same

signification as

~i

self.'

; ;

'

12

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

beginning of a
this current

letter.

Ex.

/.^sr *

al* yj*\

ishbii

mah-i-muharram, In

month

of Moharrern (such and such circumstances having

taken place.)

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
[ 33.]

The

separate possessive pronouns

which

consist of the genitive

case of the

personal pronouns [ 27 ] are seldom used alone,

and the

following possessive affixes are preferred.

m
n

or im, for

my';

as, as, as,


as,
'

*bu

babam,

my

father.

U"

or in, for 'thy';


for
'

lJLIjls

kitabm, thy book.


kudreti, his
flue

*<-M*>

his

'

<?j^
<^rr^

power.

^i)sz (after a vowel)

m isi,

his ship.

;ms or mw*z, for

our
'

as,
as,

7
i_$.\

y*y
Jxj
I

evimiz, our house.


atiniz,

niz or iniz, for


fori or for/, for

your

'

your horse.
their
is

their';

as,

^l^j^-

dzmeleri,

boots.

[ 34.]

noun

with one of the above pronominal affixes

declinable

after the rule for substantives[ 15 ].

Ex.

jj\

a house,

*j\

my

house,

lj\

my
Ace.

houses.

Xom.
Singular
Plural
,

Gen.
lXL*j\

Dat.
<L*Jl

Abl.

*J^

lS*J^

^*^*i'

^Ijl

J^ljl

*^!j1

^jl
Ace.

^J^ljl
Abl.

~L i
%

a brother,

JCi>\jj
_

thy brother, \JuJ*\j}j3 thy brothers.


Dat.
_

jSom.
Sing.

Gen.

JT-iLy

Plural *S)\j5

J^^y ^jXMi^j SSjJl^\J uj\jjs ^tJJjiLy ^jX^liLy


LzAaJ*
arise
,

JlLiLy

* To avoid the ambiguity which would

from the use of ^j and


are often added.

^J

separately, the other forms, *Sj\


)\

and ^jjj\

Thus,

instead of saying

eli,
'

'his

hand' (which might be confounded with


^J\
X?^ anin
eli,
.

the accusative

^\

eli,

the hand') they say,


'

his

hand
is

';

Lj\i\z ^!Tj\ onlarin hitableri,

their books.'

The word ^$Jj\z


either
'

good example of this ambiguity, as it liis books/ their books," or Jaccus. pi.
,

may moan
'

the books

their book.'


PRONOUNS.
13

Note.

The
<

^j in this

last plural form,

Ju^LiJi,
to the

etc., is intro-

duced

to facilitate the pronunciation,

and contribute

euphony.

[35.]

After the anises of the third person, the post-positions s and

^ become

and

<J, instead of to

and ^-j, according


Ace.
.

to [16],

and

is

inserted in the ablative.

Vide [130, 131]. .Gen. Dat.

Abl.
,

^au~* hS
^Jij^s
m

Ship

Ul^w^i
tXjjji

(Lau^
<kJjSi

+a

\d~+*Ab

his

power

Note

ls*U**
JS.-JJ jo

&<33jSs
:

It will be seen that the last ^j is dropped in the writing

thus,

-CLu-^and J3jj^,

instead of

Jl^^^ and
^j
is

this is

merely

to facilitate the caligraphy, as the


[ 36.]

always more or

less

pronounced.

When

the separate possessive pronouns are used absolutely,


affix
c .,

they take the relative pronominal


particularization.
*

which gives them an idea of

Ex.
This

thy very own.'

^^i
is

benimk'my very own,'


of Tartaric origin, and

^*~i
we
shall

seninki,

have to

treat of it
[ 37.]

more largely in the Syntax.

When the word ^a


is

water,' takes any of the possessive affixes,


it

the letter ^j
of euphony
:

introduced between

and the

affix,

merely for the sake

for instance, it is easier

and
;

softer to say *j

ya s-yim than
s-'.

*ya sum ; tX^*0


[38.]

s-yin than \S}s sn


relates

^Jya

su-y'i

than ^jyc

The same

to^j 'one,' and


*

<_^fc> 'all,'

which become

^j^^
gMj^Jn

'

one of them,' and

^~&

all of

them,' instead of

^j and

which would be harsh.

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
[39.]

J or
j
Tcim,

+J$

'

who,'

is

declinable thus

SIXGTJLAR.

PLURAL.

INom.

whom.
of
to

jL*

Icim-ler.

Gen. *JL*
Dat.

Ici-min,

whom.
whom.

\SjXa~S) kim-ler-in*

<U*o M-mah,

^L*i

him-ler-a.

Ace. ^<aJs Jci-m,


Abl.
..
s

whom.

lJ/**& Mm-ler-i.

Aa Mm-dan, from whom.

upMi

him-ler-dan.

14

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[40.]

<

and ^J^i
it is

what' are

also declinable; the latter is pro-

nounced kmghi, and

Xom.
Singular
Plural
<

sometimes shortened into hangi and Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl.

Mm.

_Cj4j

&<

^
L^J

^Ju

or

^<*J

J
*
is

^J

^^ij
it is

Observe that the

dropped to

facilitate

the caligraphy, but

retained in the procunciatiom

[41.]

--U

how many,'
'

J-a)

how/ and jjJ

<

how

much,'
are

may

also stand
-to

under the category of interrogative pronouns.


every,'
,

They

used with

her,

and followed by

<Uujl issa

if,'

the 3rd person

subjunctive

mood

of +i\

which plays a great part

in Turkish

comto the

position, being often

an expletive [123], but giving peculiar force


J-o3 are indeclinable by themselves.
<Lu*j1-

language.

j& and

j
<

-to

her him, whosever.

whosoever

it

may

or should be.
or should be.
(it)

-to

her neh, whatever.

<LuujU

whatever

it

may

jSs

tJJz> her neh faidar,


soever.

how much

ij|-

how much

soever

may

or

should be.
&*+}]-

IS
{

-to

her kach,

how many soever.

how many soever (they) may be. may come


or be.

J+sj

Jb

hemdsel, in whatever (way) <W>I- whatever

INDEFINITE PEONOTJNS.
-to

properly belongs to the class of indefinite pronouns, of which


list.

we

subjoin a

<W* hmseh,
<Luu* J

any one.
a certain person.

u-^to

he}),

all.

foV himseh,

^Ji ^Ij j

felan,
lir

such a one (so and


a certain person.
all

so),

l^T^ ^iePP^s h a^ f them. ^i^-to her hess, everyone.


stf"^

felan,

ghdiri,

another.

U^to heppimiz,

of us.

-*Ub

AM,

anything.

*
L5

*iJ hanghi takes sometimes the possessive affixes [wVfe Tale 61]

,ju^ .Jt-S

J^

tffa

lil-maz Jcan-ghi-si-der,

and he knows not which of

them

it is.'

NUMERALS.

15

[43.]

The

latter (Jiich) requires a negative


tfcij

after it

with the verb.

Ex. jdJlxA^jS <Lu^i


at

jj ^jb

jtf^li!

'No one has seen God


seen.'

any time

;'

lit.,

'

God, at any one time,


all.'

any one has not


&*ma ^Jb
'

*xc/ -5^
at all
;'

I did not go at

L_Xli'

"No one

came

lit.,

Any

one did not come.'

[44.]THE CARDINAL NUMBEKS.


ji lir

16

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

The

cardinal

numbers are

indeclinable,

and prefixed

to substantives

in the singular number.

Ex.

clU Jy
iLuue -Co

Sj\ two hundred horses (horse).


[

_ j\

three thousand soldiers (soldier).


are formed from the

[ 45.]

The

ordinal numbers, also indeclinable,


flf inji.

cardinal

by adding

j one.

L_^y. ^ ne nrs ^'


^rl>-jl the third.
L

l5^

^ W0,

Li^^y

^ e secon(^
^our ^n
-

*\

three.

^j^ f ur

fFtyy* * e

Observe here that the love the Turks have for euphony in their language

makes them turn the

into a J, drt

drdnji.
number
(the

And

in pronouncing

itf^-j^ they introduce almost a whole letter (j or ^j), and pronounce


chnfi.*

[46.]
j-j

The

interrogative ordinal

^s^rs-ljf

is

thus used:
will

JjJ ^u^sO^lj; <S\> 'Which of


* It
is

men

in this

file)

you

almost impossible to give positive rules for the formation of


;

sounds according to the requirements of euphony

but

we

will venture on

one for the direction of the learner.


syllable containing a

When
(
),

a word commences with a


or a Icesra
(

or a

damma

),

the vowels

or vowel-points throughout the

word

(if at

the option of the speaker)

conform to the

first

or dominating sound.
-chn-j',

^-ss^s-it
sTj..t>

would be pronounced
,,

and not
,,

ii-chin-ji.

,,

dr-dn-ji,
hir-in-ji,

dr-din-ji.
lir-un-ji.

Thus

also,

^?j>

,,

,,

u5/-4 m>y
the
last

dos dogh-r,

dos dogh-ri.
it

vowel conforming to the others preceding

in

the word.

u$j c^5 would be pronounced hap k-r, and not

k-ri, as written.
is

jfib c?U would be yap-ya-li-niz, and not yap ya-l-nz [25], which

harsh and vulgar

and

so

on throughout

all

words of whatever kind,

whether substantatives or verbs.

DISTRIBUTIVE NUMBERS.

17

beat?'

^
Ex.

w, ?rcuJ

'The
?

fifth.'

jjLaj^Sj]

^.u^^U
'

JjIj
'

'In what

chapter are you reading


[ 47.]

(or will

you read

?)

'

^.^r^iL, The eighth.'

The

ordinals are used as adjectives before a noun.


ijl\

L-At

^j^^ ^cTJj

the sixth squadron.

the seventh chapter.


affix,

When

the cardinal and ordinal numbers are used with an

they

are thus declined

^J

18

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[ 53.]

To express

'

half,'

the Turks use the following words

*\\,

Jf=f.
.i

and iju*> Ex.


teste
1

l-oj

half the night.

l^.2-L> ^
lit.,

,l>

half-an-hour.

l**^ ^j

ten piastres and a half;

ten and a half piastre.


to
left,

[ 54.]

Although the Turks write from right

they, like the

Arabs, note their figures precisely in the same


[^do.a

way

as Europeans.

Of

their using the alphabet to denote numbers,


[5, 6].

mention has

already been

made under

OF VERBS.
[

56.]

Verbs are of two kinds, Simple or Composite.


;

When

simple

they are of Turkish origin

when

composite they consist of some foreign

noun, chiefly Arabic, with one of the auxiliaries.


'to do.'
(J-<^*\

'to be.'

<j^r^ (used

in religious

CjC*^ or L-*y to rites, as JUJJjUj

pray,')

and

(j-*jy+*i

used out of compliment to persons of consequence.

OF THE SIMPLE VERB.


[57.]
'

There are only two terminations in L-* and


'

<_Lo, as

i_^*:~S

to go,' (j-as\j

to see.'

But they are both conjugated


to cause
lLj>

in the

same way,

with a difference too


conjugations.
as in

trifling

them

to

be thrown into separate

Whenever the

becomes i*J, the

becomes d, just

nouns [19, 20].

[58.]

The Turkish language

is

particularly rich in derivatives

which

may

appear complex, but which,

if

only studied with a

little attention,

will prove very simple, as the system is universal


[ 59.]

and most regular.

The following
are

table will

show

at one comprehensive

view how
take the
all

the derivative verbs

formed one from the other.


to love,' as

We

hackneyed verb l-^~v~j

the one which admits of

the

combinations, although some of

them could not be used

in the sense in
this model.

which they here

stand.

All other verbs

may be formed on

TABLE OF TURKISH VERBS.

19

[60.]TABLE OF THE FORMATION OF TURKISH VERBS.

ACTIVE

20

TURKISH GRAM MAIL

[61.]

All these verbs are conjugated in the same manner as the


'

simple Verb tlx*$-o

to love,'

[99] except the negative, of which an

example will be given further


[62.]

on.

There

are

verbs
is

which

form

their

derivatives

in

an

irregular manner, but that

only by reason of the fondness the Turks


the final letter of the root
'

have

for
is

euphony.

Thus,

when

is

J, the
'

passive

formed by inserting ^, as ^f^Sy

to find

;'

(J-rfJjJ

to

be

found

;'

instead of
to

fj^yi
^J^j^s^

'

so
to

again,

by changing the

into

(j*J3wj\

read;'

be read;

instead of ^J^^ij],

which

would sound harsh, and


[ 63.]

difficult to

pronounce.

The
'

transitive verbs for the


to speak,'
is

same reason change j J

to C-J, or J.
'

Ex. lLC*Lj-j
to speak,'

makes

lLcjjj*s instead of

cS^j jJj y^

to cause

which

thought harsh.

(J^isy

to read,'
is

makes ^jXj^^\,

instead of
Finally,

^^Jyjl
as lLSCkxT
1'

to cause to read,'

which

not so soft to the ear.


is

by changing j J
;

to j,

when

the final letter of the root

(jw,

/,

_, or

'to drink,'
;

makes lIX^js^

'

to cause to drink,'

instead of \^S^ssf\

but these varieties are unimportant, and should


in the beginning, let

not trouble the learner

him look upon

all

verbs as

conjugated after the models that follow.

[65.]

OF THE COMPOSITE VERB.


[

64.]

We

have said that a composite Verb


;

is

formed by means of an

Arabic or Persian noun, and a Turkish auxiliary the noun remains unchanged

through
satisfy,'

all

the moods and tenses.

Thus, in lL*sj1

^L

'

to content,'

the

word ^e\j
'

is

the same throughout, giving

its signification

to the verb

jcS\

to do.'

We

shall,

therefore, proceed to conjugate


learner.

these Auxiliary Verbs, to which any

noun may be added by the


is

The verb (J^i

56

being hardly ever used,

not here given, but


auxiliaries,

may

easily be

formed upon the model of the two following


.

U.,>+"-^

and c*Jj1
;

Jk^*J
it is

[56],

is

called an auxiliary verb


itself,

by

some grammarians
regular as JjA^s
,

but

more frequentiy used by

and being as

it is also

omitted.

THE VERB

l!S*Zj\

'

TO DO.'

21

22

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

I
H 3

-3'
*

*^

11

|| * 3
s

\X
I!

4^
3

AA
i ^

3'^

Ut
.

fi

44
$-$

3"3
r.

3 S _3

f,

1!

3 3
:

-*

AV3
3 3
: !

-3'

1
*M
3\3
:

is
.0*

53

II

THE VERB

1a3j\

TO DO.

23

X
~:r

-5

xs Ir4>
**

*--*.

V$

*4 4?
?1'

44
*-* I
2'i: 3
:

>

Ri

QQ

3, ^

1
J

-O-Q

Hi

44
.\2
A.

^ U

-i--

*&
$

Aft-

i.4g 1 X
=

24

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

THE VERB

TO DO

25

26

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

Eg

o -*
.S

i g

ki

%> 9 .S S O o > o o P K P
es

AA

} * %
P O

* *

J-, r-

'

cs

S 5

'

.s

.s

p p
:

a ^
:

-3

-i; -j! -3

3*

3^>
ar

-r

3;

27

OBSERVATIONS ON THE FOREGOING TABLE OF


CONJUGATION OF THE VEEB CJUzj\
and tlXJj! 'TO DO.'

The
'

first

tense has also a future signification,


It
is

pj&f}

is

used for

I do/

and

I will do,' equally.

therefore called Aorist

by Mr.

Bedhouse.
This
Vfer
is

pronounced as

it

is

written, fJjJoJ iderdim, for

a Jul

iJol

'&,

etc.

This

is

pronounced as
etc.

it is

written,

^JtjjJo! idiordim, for jj Jul

* jj! mAmw uMn


:

In

this tense the


it,

is

not pronounced, but serves to strengthen the


*tfti.

LZJ preceding

thus, aJcjI

This
the
alify

may

be written as one word, ^Ju^JCJl


idi, etc.

etc.,

thus omitting

but should be pronounced ettim


:

This tense

may

also

be thus conjugated

This

is

pronounced cSs>-i\j\
ailiejeJc.

aiUjelc quickly, instead of

as

it

is

written, l^js^-^lj]

I must confess I do not understand the incongruity of changing the


v^J into a jj,

but attribute

it to

an unestablished orthography, of which

there are so
discover
of any

many examples

in this language.

Nor have I been

able to

any

rule, as I find frequently

one or the other in the same page

work I take
The CJ
is

up.

softened into a i^f, and then melted

away

in the pro-

nunciation,

ideje-idim, ideje-idin, etc., aieje-idim, ailieje-idin, etc.

28
9

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

It is important to observe this part of the verb, as it is quite as

much
tive,

in use as the
it

common

Infinitive.

It is formed
it.

by taking the

infini-

making

into a verbal noun,

and declining

asj\ the doing

JlXcj

of the doing.
to the doing

xasj\

(which

is

here called the Dative Infinitive).

Xiwjl the doing.


^,Ju*&l>J

from the doing.


also.

This has a future sense

These two forms are in such constant use that they could not be
omitted.

The Gerunds
the narrative.
13

are of constant use, and serve to denote a pause in

The

in

j}

is

introduced for the sake of euphony.

THE VERB cJ^.\

TO BE.

29

30

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

to

THE VERB O/tiy

TO

BE.'

31

3
1

11
^3

R O

=13 H<q
o M

44'
p
JS

4?
s

?-4
*
*

^"f t

1
H
/-

-^
5

-3d
*>

1 I
s

l
* -J-j
s

>

5 J
"3 "3

V J3

5 s

i"

4>
-^-1

34

J V

44

-f^

t\-

34 -M

^ ^

^
32

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

4>-T>

H"^

~r<_-Ti

i-l

11 1*

-^T?
:

o o

H
2

4f
11
r*

-^

H
1
3"5

5>-Tv

T>~T

^
*
r<-~r>

3
i.l

11

4a,

? 5
'^

11

"~^

~*>

THE VERB

(J*^)\

TO BE.

33

34

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

<

THE VERB

*.M

'

TO

BE.'

35

0)
ta

1
*

\,

p o o g.:\J

4
*?

O O O P

C3 t ro

O)

c3

o
"Tj

1
p

o
.-s

^ & > ^

-?
o
C3

V.
J'

rP

t!

Ph

H
C3

rP

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

THE VERB

j]j

'

THERE

IS.

37

09

38

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

THE VERB LX*j~5

'

TO LOVE.'

39

40

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

<2> <*> <*> Xi x

<">

<*> <*>

4
ffi

a
J

*>

P o

rd

M M
4,
<5
<=>

p >
1

4,
S

'

4-1

^ ^
3.

$
<m CO

o o
"g

r-,

P-H

t>

rQ

THE VERB LiC*j~J

T0 LOVE.

41

42

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

THE VERB

'^s;

43

44

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

'

46

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[115.]

Many

of these tenses are not, of course, in use; the whole

will serve, however, as the


rules that
sists

model of a negative verb.

It is difficult to form
is

may

suit all the changes,

but the principle

evident

it

con-

in introducing the

* as the sign of the negative, and sometimes


but the rules of euphony occasionally interfere,

changing the

j
s,

into

and the

^ or

or both, are introduced.


it

[116.]

Extraordinary as

may

appear to us, the

Indeterminates

enter frequently into the Turkish language, even in this negative form.

Ex.
English
'
:

(*j^
Well,
or

*3

X*0^M*y*a ^ij
X*?

^j-j

which would thus stand in

if,

after all,
X

you should not have loved me, what shall

I become?' I will
die.'

+}*]

^^\x2~i ^j
we

'

If you do not love

me

*JuJ

sjJJ^j
lit.,
'

Jj^-^-W^ ^'^
had not loved
shall find
it

'l

was in darkness
If,

until I loved

you

;'

before I

you.'

instead of

LLCj-j,

we

take some other word,

better adapted to our

European comprehensions. [43]


[117.]
'

Example of

the Gerund.

\5LJ*yy^yg
treat
*;j

tes\ &*~a .^j


t

Since' or 'whilst
?'

you do not love me, why do you

bourly manner

^jtSUJ^yy

<uj

jL.\\yji
{

jj

me in a neighHe would not

have anything

to

do with me, as long as (whilst) he did not love me' or

had not loved me.'

[118.] OF INTERROGATIVE VERBS.

When
it

a verb

is

used interrogatively, the syllable ^.


;

is

introduced

immediately before the auxiliary


stands at the end of
it.

in the regular future

and perfect tenses

Ex.
fj\
-

jy*i I love.

^+jf*

^ " ^ ove
s

Aorid,

(*j^^ I shall De
>j*}& I heat.

pf) *j1
+s\
,

i<V$^ ^ a ^

^ ^e
"

ij^r^

s^ a

s ^r

^e

aJi^Jn^-aI^J I
Aorid,

shall be beaten.

^>CSs>- <d>jJ

shall I be beaten?

pj^> I will go.

^uu-^Jui

wilt thou go

OF INTERROGATIVE VERBS.
NEGATIVE.

47

~*L

I do not

know.

+A ^*jA) do
^\

I not

know
?

Ajyjl I read.

^y^\

do I not road

lL>^-

<^<^*\

he will not

die.

^G-

<L>^j\ will he not die ?

j5s*i\ you did not take.

^jGd!

did you not take f

[119.] OF THE VERB NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY.


After the last examples
give one or
it

will be scarcely necessary to do

more than

two tenses of

this form.
i

L_*
*jjj> I see.

to see.
-

u>>^^ t*^not
fd'

to see.

fjy

I do not see

l$"j"JJ* ^o

-*

not see

*
?

\j^\**j"jjf dost thou not see ^sJ^jT does he not see

jA \**y*jy d we no ^ see? j^^y*jif do ye not see ?


i*+}y*jy do they not
see
?

+jl

saw.

A&S9J&I

did not see.

^^^T did I not see


C ^->J^
<-*j

1^ didst thou not see


i

wV^

ai

did he not see did

^*s ^*jy >c"y ^tjy


S&-Xj<fi\
I shall see.
)

we

not see
?

did ye not see

<5';^. &"j<f did

they not see


?

S^-ik^jf
I shall not see.

*s\

^sn_S^&*sj
-^ lL5^>-

shall I not see

-*

^*^ty

shalt thou not see?

^lL>^~ &~+ \S shall


J-jH

he not see

^-*C>:>- *-"Vr

shall

we

not see?
?

JC-j jtf^ tX:>| jtf^J <^-z?~

^*jy
^if*j4

shall ye not see

shall they not see

* No doubt

it

would be more grammatical


this being

to say

+A

^j***f> and

^^*
|

JC*^S but
',

more
pen

difficult

to

pronounce they use the


off;

above corrupted form.

Of

course, in writing, the

is

not always taken

the

word

48

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[120.]
after

In

short, the

^*

in the construction of a sentence comes

the

word on which the question depends.


p. 153.)

(See

an excellent

example in Redhouse's Grammar,


one, but shorter.

We will

conclude by a similar

jJCj

^*jx ^J\

f-U*0

To morrow morning
To morrow
Is it to

will

you go
?

yx^ijxS

\c"<J*J\ r-^*0

early will

you go

jx^i iA- ,^SJ\

^*^L*

morrow that you go in the morning.

SUMMARY.
We
kinds,

have thus laid down in the preceding pages that verbs are of two

simple

and composite

the Simple being the original Turkish

verbs, divided into active, passive, negative, impossible, causal, reciprocal,

and personal or

reflective, of

which

a table has been given,

and which are

all

declined regularly, after the model of the verb tl*Jj, with the exception of those
site

which conform

to the exigencies of

euphony

and the Compo-

being formed by means of an Arabic or Persian noun and an auxiliary.


these auxiliaries

Of

we have

conjugated lL^/CjJ and

uX*LJ

'to do' or

'to make,' and omitted the other two (Jk,j-J and (J*&) as little used. Next we have conjugated <J^j^ olmak in its active and passive voices, leaving it to the experience the student will obtain in other verbs to

explain the difference which in English


that
last,
is,

it is

impossible to exemplify,
:

how

the verb 'to be

'

can be taken actively and passively

and

we have

given the various forms of *j\ and j^J.


verb,

Next we have given a model of a regular


after

cS^ty^, in all its bearings


is

which we have shown how a negative verb


interrogatively
;

conjugated, and

how

when used

and

lastly,
:

how it

is

conjugated

when used both

in a negative and interrogative form

and we come

to the conclusion that

we have
learner
:

sufficiently simplified

what has long been

a stumbling block to the

and that we have brought the use of the verbs within the reach

would then stand thusjX^^Css- &***jy> and

^^LGs- &*"jj*

etc.

ADVERBS.

49

of any one

who

will devote a

few weeks
is

to the

study of a language*
its

barbarous
philologist.

indeed,

but

which

not

without

interest

to

the

OF ADVERBS.
[121.]
Besides the regular Adverbs * existing in the language, any
or Persian can

noun borrowed from the Arabic


Turkish.
I.

become an adverb in

By

adding the termination


truth.

or

to the noun.
Ujljj contentedly.

J>
II.

U>-

truly.

jli

content.
dj\

By

adding the Persian termination

(or <l>

if

the word end

with a vowel).
c^-wijJ a friend.
III.
<I^jjl> friendly,

jjy above,

lifji

superiorly.

By

adding

^ ^
or

to the noun.

^j\ IV. By
J;^f
Note.
given),

early.

<j-l^

early.

_L^

morning.

^jJ^Lo

early.

adding &>- to the noun or adjective.


<Ls'j^S prettily.

pretty.

&&is

j'd1

a man.

<s^j] like a man.


list

and

ako belongs to the expletives (of which a the sign of the gerund [72, 83].
[

will be

122.] OF EXPLETIVES.
an exact idea of an
expletive.

It is difficult in English to form

The
to the

Germans have

their

words dock and auch, which approach nearest

expletives in Turkish.

An

expletive

is

a word, or part of a word, giving force to a sentence,

but which cannot be translated exactly in another tongue, although an

approximate meaning

may

be given.

Some

of these

may

be termed adverbs, some post-positions,

some

* The vocabulary at the end of this work contains the principal adverbs in use.

50

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

participles

still,

as they are of frequent occurrence,

we

subjoin a note of

them, and, in the course of reading, the learner should endeavour to

comprehend them by following the sense of the phrase in which they


stand,

and comparing

it

with another phrase where they

may

occur.

[123.] LIST OF
Being.
that

SOME OF THE EXPLETIVES OCCURRING


IN TURKISH.

J$j\

ij Would

it

were

so

or

&LZ^.
'according to me;'
Xjj*\S\
'like

Xjj> According, like: as,

Xjjs&i

unto him.'
<UJb

Come
Come

at least.

Already (used conjunctively), well, in short. (Jjj]


* Jolfc

along

(adverb, interjection, or conjunction).


said,

J
l*
-do,

for cJjJ^

Having

he

said, said.

But, only.

IfeJ,

and *J, (the he


also
;'

latter often used at the

end of a word
*Jo Jo J

as, ad^\
;'

*Jv

'

this

man
!')

also

;'

having said

^JCm-}*J

what a man

+&

Also.
all

^UJ> At once, immediately,


<Uuj!

of a sudden.

But, sometimes;
of
'if,' etc.)

(3rd person, subjunctive

mood

of JkUji, sign

*J

<Lu\

But, although.

^j

(Exclamation of contempt)
|
)

as,

aJ

Sji

'you fellow

!'

*4\

^-^

'you chap!' (interjection.)


is

C-^i It
jj-^t),

necessary, but, whether.

[155]

(j^> Just now.


(of Persian origin)

^fjjjjj] If only,

<JsT
jJb

Except, but, only.

He

God.

y>b

'

Oh

you

sir.'

PREPOSITIONS.

51

is>-

Adverbial termination.
'in this
;

Ex.

k\jZ
;

'prettily;'

i^f?jy 'drily;'

ij>- <j\*i

manner;' i^s**^ 'after me.'


Ljs^ extraordinary

c^js^ "Wonderful

iss^^

in an extraordinary

manner.
ajj Also,

and, again,

(conjunction)

*lc Besides.
iSi\i Once, a time, in short.

Lord!
?

etc.

^jj Well ? what then ? what next


There

After,

etc.

may

be

few more, not

in

ordinary use.

They

will be

inserted in the appendix.

OF PREPOSITIONS.
[ 124.]

The Turks have no

prepositions of their own, but they use

frequently the Persian and Arabic prepositions, of which

we

here subjoin

list.

LIST OF PERSIAN PREPOSITIONS.


j\ or j

Prom:
(lit.,

as,

uJjb ^Jjl
^\ j\

from this side ;'

-j j

'on the head;'

from
as,

off the head.')

^jj After

^j

after this.'

(It is often

used as an exple-

tive or interjection) [123].

>

or ij In, with, by: as, \zf?

in place;' -JJ&J
<d!b

'with management;'
<di!

U^lflf? 'by the

side;'

'by God;'

'in the

name
\i

of God.'
as,

With, by:

Qu\ji&~\ U 'with care;'


'particularly.'

^^j\

^ 'by freedom;'

^ya*>-\i
J

In:

as,

JU*-

^} j^

'in this state

;'

^L^jJ

'between,'

(lit.,

in the midst.'

jj Under:
Ij

as, 2<X*Ls>-

j\

'

under the Government.'


Ijf

As

far as, until: as, **+*)\

'as far as

Smyrna;'

lL&LjJ
e 2

b*

15^=^-1

until the end of the world.'

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

^L*
(jii-j

Between:
Before:

as,

UjL*
-j;\

'between
'

us.

as,
;'

(jy
'

before that time;'

^j^ lA^

'

*o
;'

bring
J
j

^sT jjjuu
as,

little front tablets to

count money on

/u^_
:

'under (one's) eyes, in


Jjtc

front.'

-j

Without

^j
'

foolish

;'

^\jj
;'

^j
+\j\

dumb
j

(without

tongue);'

J>.
as,
;'

without truth

'restless.'

ji Upon, by:
so

^ j*
JL*
J

upon

this;'

c^wjJ^j 'by the hand

(of

and

so)

according to (one's) desire.'


'to descend;' l1*sjJ j

or *jJ Beneath: as, ^xVl

JjJ

-*j

'to

hold

the head down, to be humble.'


j;

Above:
Jjj

as,

..l

j;

'upon

this;'
'

c^J

Ji 'over, superior.'
;'

Cio<Jp r

Near

as,

diTa>

lL>o Jp

near death

AJ

Jj

'

near

to God.'

THE AEABIC PREPOSITIONS.

^
J\
jjX.

From

as, Ijcj 5H

^- 'from the beginning

;'

{jj^\

the) people;'

^jj

^
^
;'

^
<J\

'some (of
<Ai^

or

j^ ^y

'without;'

^
\+*ac.

from God.'

To:

as,

f^Lfc J^
as,

'to their devils;' iZJty^Vi

From

*U\ jC

JjJ

^J\ 'do not turn away from God;'

'to the end.'

Cio^c 'in
Jlc

spite of

you

L0J
.

^c
;'

'upon

this.'

Upon:

as,

+tfj& .J-c 'on their hearts

JU- Ji
God
is

^A-c

'in every

way, of course;'

JjJ > -- J^

Jlc

'

almighty.'

^
c
>

In:

as,

(ntfju i^J

in their hearts;' fc-^j j-i 'in doubt;'

JlsM .J
<JIj

in truth.'

In:

as,

l^JLJLs^Ij 'in truth;'


-jJJCjIj

jl&xSb
with a
9
'

'

according to belief ;'


^joIjIvj

by God;'
opposition.'

by' or
,

little care;'

by

fi

J
\i

For.

<di

'for God;'
as,

^Jii^JJ^AJb
'

a direction to the pious.'

Without:

l^-A^

5b

without cause' or 'excuse.'


post-positions.

125.] OF

POST-POSITIONS.

Post-positions take an active part in the Turkish language, and form

one of
I.

its difficulties.
.First,

there are those (which, as


is

we have

seen, are joined to the

noun) by which the case


[ 126.]

expressed

as
as,

\S
if
_

the sign of the genitive:

aJ

'a man,'

JC*J
as,

'of a

man.'
'

But

the noun terminate with a vowel,


'

intervenes:

LjJ

the world,'

jLJ

of the world' [16]

with a few exceptions [37]. with a ^j, the


letter

When

>Sj follows a

word that
:

finishes

may

be

dropped in writing [35]

as,

^^
'
:

'his book,'

JGjL^

'of his book.'


is

Also, if the possessive affix ^-j or ^j intervenes, the ^j


c-Aj!

dropped

as,

his mother,'
i

J3wj

\j\

of his mother.'
as,

[127.]

the sign of the dative

*J

aman.'

<tjl
:

'to a man.'

But

if the

noun terminates with a vowel, intervenes


to the world.'

as,

Lj J

'

the

world,'

&WJ
river
;'

If <U comes after a

word

that ends in ^j, the ^j


:

is

dropped

as,

^Usw

*->l>~,

and not <U>1>-

or,

if

the possessive affix ^j or


post-position *
'
%

^j intervenes,
as,
<5jj
t

is

interposed between the


fc*Aj\

word and the

^*s\j\

'his mother,'

'to his mother.'

lSj^

his father,'

jo

'to his father.'

[128.]

the sign of the accusative:

as,

+&}

^l

'i will

strike this man.'


as,

If the noun terminate in a vowel, the ^j


y.

is

doubled

lLC*^1 CJjJ ^.W'^

'to abandon this world.'

After the posses-

sive affix

^J

or

t_,

the

his ship.'

^^

intervenes:
/%jj5j1

as,

'the book,'

.-'Jvj
l
'

^^^^

'he burnt

I read his book.'

It often happens that the last $ is dropped altogether,

and

it

is

important to bear this in mind, as in


written
..

many MSS. we
for

shall see it will be


{

^jl^

short

for

^A,

^JW

^jj\}\,

jry*. ^J?
r

or

)***+** for

j**m+aJ}.


54

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

130.]

*J the sign of the ablative

as,

the pronominal affix

^
:

jLj J

'

in the world.'

After

or ^j

intervenes:

as,

.-ibf 'his book,'


his ship:'

J^jlsa 'by his book.'

^^^.^
as,

'his ship,'
his houses,'
**}' '

SAi^u-^f 'by
*AiJ Jjl
'

and
fcj^!

also in the plural

d*jy

by his houses.'
It
is

<UJ>-

'

their boots,'

i'Jcj^I

by

their boots.'

also a

sign of the
[

Gerund:
^jt>

as,

tfJUJ.l

in reading.'
as, ^jj\

131.]

the sign of the ablative:

'from a house.'
:

The

same

rules are applicable to ^J as are given above [130]


;

as,

^J^,
Also
It also

^wUJUi; ^uaj^jO, ^^ou,-^-.i


'by
:'

ijjjh ^XjJj^,

e^c

It also signifies

as,

^Jul 'by him.'


as,

^JOJFJ^l
'

XJ

'by the will of man.'

through:'
signifies

cS&ifof:'
as,

^^^
as,

ne went out through the door.'


it is

'made

jj ^^X-j

made

of sinew.'

It is used in

'before Jj^ ^JJ^ta 'before finding,' the time or action of finding had taken place.'* iX? ^J^Jc^ 'after

the

Indeterminate' [116]:

having gone,'
gone,'

'later than the departure.'

iX^

^JU^

'

after not

having

after
a!

having renounced going.'


or aL!
is also

[132.]

a sign of the ablative:

as,

aix^J

(pro-

nounced

ddi-neglali)

'with a
It

stick.'
is also

dds^O 'with the hand.'


used with an infinitive:

aL^j&
as,
:

sJH~j

with your
take;'
'

assistance.'

^il! 'to

aLjL*!^
;'

'taking,'
'

and forms thus a kind of gerund

as,

Ci^lS"

to

come

<dL*l<f

whilst coming.'

[133.]

A-Lj is used only

with an
'

infinitive: as, *!j


all at once.'

lLaz

going,'

whilst going,'
134.] II.

going together,' or

We
:

have

also Post-positions affixed to the

Nominative

^jsH

For

as, jyjstfj

'

for the sake of God.'

After the possessive

* It appears incomprehensible to English notions that the negative should ever be taken for an affirmative, yet such is the locution in
<

Turkish
anomaly.

but
'

if

we

consider

^G-s

to possess a negative
to

power, then the

rule that

two negatives are equal

one affirmative

'

will explain this


PST-POSITIONS.

bO

affixes it often

drops the ^j\ of the


'

first syllable

as,

^sn^bu

for his

father.'

^y^Z ^"*V,
Upon,
for,

on account of what they


as, Sjj^i

eat.'

Sj\j\
Xj J

according:

CU\ 'upon

a horse.'

lU3^&

l-l

uX*S
:

'for to bear witness.'


as,

SjjJ\

CJjlfi 'according to custom.'

^S Like
*<C!
,jr-51
U3

^S *d\
:

'like a man.'
as, <jJt!j5j

On

the other side


,,

'on the other side of the

sea.'

(little

used).
J***C>t

"Without: II L

as,

Jmjj\s 'without a book.'

without eating.'
:

[135.]

Post-positions used with the genitive case

ab!, .<*Sj and


genitive case
:

.^sH, when
<djlJo\
'

joined to pronouns, sometimes take the

as,

with him.'
for)
?'

<**& 'like whom?' lXj

<U

^^f^
[

for

what reason (what


IV.
to.

136.]
or

Post-positions used with the dative case

~fj

CJ
J*J&
-Jb
j-c^L

LJclsa^
^-tjlS *^,->

until morning.

in front.
near.
straight.

in front of the city.


city.

^J
J5/^
to, like.

<&L** near the


*nr*J^

straight to Smyrna.

*>^
[

according

^^UJ

according to a man.
:

137.]

Y.

Post-positions used with the ablative case

Ij^cU than.
jjl |j1
far.

IjlcU j^JjJjj
jljj^

besides these,
far

^<-^

from here.

Jjl
jj'J

before.

Jjl ^Jcj
%y^\

before me.

regarding.
after.

zjia
ij.

zj^a
irf e>
side.
<tij\

^jy ^J^

regarding the light.


after you.

>"*
on the other

(for this last year, for a year


I

past
far

<JJjl

^SJy

from here.

<dj! is also

used with the nominative [134 J.

56

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[138.]

VI.


CONJUNCTIONS.

57

The following
tions (some of
[

is

list

of the Turkish, Arabic, and Persian Conjunc:

which have appeared under the head of expletives)

140.]

SO,

^^S
and':

or

Uj

'also': as,

fJOjJ

***/huj\

JL*

'although

I went, I

am
j

returned.'
as,

lS^
as,

*^j\

'he
'

also came.'

[141.]

^jIj\j j*y

to-day and to-morrow.'


'go,

[142.]
[

U!

'but':

^J U\

i^%-?

^return.'

143.]
it

divides
tion
:

or j* 'if,' denotes the beginning of a clause, and therefore J>\ from the last. It is more used in writing than in conversa-

as,

^j<jjj\^

*u^^l
I

+xS

arJJb

^
But

'i went to him, if I had


it

not gone he would have been vexed.'


+*mAsJ* would signify 'if
[

may

be omitted, and

had not

gone,'

even without il.


begins a phrase, and denotes
:

144.]

^^- or

<&Jj2*-

as, since,' also


it

that a stop or breath


let

may

be taken before

as,

jLo^iU-

^.> J*^

us go since you are ready.'


t 'that':
as,

[145.]

sjJLj

^U

>j

<*

JjJI \*2~+j\L&~ 'they relate

that in past times,' etc.

[146.]

<& a\jL
'

'as long as':

as,

l^-n^ILI

SJwtl^t*

fi^j^

/^Ij**! JCjj^j!

^
5

I have struck you; as long as you do not submit, I

will (continue to) beat you' (pronounced

vurdum and vururum).

147.]

or

<^-V.

<or > nor:

'

as >

^y^Hj

y^
?'

-^rV.

<fV**-* (J**

7^

iX^hyb

^sa3 jJCrfJ^J

nor Elias, wor that Prophet,

r^r^ J^ why baptisest


as,

'if thou art not

the Messiah,

thou

[148.]
said to him.'

cJ^

'now, therefore':

^b Jo J

l>!

lJ^*^ 'now, they

[149.]

\jj 'because':

as,

^ Jul

Jj^ ^JOJ I^JjJuUJjI Jjl ^jcj

he

is

preferred before me, because he

was before me.'


:

[150.]

(J^f\ 'but,'

is

disjunctive

as,

* J^SuUS"

<J^\ *J,Ju

'i

was going,

#w I could not go' (was not able).

58

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

r 151.1 [

>-.Sl
JLuu^aJ
ti

'if,

although,'
not'; the

is

the same as S\.


as

152.]

if

same
as,

^^\\.
A3

[153.]
of flesh wor

'not, nor, neither':

^jlb

jJuJu^s^

<
ti

it is

wo
<

fish.'

J^r\ ^JJ'J^ X*j\

< ^<tej\j\

Js?

^Joli

j^LLas.^0 u*\J^ 'they were born

neither of blood, nor of the will of

the flesh, nor of the will of man, (but only) of the will of God.'

[154.]
go, or

\jb

'whether or not':
go.'

as,

^u/C.

*^.:^>

Ifc

'

whether I

whether I do not

It is also used as an interjection [180].


as,

[155.]

CJf
it be,

'it is
to,

necessary, but, whether':


but
it
it is

j Jl*$
'

'

I do not

want

necessary.'

<U*^j.l

CSf *jj+4Z~\ CJf uJj! fJJJs


'whether he

whether

or

whether

be not.'*
as,

[156.]

z*J\

'he wishes':

&M*s5ji *\
t

<W^ j^J\

choose to go,' or 'not to go.'


[

'Let him go, or not, as he pleases.'

157.]

or
iU

'that,' is

used in old MSS. instead of

t.

[158.]
other

'except, but': as,

^jf jL* yhx&

&**jl

^^

'in no

way can

(you) go, except by here.'

i&
[

is

compound of the two words [145, 158].


'but
':

159.]

<U: -C*
*Jb
'

if,

whilst'; composed

of^L* and
and

i*uj\

[123].

[ 160.]
[ [
'

both

as,

jJ*+& ^*J&

'

both this
*

that.'

161.]

^^j

'but, well': as,

lJ^

u*J
J_jJ

well
J,\

now (what next)?'


iJ1

162.]

J&
to'

or

jZJ

'but': as, gjj Jo


;

^^LxcjJ J^J

they did not accept him

but to those accepting him,' etc.

[163.]
Jj*j

or \j
xJtijSij*
?

'in order that, until': as,

^ A^jJJ
to

\S\ t^V1

ul>
art

jjj ^to JIj^

'

then (now) they said unto him,

who

thou

that

we may

give

answer

them that sent

us.'

* Is

it

to

different meanings, should be placed

be wondered at that such a word as this, having so many by us under the head of expletives ?


CONJUNCTIONS.

50

^j^Ji

jjUii

fj3^ iS^
if,

li^

W^

k ea ^ y ou w# you call

out aman.'
[
'

164.]

bj or

He
[

speaks thus, ^5
165.]

&> 'as like': ^ it were good'

as,

{jujj

y\

*& j^by*
JLi

<j*j

toJli r JLS)
.*-

'it appears,

perhaps

':

as,

l^-^ *jcjl>
Jyl JoL&

Jul

J^>

go to him, perhaps he will receive you.'

appears to be good.'

[166.]
be so
;

<sl>L^
it

'may it not
!'

be': as,

c ^u*^Sj!

4jl~

(J^&A

'it will

would

were not
c"i>-

[167.]
the world
[

that, in order that': as,


;

JC^tA-J
it.'

ll

^> l Ss>- j J.-J Jlc

knows
kfii

it

even

you are aware of


:'

168.]

'but, except, only

as,

*jJj
<di!

^ kiLs^Ll^-if l-^&
i
<fc!l

'all

went, except I ow/y remained.'


hut God.'

but:

as,

'There

is

no Grod

[169.]
as,

,5^
those

o*'

L5^.

*^at

*s

* sa^''

*s

a demonstrative conjunction

lS^j,^ LLJjSi *Jjtal &**-!


all

^x
him
;

<ua<d^>- vjjjjyj J^Jj <Ji


that
is,

.!

but to

who

received
etc.

to those believing in his

name, he gave power,'


[ 170.]

iJoo (pronounced Baa-da h),


'

after,' i.e., 'next': as,

j Aj\

^ a &xj

first I,

next you.'
ILsnJ!, <UaaJl wd <tdLcL 'in short, at last, to con5^ i*)j J-*^
(

[171.]
clude,' etc.:

J-AsM,
as,

o^jl

*-^;W.
short,
it ?'

J^f^" lL&jS'

U
that

'we
you

went

to him,

begged him much, and, in

he consented.'

&sa:u]\

jjuiujj<

w^Z/,
'

and what
:'

is to

be the end of

What

is

it

insist

upon or wish
is

* There
lil
1

an old Arabic proverb which well exemplifies this word


kfcsC ^y

^Jte- \ji\

C^/hU

j jUxi!
'

Cl^Lj jL

LUjJ

have travelled (through many) countries, have lived with many people, and have not seen any one who is grateful, {lit., a conserver of friendship')
1

even not I myself.'

()0

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

OF INTERJECTIONS.
Some
of the interjections have appeared under the denomination of
expletives.

We
Lj\,

will
t\,

now

give a

list

of them.
!'

[172.]

and j\ 'Oh!

Ah

m,jWj

'Oh! beloved of

my

heart.'
[ 173.]

s\y \ 'yes, aU right;' or n


jjjb 'what a pity':
;

aJJ^
*jjjl>

[174.]

as, jcsf\

yL+j\

*)\

c-Jjfc

'the

man

is

well enough

what

a pity that he drinks.'


[>
!'

[ 175.]

^Jb or

^i,
'

lj] or

'Oh!

'

as,

Cjj

l>

'

Oh Lord

!'

u-^Jb

^,
pray

aJ\

tf

Jb,

or

f ^^

you fellow

[176.] [177.]

ii*>- and

i-j|iJ are like Jjjl>


:

'pity!'

<ob^

for goodness sake


fall.'

'

as,

,-j-i.J

^jL>

^L*l

take care, (or)

you will

[178.]

\*jLf\

(pronounced dfferim), 'Bravo!'

as,

J>,

JcjJ

y\

.^M

'Bravo! you did right.'

[179.]
[

JJ^

'assistance:' as,
:

&\1\

JJl* 'God's help.'


'

180.]

'be careful; Oh!'

as,

l^j J Oh

friend

!'

^J

'

look

out

I shall strike (if you

resist),' etc.

[181.]

jl^JJ 'be careful, be sure you do not.'

Vide 'Tale of Nasr-

ildin Khoja.'

[182.]
wish.
God.'
'<d!l>

<d!l

JW* l-U'

'God

forbid:'

as,

aU\
'

U*
my

'

may God
'

not

J*x3

we

trust in God.'
forbid.'
'

Ab Ucl
Lit*
'

I put

confidence in

4S\^jc~s!
itt\

'

God

<dJ!

as it pleases God,'

may

it

please God.'

li^l
_

if it please God,' etc.*

-<=>

And

aljljj

<JIjj

<W

'by God!' are

all

Arabic exclamations, to

which the Turks have recourse in conversation, looking upon the mention of the Supreme Being as beneficial to them, and not derogatory to his
dignity.

INTERJECTIONS.

61

183.]

that?' as,
[

lJ^}^> ^&lJ^ or I^jJ 'come, come along; what's J\&>ij4 Come along, and let us see what you can do,' etc.
,,jJ or
'

all

184.]

Ab 'let us

see,

now you

will see.'

(Expletive.)

[185.]

^Ifc ^la> 'of course.'


bj 'whether? what?'
as,

[186.]
[ 187.]

^j^\i\
a^-^

'will

you

go.'

ujy
!

'

may

it

please you, your servant.'

[188.]
to you,

*L>y* 'God
Abraham.'
j!

said to

Abraham.'

\\

Wv^

Salutation

Oh

[189.] [190.]
[191.]

'how
'

nice!'
!'

uJj^
\)

what a bore

'what!

is it possible.'

OF DERIVATION.
[ 192.]

In the same manner

as in English one
so,

word

is

derived from

another (deserve, desert, deservedly),

in Turkish, words

may

be formed,

and

to a greater extent than in

any other language, by reason of their

having adopted the Arabic and Persian method of derivation and composition

added

to their

own.

[193.]

"We have already observed [18]

how

they take a word, for


:

instance, in Arabic,

and give

it

a Persian termination

thus, *j\

a man,'

please

They never say they will do anything, without adding Inshallah, God so that, if they do not keep their word, it was because not please God they should.
;'

'

if it

it

did

If you admire anything they have, you are expected to prefix your
observation with
<uJ!

Li)L* Masliallah, to keep off the evil eye.


%-*
'

* This must be an original corruption of l1x^>It is in constant use.

with your

love.'

After a man has entered the room, and taken his seat, he looks round the room, and putting his hand to his breast while he inclines his head a little, looking to each person present, he says 'Marhdba,' Marimba khosh gueldin? 'you are to which they all in turn answer,
'

come

well.'

f Eor an exemplification of these in English by the Author.


'

two expressions

vide

'

Turkish Tales

62

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

makes

^Lw< J
it

Persian plural

'

),

men,

'

and

also

it

is

declined

in the Turkish form


plex, but

*J3u*J

'of men.'

This must appear very comdifficulties of

by no means forms one of the

the language.

A little
which

reading will soon accustom the student to this apparent looseness,


considered by Turks as an embellishment.

is

[ 194.]
is

A little

study of the Arabic and Persian systems of derivation


;

certainly desirable

but this would lead us into a maze, from which

we

could not hope to escape in this work.

"We

will, therefore, only give

some of the principal rules

for the formation

of words, and refer the


is

student to Mr. Eedhouse's Grammar, to which the present


to

intended

form a second introduction.


[ 195.]

^T- When
lCcjI
?'

.-:>
'

is

added

to a

word

it

expresses the agent


<

or profession: as,
c sT
'

bread;'

^sr^l

'baker.'

'what:'

as,

what

is

he

(of

what

profession.)

[196.]

Js the root of

J^ei

'to break:' as,

^rJi

'a breaker' (one

who

breaks).
is
'

Here the _
as,

a looker on.' the root of Jh*aj 'to see:' as, <Jj L5^V^ introduced for the sake of euphony. Also lLCcj\ 'to do:'

,-fj-Vj

tne

maker'

one

wuo

m akes).
the requirements of euphony)
is

[197.]

Li3
:

(or <jl, according to


as,

added to words

Jj^
3*

beautiful.

L-&jf

beauty.

LsL^
uli3jvJbl-ij

kindness (pronounced ai-Uh).


testimony.

(Jjl-js'*^ the trade of baking.

^hLjls-

the trade of taking people


the winter.

in.

^Ll-i during

(^\

a piece of

money

of six piastres.

jdiUJ the action

of seeing.

DERIVATION.

63

[198.]
(JLi

jJj

may

be added to the root of verbs


to see.'

as,

root of

(J*&!

cA*? the action of seeing.


(jk^j~ the speaking.

Jj~j

lLC*L^-j 'to speak.'

ll&fiil 'to do/ (for the sake of euphony.) ipdkj! the making.

The change
[62, 63].
[

of the

lU

to

J, or

to

^, has already been noted

199.]

(Js*girl.

and lL&>- are used


(J^Tj^
a

to express

diminution

as,

J;J a
*j!

little girl.

good.

CS^-y\
(j>~f?y>I

(pronounced ayijik) pretty good.


vei

(Js>-f>- small boy.


<JL>-. small.

small

(the first

J being turned

to

^^^>.ji

j, for

the sake of euphony.)

CS>&

a dog.

CsfZ&

a very little dog.

(For the same reason


*,

the

CJ is

dropped, or turned into


Iceupehjik.)

and pronounced
[

200.]

te>- is

added to words, giving them the various

significations,

as follows

jJio! English.
*j| a man.
jc,l5 a
*j

te- jJ&l the English language.

^us^J

like a

man.

woman.

&s^,Ij like a woman.

this.

t^y.

n t i s

wa y-

u^lo
[201.]

white.
is

^^^
^Ls^J crA^
also

whitish.

^J

sometimes added

to the above, to express diminution.

<ks"J\ like a man.

a little like a a little in

man.
to n>e.)

&s my
[202.]
following

way.
or

m y wa F (according
qualifying

is

added

to words,

them

in the

manner

j^j\ Smyrna.

jU^

man

of

Sm y rna

&jJOi

his own.

^XJjw\-^

those belonging to him.

JJLc wisdom.

^lixc a wise man.

64

TURKISH GRAMMAR.
without,' answers to our 'un' or
to eat.

[203.]

1j

'

in.'

tlX^J

V*^i. without eating.

J&c

mind.
life.

jAslz without mind,


luJl^ dead,
JaaJU.'
life-less.

unwise.

^U-

(Jas to

see.

without paying attention.

[204.]

gps. or ^y-, and ^j+k or


affecting

^y

according as euphony

may

command,

them

as follows

(jA^JiA to be angry.

tf^j^
^j-xiLi

an o ryor

^^Jjl-i.to be bewildered.

^jJL&Ll

stupid,

^^-li
[205.]
passive voice

to

run away.
or ).

^^x^-li a runaway.

J,
:

J,

The

J we
;'

have seen
to
:

is

used to form the

as,

cS^y^
it

to love

lLxJj

be loved.'

You may

take a noun and form

into an active verb, thus

jY*

a seal-

CS^jy*
CS^ij^\

to seal.

yjj\ a covering.
jjjjj empty.

to cover. to

^f!Li^

empty.

CJy^
l+Aj

small.
clean.

tl*!jjsr to

make

small.

CS*A\~

to clean. to

J
but in
dictionary,

pretty.
many

Ls^j^

become

pretty.

this, as in

of the above, the student

had better

trust to his

and learn the words in the course of his reading.


^s or
<
1

206.]

This letter

is

sometimes added to a noun after

the Persian manner.

CJ'k

gentle.

pjl)

or

<ti\\\j

gentility.

Sjj-> great.

JjJj

,,

*^jji

greatness.

*Xj

slave.

5jcj

AjITjcj servitude.

DERIVATION.

65

[207.]
also nsed.

CS\j and &**, j\j

or

jy

These Persian terminations are

ju^l hope.
tVa? intention.

Cj\j*~+j\

&~*&~*j\

j)$*~*j\ hopeful.

C^JuoJ
C/Uc^xsr*

J^Ju^S

J^aa

intending,

e^s^

trouble.

JC^L^sr* jtjij^s*

fuU of trouble.

Fuzuli has said


t^X-JlS
L^s^-lj

MujUf

*Ju3

**Lj

'

Oh

know

not what to do

in

my
and

soul no rest has remained,

my

eyes are humid,


[
'

my

breast

is

broken,

my

heart

is

full of trouble.'
yfci\
fire
;'

208.]

By

adding j1 to a substantive

as,

^^Aj

belonging to
[

fire.'

209.]
'

By

adding *J1 or *J^ to a participle


t

as,

&**uJ

approving;'

*JJO*yj

approved, grateful.'
last

But these

forms are only used in poetry.

66

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

SYNTAX.
[

210.]

When

two nouns come together the

first is

put in the genitive


[ 33.]

case,

and the

latter takes the possessive affix

^j or ^o.

Ex.

.JjJ<Ji)ly-i cJ3 Jg-^O -j

'Of John

his witness is this.'

JuLJ J.J .Jy.

aJ t_?jy

iJCAj1 ^Jo

^^i.A

*I

am

the v i ce of

one crying in the desert, make straight the


First,

way

of the Lord.'
verb, consisting of 'jj

we

see

d3 Jul

Jo (which
*oi\>l,

is

compound

Arabic substantive, and


verb

the declinable participle of the auxiliary

Ls/CJ)

treated as a substantive, and declined in the genitive case,


'

before i*S)\y

his

voice.'

Next,

we

see Jjj
(for

of the Lord,' the


'his road,'
;

first

noun in the genitive

case,

and .JjJ

-iJjj)

with the

post-position tJ, [35] (the


latter of the

^ being dropped in the oblique case)


.^^
(short for

and

this

two substantives

*-^j> that is .<ijJ, is in the accusative

case after the verb

XLljjJ

jL^Ju! J^J) 'make

straight.'

[67, 69.]
[211.]
^j, or
(

Sometimes the Persian form

is

used, then a Icesra (^), or


('s),

) is

put between the nouns, and represents exactly the English


is

but the order


*li>

inversed.

Ex.
's

J$ ^tU j!j!

the king

will.

^IkLo l^-^>- the

Sultan's orders.
;

luLo ^l>
aL^-il
t^^ii-ijJ

the foot of constancy a place of doubt


;

{lit.,

constancy's foot.')

lS^T

{lit.,

'doubt's place.')
;

^Uj

the promises of friends

{lit.,

'friends' promises.')

\J*\ s-teyis* the collection of things


joUal-s **Jj

{lit.,

things' collection.')

the servants of the king

{lit.,

the king's servants.')

SYNTAX.

67

[212.]

When two names come


first,

together, with a
it

word between them


first

qualifying the

no sign

is

used,
:

being understood that the

name

is

put in the genitive case


^j*xaJ*
j>*zj\

\j of Jonas the son

Simon.
:

[213.]

Two

Arabic or Persian nouns (or one Arabic and one Persian

may

stand together without any sign of the genitive


J^

u^sr*

or <^>sz" u.o*'7 the airs of the beloved.

lS&~ <t^
olkJ jy A
[214.]

^he horders of the river.

j?

the chief of the dervishes.


it

Sometimes a noun of number has two genitives preceding

(C^

JUjjLifc)!

J^Lw* one of the men of the


ablative case together
lit.,

city.

Or a genitive and an

oj

^Ajlib-p- sJJjl^J
;'

'of these houses, from

among

their

children one

i.e.,

one from among the children of these houses.


a

[215.]

When

name

occurs, the

word

*li

'by name'

is

added to

it

to prevent the possibility of its being


ft)

mistaken

u*Aiyu Mcodemus
/U

(by) name.

JU>^U

CUjjlj^J the marshal,

by name Bernadotte.

L jzA
Hanover
i^jj^j)

u^viJjc toijr* ^Jc^ys.

^XJj^

j}y&

from the city of

to the city of Gottingen they arrived.

j)j*

river Ehine. i<irt* [jtj passing the


last

In these two
place of

examples

y^

'

city,'
:

and

^J

'

river,'

taking the

au

name,' as more explanatory

[ 216.]

In forming a sentence the dative stands


i

first

f ^l^
ji*

to\s*i

to this place bring the book. to

CSasA Sj

me

bread give.
2

68

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[217.]
panies
it,

So also

if

^^)

be used, the noun or pronoun which accom:

in whatever case it be, stands first in the sentence

jj

lv^j! ^y^\jL*l\
1

give the
5

men bread

(lit/ for the

men bread give.')

t^jsT

ijj^j] (j^^ -^-

^or (^) y u these things I brought,

f aileyi*

ljU^

UL?

^
:

for

myself these books I bought.


'

[218.] ^ys^X 3j*> *^)> *jj^* 13- j"1 ^Mi)f and some others, must be pronounced immediately after the word they follow, as if forming
>

'

part of

it,

and a pause ensue

came

witness to

make

regarding the light

for witness

the aforesaid

little

attention to this will greatly facilitate the understanding of the

Turkish construction, which otherwise might appear obscure.


Observe here that aCcjJ
dative infinitive,'

LOJbLi

is

one composite verb, in the

which answers

to our infinitive.

[219.]

In the natural course of Turkish composition the adjective

precedes the substantive, and remains unchangeable, as has been already

observed [21]

as,

JjJj^S,

^J^^^jy

'

& pretty

girl,'
:

'a pretty boy.' i ?M

But

in using foreign words the order

is

inverted

as,

J^

'

gentleman;' and then the adjective agrees with the substantive in gender

and number.

Ex.

^Uic
*jj*

ijr^L*i powerful kings.

Jjj^

things already mentioned.

&LL] LZJ\y\ an elegant woman.


[

220.]

Titles also follow the

noun

cjj-^-

Lib His Excellency

the Pacha.
saints.

Except when speaking of God, the Prophet, and

Jb*

j&~ LZJjJis-

God Almighty.
the Prophet, on

*m\\

&Jue ^-J

cl^z^- His Highness

whom

be peace!

the Holy Saints.

SYNTAX.

69

[221.]

"When Turkish or Persian numbers are used, they precede


it

the noun; if Arabic, they follow and agree with

in gender and

number

j j a place.

*j| (jj five men.

pSi\ c^Jfc seven climates (the whole world).


&jj\ *\jj\ the four divisions
;

(lit.,

'the divisions four') [Arabic].

[222.]
the singular

"When a noun

is

thus preceded by a number

it

remains in

&j^jy
CL2\

a hundred camels (camel).

u$j*td\ sixty horses (horse).


is

But

if

an Arabic number
<U-o

used, the

noun

is

put in the plural

(d^

the seven climates.


of the personal pronoun of the 3rd

[223.]

The Turks avoid the use


its

person singular by placing in


as,

stead a
etc.

word

signifying

the aforesaid

'

jj+,

(*J*s*>

*L1jlfc*

Vide 1st Eeading lesson, verses

6 and 7 of St. John's Gospel.

224.]

The pronoun

of the 3rd person plural


:

is

generally under;'

stood to be implied in the verb

as,

JjjJo

'

they came
it

unless

it
:

is

wanted

to particularize that

they themselves came, then

may be used

JujJjQjl

or^jiSjL J

they came or they themselves came.

[ 225.]

In writing or speaking elegantly they avoid the pronoun of

the 1st person


for you,'

by using

jx^ J

'your

friend,' or

^jj-IcJ 'he

who

prays

meaning

myself.'

226.]

And

the

pronoun of the 2nd

person

is

expressed

by
i.e.

^jLSU
'

CjU

or ^jli\*&~

cu\\ 'the person of your Excellency,'

you.'

'

TO

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

[227.]

The

possessive affix

is

used in a peculiar manner in Turkish,


the language, unless
it

and

it

forms one of the

difficulties of

be

clearly-

understood and denned.

Examples of

the use of the Possessive Affix.

J*V^
t_

teS}\

<JjSjh\ "We
'the front/

sat before
'

(in front of)

your houses.
'

<J^\ (substantive)

^5J

its

front,'

fcSj\ 'to its front

(the

being dropped as usual). [127.]

^.O < ajJLsi^ JL$*jJs "What sayest thou of thyself. dy^i thyself,' JS> xS of thyself.' J>- truth,' JuU
' '

j<x
'

'self,'

'

thy truth,'

jSs-

in thy truth/

O
,

J+~i

&aoj *-Eo l^jl> 'his shoes' latchet.' "J V Jl V fm

jU (V_>v

'a shoe,' 1^*>1> Vy


->

'shoes,'
latchet,'

^A^-jjlj 'his

shoes,'

oj^1*-jJU

of his shoes.'

<U*^J 'the

^^i

<U-J or

^
I

t^rn

its latchet,'

in the accusative.
to Israel, (#.,

io*sH ^ms&aIjI JbU? <d-jLy^ To be made manifest


'

for

Az's

being made mauifest.')

a Jif

^xi jJSjl j^^


i

saw

it

abiding,

(lit.,

its

being upon.')
tfjjj]

&j

n.l

iX^

'upon whom,'
'

(&.,
'

of

whom,

to
(

7m upon,')
a
)

taking

the possessive affix

his

'

or

it

( <_ )

drops the

and being declined

becomes

fcjjjj\ in the dative case,

[^i*,

35.]
;

^i
^j\ *i on
(

ftJlU! <&-&) Behold the

Lamb

of

God

(feY.,

of

God

his lamb.')

taking
(

the possessive affix of the 3rd person ^**j changes the

into

j
\

for the sake of

euphony and becomes ^jjj

^jSlj Of him his name.


[27]

Here we have two pronouns

*J3

'
\

of

him

(used as a noun, and put in the genitive case before ^jS\), and ^j

the possessive pronoun of the 3rd person [33], and not the post-position,
sign of the accusative case [128].
this double use of pronouns,

The

learner

is

requested to

mark

and

to refer to

[210.]

SYNTAX.

71

228.]

The
jj

affix

aL*.C;l
[

^ ijX^l ^
x<AJ
l>

seems

to

have a demonstrative power


is
is

as,

the cap that

upon your (head).


near me.

the chair that

229.]

It has also a

power of particularization and appropriation


i_5^(*-^

t^ui

my
an(^

own hook.
to his very

d?<& sJ^JstJJj^J) he came

own.

$
[230.]
^jjST

or
is

\Jl*^~ J'^ J
>

ver

y own

'

It

used also

to specify

any time
the

particularly.

L*s?

Jl>

jo%^ Not

to

day (but)

day of to-morrow.
?

\S^Sj>

s^^^^^

Was

it the

day of yesterday that you came


1st

[231.]

The verb always agrees with the


:

and 2nd person of the

singular and plural of the pronouns

*jJj ^j I came.

tJ^S
[ 232.J

Jj

we

came.

<Jx\^~i JX\K J~j

thou earnest.

ye came.
is

(The personal pronouns are only used when precision

required.)

But when the

subject of the verb


it

is

in the 3rd person, the

verb

may

be put in the singular, although

refer to a plural

number

as,

^jJ^J^JT
[233.]

'our horses came' (singular), and not Jjxl

When

addressing a person, you use the 2nd person plural


:

although mentioning him in company with others

as,

e*SzJ> Acjl ^ ^-f


[ 234. J

^
as,

Did V ou an d your father and


yourself, then the verb

my

son go ?

"When you mention

must stand in
5

the 1st person plural:

Js^f

J-cj\

j -^"y^
s

5^ 3 cT*

3 U? 'land

you and

he,

and your father and

my

son, ive will go?

[235.]

The 3rd person present


It
as,
is

of the auxiliary verb *j!

may

be
to

added

to a verb or omitted.
:

generally added

when one wishes

express an action positively

jtil&Azjb

^^^

ij

'

DU t (indeed) of God they were born.'

C 1Z

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

236.]

Otherwise in speaking

it is

generally left out

^y\jkL
JT

is

your health good.


very good.

L-5o

it is

237.]

The verb

is

always placed at the end of the phrase, except


:

in poetry,

when

it is

permitted to be placed in the verse

as,

<UjIJjl)

lJ^ ^jJj-Jlsu^

from Constantinople a

fleet is come.'

[238.]

<Uol, the 3rd person of the conditional of the verb *jJ,

is

often used expletively, and

means

now, but,

as to,

with regard

to

: '

as,

S&}\
[

^jlju^w^-j jmA
<Uuj!
is (like

y^J

'Now, Philip was

of Bethsaida.'

239.]

mjcs^I and others) a disjunctive post-position

[218].

It is generally, however, a sign of the subjunctive mood,

and

JJ**^! U**^*jyj^ ^ ^ na(^ sa ^ down.' "We may as well observe, with regard to the *J, which here occurs after the verb, and is
signifies 'if:' as,

so often

used in conversation, that


It (that
is,

it is

purely expletive.

240.]

*J)

is,

however, sometimes added to infinitives or


[ Vide

verbal nouns, to give the form of a participle active.


sect.

Eedhouse,

591, p. 160.]

^+y&AZ*j

aJiUiS'

^JtU^' have you


is

not done going and coming.

jdx&siyj\ he
[241.]

about (employed in) reading.


infinitive

We

have already stated that the


this infinitive

mood

is

declined,

and that the dative of

answers very frequently to our

common

infinitive.
a!

Besides this form, the post-position dbl and


infinitive,

is

often joined to the

giving

it

the force of a gerund

as

^\^j J^3 Oyj J^j


'

AJjI
near.')

(vT^V.

an<* the

Jews' passover
the

"being

near

{lit.,

on

its

being
being

(j^ changing
is

into

in

consequence of

its

followed by Aj\, which

contracted into A.

SYNTAX.

73

242.]

When
:

participles are declined, they stand in relation to verbs

the same as nouns


alSUli"

Ex.
(lit.,

^Lai iAj&j 'and when they wanted wine;'


short or

'and

the wine hecoming

wanting)

L*l
241.]

(being
is

the

Turkish

auxiliary verb used with the Arabic

word ^LaJ)
[

the infinitive to

which A contracted from


jdj) (Sj^,^ **J
spoken, this
is.')

<0j! is

added.

this is

he of

whom

I spoke;'

(lit.,

'my having

jlj

^|^>- *JUs.^jya 'answer what

I have

asked;'

{lit.,

'of

my

having asked, give answer.')


jjb ti[ijy 'look at that
declined).

man who

is afraid,'

(^jyi,

participle

pjfb) -^*"*
ness) of (the

4Z.< *-J3

Uj

'

am astonished

at the going (swift-

man) mounted (on

horseback).'

h\ j\r=>-\
(the)

jjJ^JJ

'be careful of what I have said;'

{lit.,

'of

my

having

said, beware.')

[243.]

We

have said [139] that the conjunctions or disjunctives

are often interlarded with or added to gerunds, and denote a pause in the

sentence by dividing

it.

Let us give an example jr^sr\


:

.^i-j .^ lC*j
(lit.,

Jlw* jdA
thee
[first

jlihcl

(jj^l

(^?^ J f*j *&^\ CSisAs

'i to

the dative case, then the gerund] for


?')

my

having said I saw

thee under the fig tree, thou believest

[244.]

We

have already noted (pages 28 and 56) [139] that the

gerunds represent a pause in the sentence, and serve to divide a phrase,


only one direct or personal verb coming at the end.

"We will

now

give

an instance of

this,

which will exemplify the

style,

and show where the

difficulties of construction lie.

74

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

4*-.^ j fc^p-^l

t^i^

^j^

u^l/i^

^ ^jr*r J&
:

b]?

The

literal translation of

which would be

as follows

the difficult roads

SYNTAX.

75

4*
at the

same time

avoiding

also

-passes of the Tyrol

mountains

and
J

the finding ourselves some days'

march

on the heads of our enemies


<fcb!

J*i
time to lose not having
barely
the soldiers of the

C^r^j
way

enemy

in this

J^4V

^^-LsT

L^"^
by hard running

*C<jJ~*fj 9j\Jj
and
to

to save himself (themselves)

run away

our wonderful movements

which are invented

and in

this

way

and

have been

set forth.

Therefore the difficult roads of the black mountains leaving, and the
parallel waters that enter into the valley of the
side, in

Danube leaving on one

a few days the country of the Elector of Bavaria (on) our entering,

j Is'*

'

a place of issue

;'

ergo,

'

a pass.'
to

Here the auxiliary


on one
side,' is

participle

CJ>j&i\

the Arabic

substantive
after

l-j>\^s>-\
it

understood, and

dj^j

coming immediately

(indeed forming almost one word with


[ 133-]

it

dJjcuL^-!),, answers
is
;

the

purpose of the auxiliary.


3

This word U"l)\ is tne Arcitnc plural of (Jm\j 'a head.' with the possessive affix, and the sign of the ablative case J

used
it

but

is far-fetched,
4 5

which

is

considered elegance of style.


'

Lit.,

'

to flight a face to show,'

by

total flight.'
us.'

Lit.,

'

our wonderful movements having been invented by

jJul^y jb j L-ub.

This phrase

is

of constant occurrence at the

beginning and end of Persian and Turkish letters: C-^cb 'the cause;'

jb

abbreviation of Juib

'let it be.'

76

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

and the passes of the Tyrol mountains (our) avoiding, and at the same
time on the heads of our enemies some days' march (by) finding ourselves, in this

way

the enemy's soldier barely time to lose having, and


to

by hard running himself

save,

in this

manner
(are

(thus)

our well-

concerted extraordinary movements have been

now)
this

set forth.'

We

now

subjoin the French original, from

which

Turkish version
it

has been made, by a person evidently quite competent to the task,

being as correct a translation as the language will permit


defy any scholar to re-turn
it

and we would
without

into as elegant

French

(or English)

having the original


'

to

guide him.*

Ce grand

et vaste

mouvement nous a
Montagnes Noires,

porte en peu de jours en Eavarie,


la ligne de rivieres paralelles qui

nous

a fait eviter les

se jettent dans la vallee


d'

du Danube, V inconvenient attache a un systeme

operations qui auraient toujours en flanc les debouches

du Tyrol

et

enfin nous a place a plusieurs marches derriere l'ennemi qui n' a pas de

temps a perdre pour eviter sa perte

entiere.'

he

do not mention this to discourage the student, but in order that be aware of the perfect impossibility of representing civilized ideas in so barbarous a language, which is devoid of all terms, save those of

We

may

primitive use for the

common

necessaries of

life.

APPENDIX.

77

APPENDIX.
COMPOUND TENSES 0^ A YEEB.
[245.]

The following

are the

compound

tenses to

which we have
participles,

referred, as heing formed with the present, past, and future

and the verb (jdj\ [76].


Let us take

[L]jjSy

'reading,'

[II.]

J*f3

'having read/ and

[III.] (J&-tojA

'about to read.'
'

ajAA .JJ

'

I read,' or

I become one

who

reads.'

(This tense bears

also a future signification).

am

reading,' or

'

I become one

who who

reads.' reads.'

I was reading,' or I was reading,' or


I read,' or
' '

I became one

I was becoming one

who

reads.'

I became one
'

who

reads.'

I had

read,' or

I
'

had become one who


I became one

reads.'
reads.'

I have read,'
tense, according to

or

who

(This

Eedhouse, has a doubtful

signification.)

I suppose,

or fancy, I became one

who

reads.'
etc.

*Jj1 J3*aL\
sense also.)

ijSjI

'I had read,' or 'become,

(with a dubitative

*x>-Aj\ jjsj\

'

I will read,' or
'

'

become one who can

read.'

a A-*^

<sSj\

jyjl

I was about to read,' or

become one who was in

the act of reading.'

Ai\hAj\ jjjl

'I

must

read,'

or

'must become one who has the

quality of reading.'

78

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

/J! *LJjl jftjl

'i must have read,' or 'become one

who

is

in the

act of reading.'

a^*M j^^
of reading.'

That I may

read,' or

become one who has the quality

aJ!

*!!

<y*\

'That I might

read,' or

become one who

is

in the act

of reading.'
>**jiJ1
ijjj^
'

If I

may read,'

or

become one who

is

in a state to read.'
is

***!jl

j*3j\

'

If I should read,' or

become one who

capable of

reading.'

* Jul
read.'

cLuJjl j*Sj\

'

If I had read,' or

become one who

is

competent to

jy J'h^
jHijl

'

-^

^ ou rea(

^>

or

^ ecome one wno can


read.' read.'

rea(l-'

jj\
jjj\
'

^ become one who can

&k^ij\

To the becoming one who can


'Reading,' or
'

(Dative infinitive).

*
,

becoming one who can

read.'

^ f
-'Y

l
.

Having

read,' or

'

become one who can

read.'

'

About

to read,' or

'

become one who can

read.'

/*Sjl (jf-d*\ J+3j\

'

To become one who

is

about to be able to read.'


read.'

become one who can Jj] ^.JjjJ^ ji*j\ 'Before having


bJLa ^j&s i^*\ Vj!
'

After having become one

who

can read.'

Becoming a

reader,' or

one

who

can read.'

Aj\jfy\

~J

'
.

Becoming a

reader,' or

'

one

who

can read.'

APPENDIX.

79

a^Oj! ujiy

Whilst becoming one who can

read.' read.'

The having become one who* can


Since becoming one

who

reads.'

The The
J*sj-4j1 jjij\
'

action of becoming one


action of having

who

can read.'
read.'

become one who can

The

action of being about to

become one who can read.


read.'

[246.]

II.

jjjul*jJj1

'Having

fjjiy fJ*L"j*j\ 'l become one


reader.'

who

has already read,' or

'

become a

Also

A or

ist.

ajjJjI

lA*>^
reader.'

"

am becoming

one

who

has already read,'

or

become a

f^jSjl (j^Sjl
reader.'

I became one

who

has already read,' or "become a

/c^Jji (jl^jl
become a
/jjjl

I was becoming one

who

has already read,' or

reader.'

\jL+jij\

I became one

who

has already read,' or

become a

reader.'

_fjj fjJj^ ^jL*5J 'i had become one

who

has already read,' or

become a
*j!Ldj\

reader.'

\JL*jij\

I have become one

who

has read,' or

become a

reader.'

*Ju^ {JJ&S yL**s*\


a reader.'

"

I had become one

who

has read,' or

become

*kp^dj\ {JL**\ 'i shall become one


reader.

who

has read,' or

become a

*&+k>-<Aj\ ij!L*yj\

I was about to become one

who

has read,' or

become a

reader.'

aj!jL]j!

uL*jij\

"

I must become one

who

has already read,'

or

become a

reader.'

80

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

a JJ Xdj\
or
'

jjjuut^jl

I must have become one

who has

already read,'

become a
+)\<j\

reader.'

{jL*jij\

That I may become one who has already read/ or

become a reader.'

aJuWjI (jH^Sj\
or
'

That I might become one who has already

read,'

become a

reader,' etc. etc.

[247.]III.
pj$^ LpT^i&y
future signification also.)

&T*i3

'About

to read.'

^ become one

who is

about to read.'

(This has a

pjjgy (JPr^iyy
P'-jj>J\

am

t ec

ming one who

is

about to read.'

(3^r*i.y

" become one

who

is

about to read.'

aJjJj! (j^T*iIVj'
>^jl J^T'V.^J'
t^Jl

I was becoming one


^ became one

who

is

about to read.'

who

is

about to read.'
is

f^
a-*u*1*1

c^'V.yj' '" ^ a(^ become one


I have become one

who

about to read.'

JlnAJ\ (J&-&}3j\

who

is

about to read.'

a Jul

^>~<L* Jj! 'i had become one

who

is

about to read.' about to read.'

ixsj-dijl

j^T^l^^

'

I shall become one

who

is

All

these tenses can be used

when

required; but, of course, regard

must be had to the dictates of euphony, which might, perhaps, forbid the
use of the 3rd person of this last tense, as
it

would be
its

<j>>-4Sj^

O^T'QjPj^

but the rules of grammar would not prohibit

form.

INDECLINABLE GERUND.
[ 248.]

There are three kinds of gerunds, which are formed with the

three participles

present, past,

and future; and the gerund jj\ 'being'


(

of the defective verb +A.

jLA jj\
fjL*J3j\

'

whilst reading.'
whilst having read.' whilst about to read,' or
to

^j\

'

j\ <j>-<V,y^

'

become a

reader.'

APPENDIX.

S
in use, is

[ 249.]
infinitive,

Another kind of gerund, much

formed with the

which drops the


a)

jj or lLS,

and takes c or ^f, with the addi,L*Jl 'to read,'


or,

tion of the preposition

or d\j\

as,

makes tXk*J3j\
by dint of

by reading,'
reading.'
[ [

by reason of reading,'
132.]

as

we

should say,

250.]

The

verbal

noun,

on taking the particle

tef, forms an

indeclinable gerund

much

in use: as, .-V^

'the having read,' (verbal

noun) makes
[

djs"

Jyj!
is

as long as, whilst having read.'


is

251.]

There

another gerund which

also indeclinable

it

has a

negative form but a positive signification.

It

is

formed from the 3rd

person, present tense, of the indicative of a negative verb, and the particle
post-position

Jj^J

or

xj\*a^:
'

as,

J^*j3j! 'not

to read,'

r*^j\

do not read,' *JLsy$yj\

thou dost not read/


{lit.,

\*f^

'he does not

read.'

Jj^^J-*^
^Cs^J
[

'before reading;'
(lit.,
'

'before not having read/)

Uy^
in

'after reading;'

after not

having

read.')

252.]

This gerund
it,

is

often written and pronounced

^J^yJ,

order to shorten Tartars the


as this

or perhaps for the sake of

euphony
it is

and among the

^J

is

sometimes made

pJ, which

well to recollect,

form might puzzle the reader of old MSS.

DECLINABLE GERUNDS.
[

253.]

The verbal noun takes the


is

post-position

xJ,

and forms
read,'

another gerund, which


(verbal noun)

declinable

as,

Jpyjl

'

the having

makes SsjSj]
sjJGo
t>*S}1
'

'on having read,' *tM*j jij\


1

'on

my

having

read,'

on thy having read,

etc.

(the

^j being

introduced for the sake of euphony.)


[

254.]

Also a declinable gerund

is

formed by the verbal noun taking


G


82

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

zjLa jjJ or Jj!


ijX^2J

eJ
'

after it:

as,

^LaiJjiJyjjl

'after having read,'

S^xjy^\
etc.

after

my

having read/
'

SjL^jJUbjjJ^

'after

thy

having read/
'

Jjl ^dkjjjjjt having read/

before having read/


'

^X*x>Jyj1
thy having

Jj!
read/

before
etc.,

my

Jj\ ^jjGbJy^l
'

before

which we have denominated

indeterminates.'
all

Let us

now

take the auxiliary verb

(J^*\ in

the preceding forms

indeclinable and declinable,


participle of
9

and attach

to it the present, past, or future

and we shall form some idea of the possible varieties (J*jj\

of the changes of

which a Turkish verb

is

susceptible.

IXDECLIXABLE.
PRESENT
AUXILIARY.
PARTICIPLE.

[248] jj\jjj\ whilst being

^-G
{

jjuLwjl whilst having been

(2)
(3)

jL>\ (J^-dj\ whilst about to be

[249] Ak^j\ by or on being


[250] <Ls Ajl whilst having been
3

(4) (5)
(6)

[251]

[4^

^^0

before being
after

(^Cs> ^l>J^ J

being
)jj3)\ J^+jij\
(7)
(8)

DECLIXABLE.

<J=>rtey\

[253] *<AJJJ^ on having been


^jJJJvjl") before (Jj\
bjfc*zj

having been

[254]

JJ jJj\ J after having been


:

And

their declinable derivations

8X*xf jJjl
t

my

having been

Jj!
Xj\sa

^&am^j\

before my having been (9)

^jAaj *xj\ after

my having been

(10)

APPENDIX.

83

Now,
of each.

if

we

translate

backwards,

we

shall

arrive

at

the meaning

Present

Past

A j^\ j*\ (r^y J^ cA^^V


[

whilst being a reader. whilst being one

who

is

or

With

has been a reader.

Future

JiJ

jjij\

(jfc-te'fy whilst being

one who

is

about to read.

Present

^j\
^j\
1*4**}

{jL^\ jjSjl whilst having been a reader.


(JLs*j2j\

Past

(Jm*<^j\

whilst having been one

who who

ha3 been a reader.

Future

{J*"Aj\

(J^T&l}*^ whilst having been one


is

about to read.
a reader.

/ Present

dlx*l^
idi^Sjl

j^^

by being

Past

^JLj3j\

by being one who has been


a reader.

Future

aLUj! (J^-teji^ by being one who


to read.

is

about

10

Present

byLaJX*x:^\ J^~<U

j^ after

my

having been one

about to read.

And

so

on in the same manner with the other

participles, ringing the

changes in an endless variety

2 o

84

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

SUMMAEY.
We
may
propose to lay before the student a Table of Gerunds, whereby he

be enabled to make out any form of gerund he

may meet with

in

his reading, and

which will be

either in this table, or derived from

some

one or other of these combinations.

GERUNDS OF A YERB IK CJ.CJ^jf 'TO SEE/


yji
<*L}j8 >
s

seeing or having seen.

whilst seeing (in an active sense).

on seeing (whilst or when).


{

&jf>

seeing.

\j*^*jy

having seen.
since seeing.

y&jy
4.r Ajip
The

having seen.
three Participles.

<J>j)f
i

or

^j\ jjf

while seeing,
whilst having seen. whilst about seeing.

jj\ {jL^jif
^jL>\

CS^tjf

The Turks take each gerund


in,

in succession as fast
!

and

as often as

they can lug them


scarcely ever

right or wrong, no matter


is

This
use
:

first

form

is

used,

whilst the second

in eternal

with some

people
tes?j\$,

it is

brought in at every dozen words, tef" Si), tezTj^, &~&sj,


etc.

AsTj^f,

GERUNDS.

85

The three Verbal Nouns.

20<L*^S

on seeing. on having seen.


to see.

X3&3j

or xdJLs*j>

&6&^Xji on being about


Kinds of Ablative

Infinitive.

&jL+j

or

&~+j
xdL,+j

with seeing.
in or
(

_, Jk* i*S or

by

seeing.
)

Jj! \*\&y*j&

^
^

before seeing.

Z^., before, or after not

*A^ \z)^J*Jt

a ^ er seem S-

having seen.
seeing,' is derived:

jPhw the Infinitive Gerund &Ls*j

'on

4 S^*j<f on my 4 SjL+j

seeing.

on thy seeing. on his seeing.


(?)

&L*j
dJuC*^
<&\$&*j

on our seeing.
on your seeing.

bAlL+jj*

on their seeing.

ifyow #0 Ablative Infinitive


*J

sdL*j on

seeing,'

sis

derived:

^Jw^-S

on

my

seeing.

*J uJ^tj^>
^J

on thy seeing. on his seeing.


on our seeing. on your seeing. on their seeing.
(?)

^-<+jj>

s J y&*jjs

sJJJoUj^S
*J

lL*^f

jFro t* Participial Gerund *J


s J *&>**)4>
i

\j**j

'

on having se

n,'

&

derived

on

my

having seen.

J *SLJL*j

on thy having seen.

86

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

sJ
xJ
'

\jL*j

on his having seen. on our having seen.

^*

~j-f

*JJX**!(jl* t^T

on your having seen.


on their having seen.
l

X{JL*j
From
the Participial

Gerund xSSjij*
on

on having seen/

derived

*J
*J

&jS

my

having seen.

tJL>L.\^-T

on thy having seen.


his having seen. (?)

2fJ
i'J

^SJ,^T on

Ja^^jS
li3jS

on our having seen.


on your having seen.

SJJX5jJjS

SJ

on their having seen.

*>w

/i0

Future Gerund X&s>*J*x5j-

tj on
'

being about to

see,'

&

derived

*ya

on

my

being about to

see.
see. see. (?)

* J&JLp- in^

on thy being about to on his being about to on our being about to

*jkJi~

a^

ii^liS^ yuS
aJJxJjs- Xj
a jij>-

see. see.
see.

on your being about to

a *T

on their being about to

From

the

Gerund

sjx*a or

^\
w

^JkijjjT 'before or after having


derived
:

seen,'

iJu r Jj^ jjJ*iJ

i*

before or after

my

having seen.

r^

or Jj^

sj\*a or Jlj!

u^^J^jj* j^J JjJ.X

before or after thy having seen.

before or after his having seen.


before or after our having seen.

ijC or Jjl ^,JU^.^*T

tJLa or Jj! yjSjjj*


iULfl or

before or after your having seen.


before or after their having seen.

Jj! \*)^)^y^Jr

GERUNDS.

GERUNDS OE A VERB IN j. J^T 'TO TAKE.'


c-jui
|

taking.

jj jJT

whilst taking (in an active sense).

on taking.
taking.

dS\

^-jUJT
J JT

having taken.
since taking or having taken.

<^J^T

having taken.

The three Participles.

.^T

or

J&ijj
<A*1T

whilst taking.
whilst having taken.
whilst about to take.

,j\

,jL\ />- <d\

The three Verbal Nouns.

*jdT
sJuudT
or *di*>ST

on taking.

on having taken. on being about


to take.

ajJb^T

Kinds of Ablative

Infinitive.

JT
^jJuN
Jj\
*jL>
or *JJUJT
)

whilst taking.
in or by taking.
(

^\S\

^,^1

before taking.
taking.

) Lit.,

before, or after, not

\ after

having taken.

Vide note *, page 84.

88

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

From

the Infinitive

Gerund

<OoL*lT

'

on taking/

GERUNDS.

89

aJUihA!
Sfc>jjut> JkiT

on our having taken.


on your having taken.

* JfJi jJ

on their having taken.


'

From

the

Future Gerund *J

^^^1
on

on being about

to

take/

^s

derived

yj*-i-5>-^l
s -<tl
I

my

being about to take or receive.*

on thy being about to take or receive.

8<\Jts>-<&\

on his being about to take or receive.

8 JU-*> &\

on our being about

to take or receive.
to take or receive.

sJjX-jb^-AlT
a J^libf

on your being about

on their being about to take or


'

receive.

From

the

Gerund xjLa or Jj^ ^AJj^T

before or after having taken/

spi* or Jj!

jjJk^JfcNl

before or after

my

having taken.

xJLa or Jjl ^jXsb jJT


i.Ctf or
f\j,\

before or after thy having taken. before or after his having taken.
before or after our having taken.

joJ^joJ^I

sX^

or Jji ^JJ-^jjJI
jjjl

sic? or

^JJCjJujJl

before or after your having taken.

sc> or Jjl ^jJjJkSl

before or after their having taken.

* The future of <jui


of money):
as,

is

used in the sense of having to receive (a


' '

sum

j&iy

j\j

axsj-aSI

*^J

I have to receive so

much/

j\j
this

Jc~4I SL* 'thou

hast to receive/ etc.; therefore the gerund of

form will imply the same thing.

90

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

COMPOSITION.
We
it,

will suppose that the learner

has gone carefully through


the rules laid

the
in

present work, has endeavoured to retain all

down

and can decline and conjugate every noun and verb that he
;

may

meet and

that he has, further, learned the

first

chapter of St. John by heart,

that,

while covering with a piece of paper the interlinear translation


'

under the text of the

Tales,'

he can read the whole or any part of them

with

ease.

Still there is

a great deal more for

him

to

do before he can

arrive at facility of composition.

We

will in this chapter give

him some

hints

how

best to attain his object.

When we
hence
it is

learn a dead language,

we

are generally satisfied at being


it

able merely to understand what has been written in

by

classic authors

that

many

students learn Latin and Greek so very imperfectly


little

that they very soon forget what


days.

they acquired in their school-boy


is,

The plan we propose

to

our pupils

to ingraft the

language

they have selected on their mind, so that

it

may become

as familiar to

them

as their mother- tongue.

This

is

by no means

difficult,

and

if

the

following plan be pursued,

we have no doubt

that ninety-nine

out of

every hundred will, sooner or

later, attain the object of their wishes.

In the
a great

first place,

they should lay a go$>d foundation by acquiring

many

words, and they cannot do better than gain a perfect


different

knowledge of the two thousand


contained in St. John's Gospel. enable them to speak.

words which are supposed

to be

Such a number would alone


carefully the Gospel

suffice to

While reading

which they

COMPOSITION.

91

should be able to do in the course of twenty- six days


to

they ought
etc.,

also

master the verbs and the simple declensions of nouns,

getting

up

the etymology of the

Grammar

at the

same time

so that

when they
difficulty

have read

St.

John's Gospel once through, they

may

find

no

in recognising the case and tense of every

noun and
so,

verb.

They should

then go through the

'

Tales,

'

and, while doing

they might every day


it

read again one chapter of St. John, and analyze


of the Syntax,

with the assistance

which we have made

as comprehensive as

we

considered

necessaiy, without being too prolix.

By

the time they have finished reading the

'

Tales,' it is

presumed

that they will have succeeded in familiarizing their

minds

to the peculiar

construction of the language.

They should now go through them again


to translate it into literal English

copying out the text

and endeavour
done,

more
able,

literal

than the present translation

on separate
them

pages, so as to be

when they have

to re-translate

into

Turkish.

In

this interval

which will

be the third month of their study

they must

contrive to learn at least thirty dialogues such as the author has already

published, and which they are supposed to have acquired in their primary

introduction to the Turkish language.

If the learner have followed strictly the injunctions here laid down, he
will find himself, at the end of his third month's study of this work, pretty

well advanced in the language.

During
first,

all

this time,

in his leisure

hours, he should have endeavoured,

to

form Turkish phrases in

English words

then,

by

degrees, he will be able to put


to

them

into Turkish

and he should never go


heart, should repeat the

sleep without learning

some

line or

two by
it to

same on awaking, and during the day spout

himself,
Still

till it is

perfectly familiar both to his


difficulty:

mind and

to his tongue.

he will find some

when

he endeavours to speak,

the words will not come fast enough, and he

would

also require

some

one to speak

to.

Of

course, if

he were in Turkey, with the information

TURKISH GRAMMAR

already acquired in the fourth month, he would soon obtain a facility


of expressing himself
land,
;

but

we

will

suppose

him

to

be

still

in

Eng-

and anxious

to

make

further progress.

Let him not despair, but


this plan

recollect that

he has, in three months, done more on

than the

generality of students do in seven years with Latin or Greek,

which are

languages far less

difficult

than the Turkish, and on which so


assist the learner

many

elementary works and books to

have been written.

We

repeat that

it

is

indispensably necessary to our plan, that pupils


heart as possible.
;

should learn as

much by

Either with the use of their


after the fashion of a parrot

reasoning faculties if they can


if they cannot
;

or without

still

learn by heart they must.


fail to

"We believe that there


heart, either

is

no
or

one who, having the wish, can


the second means
a great deal
;

learn

by

by the

first

if

by the

first,

of course,

it is best,

but by the latter

also

may be
first

done.

Let us see how.

Most pupils

find that they have

got up the
first

line or

two of

St.

John's Gospel

much

better than the

part of the chapter, and this latter better than the last part; that they
first

can read the


third

chapter better than the second, and the second than the
?

why

is

this

simply because they have gone through the latter


last part as
it

less frequently.

Let them have the patience to go over the

often as the

first,

and there

is

no reason

why
;

they should not learn

as

well as the
contend.

first

line of the first chapter

it is for this facility

that

we
but

Let them not despair

at the necessity of frequent repetition,

rather recollect that they are called upon to concentrate the practice of

many

years into that of four months.

During the early years of

their childhood

they heard the words of their mother-tongue veiy often over and over
again
before they learned them;
let

them repeat

these strange words

mechanically and " spiritually" as often, and they also will become as
familiar.

We will now suppose that they have reached the end of the fourth month
of their study of this

Grammar, that they have a

store of full three

thousand

COMPOSITION.

93
with

words

at their fingers' ends, or rather, at the tip of their tongue,

a competent recollection of the rules here laid down.


certainly find themselves in a
state to speak,
still

While they will now


little

with a

hesitation

and occasional mistakes, they will

not be able to compose.

For

this

we

give

them two more months, during which time they should read

some

selections of Turkish literature, such as the author proposes to publish

with notes and grammatical references, bearing the number of the rule
or tense in this grammar,

which throw most

light on the word, or subject

marked.

Such

selections should be carefully translated,

and

retranslated,

both ways.

We have now
and brought him

conducted the pupil through five months of his career,


to the sixth,

wherein we hope he will acquire

sufficient

knowledge
possess

to enable

him

to compose,

and

at

which stage he will certainly

more

real acquaintance

and familiarity with the language, both


is

practically

and grammatically, than

generally obtained on the old

system in as

many

years.
this

We
is

recommend
;

system to the serious attention of

all teachers

and students

convinced as

we

are that the acquirement of

any language

a mechanical operation, which requires not so

much an
Of

effort of

memory

as a simple desire to learn,

and much perseverance.

course,

some with a
;

good use of their mental faculties will learn faster than others

but

all

will reach the goal of their ambition, if they will only take care not to

despair in the

first

few months of their


to learn a

studies.

Those who expect

language by merely reading an hour or

two a day, and then turn


or pleasure

their attention to something else


it,

either business

should

not undertake
it,

as they are sure to fail.

But

all

who will

set their

minds upon

will think of nothing else,

and continually

repeat to themselves

what they
that,

are learning,

must inevitably succeed;

and when we think

instead of wasting our time in the trifling

insipidities of the daily course of

an

artificial state

of

life,

we

can in so

94

TURKISH GRAMMAR.
new language every
year,

short a time, and at such little cost, acquire a

and that too

so perfectly, that it will be as impossible to forget as our


it is

mother-tongue,
cation between

astonishing, that, in the days of universal

communia greater

men

of all nations, there should not be

among us

desire to acquire languages, that thus Ave

may

be enabled to learn what

others

may have
but

to

impart of their experience, not by means of a

translation,

in

an

idiom which

has become
up.

as

agreeable

and

familiar as the

one to which

we were brought we now

If society were

only persuaded of the truth of what


possibility,

advance,

and of the
generally

nay

certainty, of success
:

languages would be more


common
life

studied than they are


to

but the experience of

has led them

doubt the possibility of such a result


difficult,

they

imagine that languages

must be

because thousands

fail

in acquiring Latin or Greek, and

even French and Italian

while the
A lad
is

fault is really in the system

and not in

the matter to be learned.

kept for years to the study of grammar

without having the matter or words wherewith to put the dry rules he
learns into practice
his
;

and, of course, they do not


'

make any impression on


and called upon
to

mind

he

is

then dragged through

Virgil/

make out the

sense of a phrase with no assistance but his dictionary; he

thus loses another two or three years, during which time he has only

read one book, while the same time would have sufficed

him
size

to

have gone

through two

or three hundred books

of a

similar

had he had
"We ask

translations to carry

him through

as fast as

he could read them.

Would he

not

on

our system

have

had one hundred times more


its

experience in the phraseology of the language and in

construction,

and learned more words by reading two or three hundred volumes, than

by wading darkly through the

one, the

unexplained

difficulties of

which

have almost sickened him with a language he might otherwise have been
led to love and admire
to
?

Grammar

is,

indeed, useful, nay indispensable,

the perfect acquirement

of a language

but the

rules of

grammar ran


COMPOSITION.

95

be of

little

or no use to one
to exercise

who

has not a capital of words and phrases

wherewith

them.
is

When

once the student

master

of,

say three thousand words, and has


its

made the construction of a language and


mental constitution
argument),
it is

modes of expression a part of his

(if

we may be

allowed to go so far for the force of our

easy to bring those rules into play which he


;

may have
to him.

been getting up daily


before

and he will find the use of the dictionary, which


trouble,

was a mere impediment and


if

by no means irksome

Let us now see

we

can lay

down some
his

rules or outlines of exercises,


into the current of ideas

whereby the student may lead


requisite
'

own mind

to

flow through the

meadow

of his conceptions,' in order to

express

himself, not in his mother-tongue,

but in his newly-acquired

language.

He must
construction,
his mind.

first

divest himself of all original

and preconceived notions of

and assume the one he has been studying and engrafting on


must try
to

He

think in the language of his adoption.

This

he will not be able


translate the

to do at the outset.

He must

not therefore attempt to

phrase mentally with English words;

but must rather


is

endeavour to employ the toumure of the language in


compose.

which he

about to
'

Let

us,

for instance, suppose that

he wishes to

say

Come
mind
most

to-morrow morning,

when

I have breakfasted.'

Recollecting the necessity


first
;

of putting the verb at the end, and the dative case

bearing in

that he

should present to the


first,

attention

of his hearer

what

is

important

and adopting the system of reversing the English phrase,


this idea,

he would form the following representation of


easily

which he could

with

his

knowledge of words, declensions, and conjugations

put

into Turkish,

'

Thou

to

me to-morrow

after

my

having eaten,

early in the morning, near

me

come.'

san l-n y-rin ye-mek ye-di-gim-dan-so--ra er-ken ya-nim-da

gel.


96
Would
to

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

it

not be more satisfactory

nay, would

it

not sound more poetic

have thus expressed himself, than to have said

gel bd-nd yd-rin er-ken wakl-ki ben ye-mek ye-dim !

Of
this

course

because
learnt,

more in consonance with a


like,

style

he

has

by

time

not only to

but to look upon as the

most
Let
not

natural for the expression

of his ideas in the


:

us proceed with this dialogue


otherwise engaged.'
'

Turkish language.
so, if

'

I shall be most happy to do head,


if

Upon my

of

me

other

my

business

there should not be, without fail I will come.'

This construction

may
see

appear strange to a novice, but


attained such

we

are addressing only those

who have
to

a degree of proficiency as has accustomed

them

nothing extraordinary in the above, and


to turn it into such

who

will be able immediately

Turkish as will be found to run quite smooth.

Let

us see

how

it

sounds
<UwJl UJjl
(****i*

Aj^> (Jpb>*

AL

*JJ

Ji

JZ~it\

^u

ba-shim us-t-nah e-ger be-nim bash-lea ishim ol-maz-issa mut-lak ge-le-rim.

Let the student take the Tales of the Khoja, put them into good fluent
English, and then, shutting up the book, let

him

first

write an English

representation of the ideas in Turkish phraseology, and then let

him put
will soon

the same into Turkish, and compare


fall into

it

with the

original.

He

our plan

and, if he have been diligent and attentive,

we doubt

not that, with a

little practice,

he will be able

to

compose correctly in the

Turkish language at once, and will have acquired the great desideratum,
that of having learned
to

think in this language.

97

PEONTJNCIATIOK
The author has endeavoured
in the present work, as far asnt

was

possible, to represent in italic characters the

words of difficult pronunciation.

He does
Eoman

not,

however,
is

flatter

himself that he has perfectly succeeded.

The

character

already the representative of so

many

different sounds

in each of the

European languages, that one can scarcely hope ever


all

to

bring the minds of

persons to appreciate any peculiar adaptation of

the sounds of letters which


the Eastern languages.

may
is

be selected to form a system for writing


a vexata quastio with Orientalists, and one

This

which will never be brought

to

any

final

decision.

Some adopt

the

plan of representing each Turkish letter by a corresponding one from the

European alphabet, and thus render


because, for instance, the letter
\

it

impossible to pronounce

it

correctly;
a,
i,

has four or more sounds,


mute.

a,

o,

and

#,'

and sometimes, moreover,


it is

it is

Others endeavour to represent

each word as
certainly
'

sounded
'

but the powers of the organ of hearing are


each individual, and the conception each

comparative

in

person has of the value of the

Roman

letter is

certainly different, not

only in different nations of Europe, but even in those professing to speak

one and the same language, whose pronunciation, notwithstanding, more or


less differs, as in the Scotch, Irish, etc.

Indeed,

among

the inhabitants

of the same city, a person with a good ear will discover an invariable
variety of
'

sentiment,' or

appreciation of a letter,' in each individual


of all this
is,

he meets.

The consequence

that each will spell differently

when

not tied

down by some

stringent rule

which

forbids his transgressing

the laws of custom.

Thus, then,

when many
it is

persons form each a different idea of the


all to

value of a letter

impossible to get them

agree in pronouncing

the word presented to

them

in

the same way.

All that can be done


98

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

is

to lay

down a system

as nearly correct as the ear of the

composer

can imagine, and require the learner to conform thereto.


cannot hope to satisfy everybody.

The author

One
ani,

will say,

why

did you not place


it

an to represent the alif in


better to write
right.
it

jj!
o,

another

will maintain that

is

with an

(J,\

oni:

both are wrong and both are


it is

They

are wrong, because, in the first case,


;

inconvenient to

have double vowels

in the second, because the sound is nearer o than au.

They

are both right, because, in the first case, the a and u


\

would repre-

sent the

and the
\

' )

in the second case, because the letter o cannot


it is

represent an

alif.

Thus we may perceive

a hopeless case to suit the

Roman
As

characters (with their present powers) to the conception of every one.

a proof of the impossibility of getting any two persons to write

alike the Turkish sounds of

words with Roman characters, the author

requested two of his pupils to note


dialogues,

down from

his dictation the following

which he had himself previously written, not upon the system


this

he has followed in

work, but from his conception of the value of


expression of Turkish words.

European

letters
is

as best adapted to the

The following

the result

ORTHOGRAPHY
OF THE ATJTHOB.

PRONUNCIATION.

99

ORTHOGRAPHY
OF THE AUTHOR. OP
FIF.ST PUPIL.

OF SECOND PUPIL.

THE TURKISH TEXT.


,jJS

ishim deyil der.


bosh lalcirdi etmah.

isshim day yilder.


boshe laker di etma.

ishim deyilder.
bosh lakade etmadie.

khalt etmah.
suss,

Icault

khalt etma.

bok-yemeh.
charshi-

sce bohi

yemma.

sus bokeyhma.

chiapk

choppuk chershiya
goeth

shapuk
gyte.

chercheyir

-yah guit.

murekkeb

all guel.

murakeb

olgel.

mourakib

ol guel.

bazar irak dir.

bazar erakdur.
seui-

bazar irakdir.
su

haideh

cholc

haiday

chock

hiday

chock

suil-

-lama.
hirmizi
oldi.

elerma.

lema.

mm
idi.

nigeh khermazee
nidji oldi.

moom kurmasemum
oegi.

nija-

bradah

burada

idi.

bourada

idi.

shimdi gueurdum.
ishteh buldum,

shimdi grdm,
ishti bul

shimdi gourdum.
ishter buldum,

dum.

mm

yah.

moom

yock

mum
aida

yok.

ydktim.

yockfm.

yoktim.

bugn aidah katch- bu


dir.

gyun
kotchder.

boogun

seyeda

*JO

katchda.

bana sorarsiniz ?
neh belirim.

band surarsiniz.
ne bilerim,

banasurarsiniz,
nebilerim,

nichn san
-misin ?

ishek-

nichun san yshekmisin.


bir shay bilmasin.

nitchun san eyshkmesin.


bir she bilmasin.

bir shei bilmazsin ?

bilmam.
guit

belmam.
malctb

bilmam.

bu

mektub

guit bumetub post'

.;

postaya gueu-tur.

postaya getur.

aya geuteur.
shapeuk geld.

is

100

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

In pronouncing the Turkish, care should be taken


its full

to give

each letter

value (a knowledge of the word, and some habit, will enable the
;

speaker to supply the vowel-points)

but each letter must be well pro-

nounced, and each syllable in succession, without bearing upon one more

than another.
in

The English
is

learner, in particular, should bear constantly

mind

that there

no accent in Turkish.

Of course the double

letters,

and particularly the Jj,* will cause the weight of the preceding and
following syllable to
fall

on them, and a kiud of accent will be the result

but the learner must endeavour to divest himself of his English accentuation as

much

as possible

we

say, as

much

as possible, because

Englishmen
of their

indeed, Britons
attempt to speak.

in general

carry the peculiar clipping accents


is

language with them wherever they go, and in what language soever they

Although the orthography of the Turkish

not yet settled, the

vowel-points are by no means left without the bounds of certain established


rules

consequent
laid

on the origin of the word,


;

but
It

these rules

have not been


languages

down

and

to follow

them up

to their source, in the

from which the

words are borrowed,

would involve the


would require a

necessity of studying Arabic and Persian etymology.

separate treatise, and

much

time, to enter into this subject, so as to lay

down any

rules that could be of material advantage to the learner.


is to

We
his

consider that the best thing he can do

learn

by heart a great many

pieces of poetry or prose, dialogues, etc.,

whereby he will accustom

ear to the word, and he will then be laying


far

up a stock

of observations
definite

more

useful to

him than any

rules,

which can never be

because they cannot stand without exceptions.

The only

letters

and

vowel-points that appear to us to have been left occasionally to the


choice of the speaker are

and

^j,

damma

( ' )

and hesra

< )

for these

<j^>JJ

t-dir-mah,

'

to cause to be

thrown

;'

C*jSi\

et-tir-mek,

to cause to be done,' etc.

PRONUNCIATION.

101

we have

given the only rule

we

could lay

down

(page 16), and the ear

of the speaker must do the rest to obey the calls of euphony.

Thus,
it

we

see,

^^J^>

let

him

take,' is

pronounced g-tr-sun.
( ' )

Now,
;

may
may

be written either with the j, or the

may

take

its

place

but

it is

evident that the ^j would be mal--propos, except at the end,

when
for

it

be used to soften the word after so


'

many j *s

as,

^y^jyy

jjLajjijp

take ye/

Then, again, jCoj^jU \j}\


but
it is

may

be written with a ^j, or hesra (-);

evident that j here would be out of place, because a soft


:

word
more

cannot require to be made hard


softened

on the contrary,

it

is

still

by <W>J, and made

into <3LJ\ Jaj\+AJPi s the


<U*j!

two (jw's being


Vide note

blended into one on the introduction of


to

into the word.

Tale 44.

We further recommend
of words as noted in the stands for

the pupil to pay attention to the pronunciation

Vocabulary
for v.

he will find that j sometimes

w
it

and sometimes
:

For

this his observation will soon point


it is

out two rules


otherwise

when ^

is

followed by a vowel
a Turkish

sounded like a
v,

v,

remains

if it is

word

it is

generally a

if

an

Arabic a w.

But the exceptions

to these rules are of frequent occurrence

by reason of the exigencies of euphony, and the student had


each word as he sees
the vowel-points
:

better learn
to

it

written in the Vocabulary.


e or
i,

Again in regard
;

some are

just as the speaker pleases

but the
e,

rule (if there be a rule)

would be that Arabic words would use the


as,

and

Turkish words the


Turkish.
(as

i_^o*-Ls
is

saheb, Arabic.

\j^j^-

chirhin

But

for

this there

no better direction than the ear and

we have

already said) the study of the words as they are laid

down

in the Vocabulary, taking it

for granted that the author has given the

best sound to each

word which

his personal experience of


to form.

twenty years

amongst the Turks has enabled him

tlis

was the advantage

(arising)

from his reading the-

a religious

man

-Koran
Ax-jij

(after the
<L^>-

system

of)

Kadri

<U>-

<uLc

all)

abundant mercy
>> --

May God
op?
O >

have mercy on him

J'/wx

or

as,

<J1

J^

^-r^ fir^ ^

i^2"

Until the clear evidence


the

had come unto them, an apostle from God.'


third
it

Some would pronounce

word here

ba-yi-ndh, others ba-y'-na-t, without stopping, and run

into the next word, la-yi-na-t-ra-s-lun, etc.

Vide Koran, chap, xcviii.


/ / ?

,~G ?

Op

Again, lower
1

down

in the

same chapter, we have

\k^s>-

A! <

^H^Lk"
which
a,

exhibiting unto

him

the pure religion, and being

orthodox,'

the followers of one of the learned


others hii-na-fa- an, and so
peculiarities, of

men would

enunciate h-na-fdin

and

on throughout the Koran

many

other

little

which the above will serve

as a sample.

Mr. Bleeck, of

the British
tale

Museum, formerly one of the

author's pupils, translated a


last

entitled

'The Cadi and the Bobber,' which appeared

year in

'Ainsworth's
of the leading

New
men

Monthly Magazine,'
are given as follows
:

in

which the other

six

names
^il),

IxjI^j^cjj', jJ^s^jA,

c_^o-l*?

Ow*Uf

'a

man

possessed of miraculous faculties.'

It is

imagined that by dint of reading the Koran one may acquire super-human
powers: such, for instance, as that of raising the dead.
chapter of the Koran
is

The second

considered so divine, that


it

if it

could only be read


miracle.

without the smallest error or mistake,

would not

fail to effect this


is

"We

see,

on the whole, that Nasr-il-deen Khoja

much more
than his

respectable person, in spite of his little oddities

and

eccentricities,

European counterpart, the wretched

Eulen Spiegel?

a-^js)
if

j^jl
we
will read

l<-;

[253]

^ii?^
Kadri
'

*^^ Wj

they should say

lessons

on their requesting

if

they should-

the end of the Koran

he would make them read

that

say

some people

he would not make them read

it

-ask (to read)

he became a knower of futurity, and1

by reading

in the

Kadri way

iiy1.

The

indicative mood, present tense,

1st person plural of

Jkm5^j used
2

for the future, as is

very common.

JJ-4J j&$^ (which, by the bye,

casual of
if alone,

(j*J3j\.

Here we have the present

participle
is

would have been^yJy J, but the second j

omitted, vide note 2, page &*); and the second perfect of the verb ^A,

forming a compound tense.

Vide [245].
are at the

The
first

short chapters

which

end of the Koran are usually

taught to children, as they serve to be introduced in the part of

their prayers

where they are required

to recite a small portion

of the
to

book.

It seems,

therefore, that INasr-il-deen

Khoja was too proud

undertake the

office

of teaching that

which the common mullas could

impart to their pupils.


4

Kadri

is

one of the seven various recognized ways of reading and

interpreting the Koran.


hiatus

By

altering the punctuation, differences of the


this book,

have arisen in the reading of

which have been proposed


and the system
different

by seven learned men, who have each had


of each has taken the

their followers,

name

of

its
is

founder.

Each

of these

ways
the

of

enunciating the Koran


six

acknowledged
learned
mullas,

to

be

orthodox by

other

followers

of

the

but

they

all

of

course prefer their own.

By
I,

hiatus is
latter

meant a

certain pause caused


t

by the tanween

or

the

which

may

either be pronounced

'

on an apricot- tree

in the garden of some one

one day

The Khoja

Khoja

'

comes

its

proprietor

whilst eating the apricots

mounts

O my

soul

'

says

the Khoja

having said

'

there

what

are

you doing

the gardener

I sing

in the apricot-tree

am

a bulhul

do you not see

to trill (like a bird)

the Khoja

let

me see

(hear you)

sing'

says

the Khoja

of song

is this ?

what kind

'

laughing

the

man

begins

he said
j!b\s+

trills

thus
&-\y>~

much

the foreign bulbul

'

replies

ZS*bj&

py>-r+
the late

Jj4^
related

^-*V.ly [
It is

Vn

excelling in every knowledge

Khoja

a lesson from him to the students but

was

perfect

and in every science

Fwfe note

7,

page 27.
'

CL2j\ the imperative of lLx^Jj! ut-meh

to sing

'

(applied to birds).

^mJJ. The Arabic particle ^* added to it


;

substantive

*JJ

song,' has the interrogative

lit.,

such

trilling

can

(it)

be

JJo
its

^/fcjs

^Ajanl

bulbul.

Here now we have


foreign.'

^*ls^

used in

primary

signification,
is

strange/
t

u^JlL
plural,

the singular,

JJ? the plural, and <UL> the Turkish dative


'

seekers-after-knowledge,

hence, students.

I*r

Sp>*^

c^^lr-^
J*

A^\jis. L_aj Wa5

he said

it is

not mine

no

Ho!'

says

the Cadi

he said

'

take

[v.]
as (he was)-

an incompetent barber

the Khoja
j^

One day
[248]

^
his

,Si^\*~
that he struck

Jj*&

head

at every (stroke of the) razor

-shaving (him)

hi iS:.^^
(kept) attaching

cotton

place that he cut

(at)

every

cutting

W(on) to the half-

&>-\\y>.

u*-^

you fellow

Oh!

to the barber

the Khoja

he was
>->

the (other) half

I also

you have sown

cotton

-of

my

head

jss
he said
1

let

me sow

flax

The Turks give the terms

'

tAjmi,' Persian, to any one

who may be
This arises

strange, hence, apparently to them, ignorant

and awkward.

from giving

way

to first impressions.

Strangers

may seem

curious to us,

when, on better acquaintance, we


This
is

find

them

rational beings like ourselves.

particularly the case in this instance.

The Persians

are superior

to the
their

Turks in many respects; but as they are not much seen in Turkey,

demeanour and

accoutrements look

strange,'

hence the word


curious,'

cAjmi,' to which afterwards was added the signification of

awkward,'
[

ignorant,'

stupid,'
affix (C,

SjJuj^ past verbal noun of lUC**u with the possessive


at every place of its
3

having been

cut.'

lAt^ Jji^**^
tense [245].
4

V.-

Here, again,

we

see the force of this

compound

ii^syU 'to

its

half'

[35],
,l>,

the

and ^j being interchangeable.

It

may

also be written

&*wj

he sees

coming

at that place

had gone out

to

promenade

day

that

the Khoja

at once

lies

and senseless
^/*asS

drunk

(the) Cadi

that

jci^l/
the ferejeh

ts*\y>.

^^T
taking

[^5^-j]

fj^^]/
his ferejeh

the Khoja

he went away

rising

the Cadi

on the other side (hereupon)

wearing

on his back

he commands

to (his) officers

coming

(is)

not

the ferejeh

that

sees

bring

to

me

taking

you

find

it

on

whom

see ye

my

ferejeh

they bring

to the Cadi

taking

seeing

upon the Khoja

they also

'ferejeh?
[123]

that

hast thou found

where

Khoja'

says

the Cadi
ter\y>the Khoja

^J

J
r

^fSj) fl&>I had gone out

^jir
to the

J*&
'

all

of a sudden

promenade

replies

uncovered (open)

his back

it

should be yours

if

(and) went (away)

I took

the ferejeh

and I

Here the gerund denoting a pause

is

particularly useful.
to order.'

2
3

Pronounced is-mar-lar, from JLVj*A


Vide note
2,

page

Short for xsJcJ.

Vide [40].

here

little

while

you

he says

to these (them)

he leads them

entering

within (his house)

saying

that I

may

enter

wait

the wife

dismiss

these

men

now

go

wife

'

he says

say

the

men

is

not come (home)

the Khoja'

says

going out

'

came

together

with us

the Khoja

what kind

of

word

is this ?'

saying

he

is

come

'

the Softas

he

is

not come

'

the wife

was

listening

from above

the Khoja

but

they make

much

dispute

fellows

oh you

'

putting forth

from the window

his

head

from one of them are two the doors perhaps

why do you

(thus) dispute

he said

he

may

be gone

going out

Cadi

a debauched

(of the city) of Sr-Hissar

One day

also

the Khoja

he lay

being

drunk in the garden one day

there was

Vide note 2, page T

*
.

Imperative of

<^jL>

sav-mak.

'

LfiXJh ^JsU-yCJ

^\j^-

^_j\bi

upon

this

the Khoja
2 *^
AJ5

come down
[233]

replies
JL*}j~:\

the poor
<J

man

he says

(JJU^JJ

Jw?

(J

*jjoJ

^t^

if^^

he said

charity I

want

on saying

what dost thou want'

descends

mounting

up

stairs

the poor

man

come up

stairs

replies the

Khoja

why

while below

Effendi

'

he says

may God

give you

while I was upstairs

'

the Khoja

having said

you did not speak

he said

didst call

me down

why

to

me

thou

to these

met

of Softas

a troop

Khoja

One day

to the door of the house

(expletive)

we will go

to

my house

please

come

Pronounced d-sha-gha.

Vide note page 16.

bjj

*U1.

Although much pestered by mendicants, the Turks do not


Allah ve-r,' and the pauper

send them away gruffly, but merely say


passes on,
3

knowing that he would


is

lose his time

by further importunities.
'being below,'

This

not j^Juit&, but short for

*<AJ^ ^clll,

or

lit.,

'having been below' [253].

Here we have a good example of

the use of the expletive Xu, which, in conjunction with a verbal noun,

forms an expressive and useful gerund.

"We see that


note
1,

C*A\z~>J\j

requires a dative case xjte^j*:.

Vide

page

W
Vide note *, page
.56.

vJTj-j.

'Favour me with your presence.'

and anything brought^jjliT


lady
!

is

there any rice

is

there any butter in the house

&&&)
'

iSLj^Ji
'

\j5^
(for)

*&

L5^J
is

-^. J -

having said

you ask

soup

that

there

-by you

to the Effendis

at once

taking

saying

give

me

soup-bowl

that

butter

in our house

if

let it

be no shame

Effendis

'

coming

1 would-

soup

to

you

with this bowl

there had been

(and) rice

he said

-have brought out (to you)

.^J
(at) the door

[21

V^
'

JJJ

^xJl
Effendi

^>i i^O
Nasr-il-deen the Khoja

[IV]

whilst in his house

One day

'

what dost thou want ?


form

from above

knocks

man

this

but the Khoja

is

not particular

when speaking

to his wife,

and blends the two tenses into one, forming an expressive but ungrammatical compound.
illiterate

This

is

not unfrequent, particularly

among the
to give

Turcomans, who, speaking among themselves,

may wish

force to their expressions.


1

JUoJiy^the

past participle

CJOjj&

in the possessive affix of the

2nd person
2

g-tr-cli-gin,

thy having brought/ the $ in di being

introduced for the sake of euphony.

t^^V
Or

snor ^ fr

-^4?^
Fide

mucn i n

use.

2nd optative [78].


'

AJk;yb>-,^|liL>-.

2nd future [76]

I was about to bring

out (to you).'

9 2

in the darkness

are

you become mad

the Khoja

that I

may

light it

he said

should I

know

how

its

^j
some (seekersthis evening

JAj^
coming
Effendis
!

erf
to his

^!^
the Khoja

house

One day

being whole

[11]

'

he says

he met

-of

knowledge) students

we will drink (eat) atmy house baba-soup

let

us go

to us

(my house)

falling (following)
4
<)^j

after the
L-r>

Khoja having
^Jj"^.

said

'

very well'

the students

<d?j!

^
O

)j^
'

*$
to the

to his (upper)

room

saying

Pray be seated

they come

house

I have brought

some guests

wife

'

says

enters within

he mounts

EfFendi

'

the wife

that I

may

give (them)

a bowl of soup

-/jb 6L? 'how should I in the dark

know what

is

whole ly me

it.

only an excuse in order not to have the trouble of getting up for

-jb means
2
1

'in

my

possession,'

as above.

tfJkiiu

does not

mean

by

you' exactly, but

in your keeping.'

e^Jj

is

a Persian adverb signifying 'straight,' hence lLX*1^l^v-;U


t
'

to meet,'

CS^tjj^ e^wslj
'
.

to lead straight,'

i.e.,

to succeed.'

Vide note 2, page T

Pronounced o-dd-si-ndh.
5

This should properly be AXjiJ imperative

let us give,' or

^JJ,jj

'

that I

may

give,' 1st optative [67].

There

is

no tense that can give

does not suffice

the water

making ablution

Khoja

One day

they say

he stands

on one leg

like a goose

when

(he) began to pray

this'

the Khoja

what

are

you doing'

Effendi

Khoja

that

he said

has not (had)

its purification

leg of

mine

becomes

(his) guest

coming

man

to the

Khoja

One day

the light

after a little while

lie

down

(to sleep)

these (two) (by) night

the light

Effendi

Khoja

says

the

guest

is

extinguished

bring

(if)

you have any whole candle

has been extinguished

name
to so

of

Ayb,

'

Jacob,' into

'

ip'

a word of one syllable, meaning

a cord

hang him

by.'

This was intended to censure the clipping of words


the Tartar as well as in the Hindo- Germanic races, and
;

common among

to

which we have already adverted

as Dr. Johnson is reported to

have

reprobated the pronunciation of the word

wind,' as

now commonly
call it wind.'

pronounced, by saying,
1

'

I have a

mind

to find

why you

^i^L^b

'to begin.'

J-^V

the P ast participle taking the posses-

sive affix

becomes ^JkLllj 'his having begun,' changing the


letter.

to i,

on coming in contact with a liquid


2

lLx^j *j

s-yun-melc has an active form and a passive signification.


su-yindi,

^Ju^-j or ^jjj^j sndi or


should say.

(the light) is gone out/ as

we

'

remaining (coming) late

to lesson

Hamad

our

what

is it

he perspired

(and) by his running

{expletive)

that I

may reach

(in time)

he said

dropped (some drops)

upon me

to

you

Mosolmen

mounting

to the pulpit

Khoja

One day

beware

you should have children

if

there

is

an advice from

me

Khoja

they said

do not

name

(put)

Ayb

their

name

Ip (a cord)

making use

(of the

name)

the people

because

'

"Why ?

he said

'

it

would become

CS*aj~
t_c

'

to run,' past participle

CS^jJLs

[71], declined with the

post-position
ablative
case

of the 3rd person.

^Ju^Lj
his

'his having run,' in the

^A^Ju^Lo

'

by

having

run

;'

and the ^j in

^jOioJuilc
2

is

introduced to facilitate the pronunciation of this jaw-

breaking word, sy-gret-di-gin-dan.

In the accusative singular, instead of accusative


is

plural

^..kL**J,

because he
3

speaking collectively.
r

Vide note 2, page

cL^Jl

JUjcuA
In

Note what we have already


'

said, that this

gerund

implies action, as well as

whilst'

is-te-mal i-dh-reh,

whilst proceding

on or continuing.'

their use of the

name, as they are speaking, they

would

clip the first letter of the

second syllable, and convert the child's

u
<te*-u>-

L?&*i\

^jJU-A <X^^

L^kjlkS

the Khoja

they separate

their horses

laughing

everyone

he replies

Lj
it is

[12a

his

own

horse

that

knows

then

finding

his horse

seeing

JtfJ

c
placing
to the stirrup

"^y

^ly
quickly

on the horse
'J' ).

his right foot

j!

Oh

they say

comes

to the horse's croup

his face

mounting
<b^l

c^^V
I

the Khoja

you mount

backwards

the horse

why

Khoja

,^i!^
he said
is left

handed

the horse

but

wrong am not

Dir]
was
an Abyssinian
one

from his disciples

of the

Khoja

upon the Khoja

one day

they called (him)

Hamad and his name

this

Effendi

Khoja

that

they asked (him)

being thrown

ink

Pronounced

-'i-rir-

from

CJ^jiJ

ai-ril-meh

to separate

'

or

'

divide.'
2

^jjllJ

&.,

'

quickly from hand.'

This latter word

is

not
;

down
but

in

the

list

of expletives, as it is a

word

that,

by

itself,

has meaning

it is

here used quite expletively.


3

It

may

be well to observe the effect that jj!L*j\ has,


:

when combined
was in the habit
he used to
see,'

with the present participle


of saying;' \JLaj\
etc.

(ju*^!

jJ he

used to say,' or
'

jj

'

he used to come,'

{J***}) jjj>

Vide [245].

Pronounced m-ralc-hab d-ki-lp.

the Khoja

these (people)

little later

goes out (and) goes

away
j\j\

C-J^j
coming

Assr^J
after

<-^*Vj

^^
come
Khoja

Jj"dtf
they cannot find

l2 * 2]

him

dispersing about

seek

they say

are

you going

where

Oh

'

they find him

has eaten

whoever

the food of the marriage

to-day

the Khoja

he said

should enter

he

that

it is

right

with

a-

going to travel

the Khoja

One day

it

becoming-

tying up

his horses

put up

(at)

in a place

-caravan

cannot find
C35]

his horse

from among the horses


,'uJb

the Khoja

-morning

^JI
hand

Ju*.

Jj
it is

U
the

jj

in his

(expletive) all at

once

which of them

and knows not

am

determined

'

do not

fire

'

the

men

taking

bow (and) arrow


with you
'it is

"Why should
let

I,

who have

not partaken of the

feast, sit

him who has eaten

of it enter into the house.'

Ge-rek-der,

necessary/ an impersonal verb. Vide Vocabulary. 2 or <UJ at-mah. Note the unestablished orthography here. J^^J
I I

Verb compounded of the Arabic substantive


the auxiliary CS**sj\.
signifies
let

w^li

'

extremity/ and

Here

it is

perverted to the use they require, and


to kill

am

desperate,

and determined

some of these

horses, so

each take his

own

away.'

'

,r

cf<>L3\

^^V^j ^\j^

L-Juiy

he replied

'

is

water

water's

the hare's

this

'

the Khoja

finding

a tortoise

while ploughing

Khoja

One day

to his girdle (middle)

tying

a string

to its

neck

seizing

(it)

do not call'

the Khoja

calling out

but

the tortoise

he suspends

he said

'

you

(will) learn

to

plough

you stupid
[1
.]

^iU
the*

*J3 Js? ity


\

ter\y^
the Khoja

v/j
One day

people

*j*>V*
to the

m [)lJ^^.

had agreed (nolens volens)


[741

^.

^^
coming

)r*"f
his neighbours

j^^y^.
to feast

Khoja

they begin

to eat

getting angry

the Khoja

they do not say

eat

you

also

come

Pronounced

be'i-li-nah.
is

Vide [35].

The composite verb

Jk^SI*! s-ko-mak,

to place hanging,'

i.e.,

'

to suspend.'
3

Pronounced i-ra-nr-sin, from CS**jJ>\ -ran-mek, the

^S being
will be,
it
it

softened
4

down

as

much
"

as possible.
'

J.l

^^f ^ojl
is

Nolens-volens/

willy-nilly/

/*.,

it

is,'

which
;'

sometimes better expressed J^lj^Jj!


it

it

will be,

cannot

be

whether he liked

or not, as

we

should say.

He

invites the people to a feast unwillingly,

and

at their repeated

request.

The verb j Jo

"i,

in its positive form, shows the conclusion of

the sentence.
6
1

Tbe 2nd person imperative

of L-S^,

to cut.

'

he

replies

'person I

am

the hare-bringer

'

man

that

saying

some men
[31]

to

them (these fellows) the Khoja

after a

few days

receives

him

again

the Khoja

*r!^

J/-t
they ask (want)

jnJy-yU.
to be guests

e^f
coming

neighbours-

bringer's

the hare

'

they

having said

'who

are

your'

also

a set of

men

again

a few days after


&s>-\y>~
[lib J]

they said

'-we are

*jjJ
having said

jLiJ^J
who
are

*J ^Jj!

s-^
coming

you

?
'

the Khoja

to

them

also

they reply

we

are

neighbours
[310]

neighbours'

bringer's

the hare

ya *jL
of clear water

(jw^^
a bowl

4^1^
before

^-Q>y.

<-r^. J

J^.^* L/^"
'

them

saying

you are welcome

'

on their saying
1

what

is it ?

this

'

seeing

these

he places (brings)

The

participle ^jjj^ g-t-ran of the verb


Lit.,
*

l-*jc ge-tr-meh used

substantively.

the hare-bringing person I am.'


participle is
(

LX-JXjy.

The

^jy^
" )

gk-t-ran, the genitive would


is lost

then be sSijjyS; but as the fatha


the

over the j

in consequence of

being disjoined from

it

and attached

to the post-position sign of

the genitive case \J, the hiatus would be broken without a vowel, the s
therefore
is

introduced in the pronunciation, and thence finds

its

way

into

the orthography,

*SjXjy gk-t-r-nin

for

dZj^S

gi-t-r-nin.

No

rules can be given for unestablished orthography,


trust to his ear.

and the student must

'you cannot mount'

having said

will

mount

I'

coming

the Khoja

thrusting

into his girdle

his skirts

at once

the Khoja

they reply

in the tree

Effendi

Khoja

'

he puts

in his pocket

his shoes

the Khoja

on their saying

'what will you do (with them)

the shoes

the shoes

with

me

near

may

turn up

a road

further

up

perhaps

he said

let

them be found

to the

Khoja

coming

man

from the village

One day

entertaining

him

to the

man

the Khoja

brings

hare

but

he comes

again

after a

week

feeds (him with)

soup

who

are

you

?'

his having been a guest of his

had forgotten

the Khoja

(JAJU&-

chik-malc,

'

to mount,'

ascend,' etc.
\

Vide [60], and observe the

unestablished orthography here of the


Aorist.
o

for the a.

Pronounced le-lm-ah.

^yuAji, the passive form of


4

J^J^.'.

Vide [60, 80].


regard,'

politely

j l^JJs. 'treated f]\ and hospitably.'

him with esteem and

that

is,

Jj^J &^J\
to fish

J\i

rfLl

J*a\

J<3j>

*>-]*&.
the Khoja

&j.
One day

tel]

they go

with some men

himself

the Khoja (also)

they cast

the net

in the sea

what have you done ? Effendi


# \JtJUG

Khoja'
[303

they say

he throws
Asf-ly^

in the net

*JuU
thought

<j!lj

he said

a fish

LS myself

4JJ^

^
I
'

[3L1 ]
[oV]

Khoja

JClf
come
'

*Ojj>
to each other

^IfUkjl

.*

^fj
One day
to the tree
[80]

the lads of the neighbourhood

his shoes

then

let

us

make

to

mount

the Khoja

c^jlf tojjj
coming

Jl^UI^
'-r^ ^
4

j^r^the children

Mji*
saying (which)
<U**i

f%we
will steal
j

under a tree
t^j^L

i^^r"
cannot mount

te>-lc!

(and) standing

saying

any one

to this tree'

is

'

sport,' j\

jjb

fish-catching'

instead

of following rule

[210] the

first

word used
and
is

adjectively to the second,

which here takes the

possessive affix ^j,

in the dative case to agree with the verb


1,

lLx^-^

'

to go.'
f\.

Vide note

page

fc%Z\

Here, again,

we have
**\ks.l

another kind of exception to


JIcl, but as the verb ^*J't

rule [210].

It

might have been

requires the dative case,


<U-st! i\ agh-i-chi-nah.

it is easier

to

make one word

of

it,

and say

tlsz"
rule.
4

'

a place,'

is

Arabic, and therefore not subject to the Turkish

Vide [213].
i

..

J^UL^s-, from <J^*<u>- chi-ha-ma-mak, the

impossible' form of

Khoja

Oh

! '

calling out

his wife

he carries

it off

snatching

on heriZli)1

has taken

(off)

the soap

the kzghn

overtake (assist me)

j'^\ JjT
{

<uJs> ,*>

Lfjfi
Oh, wife
!
'

j^)
replies

te>-\y>-

-^
-saying which

his

upon him

never mind

the Khoja

let

him wash (therewith)

let

him

alone

is

dirty

than us

he goes

to the barber

was bald

head

the Khoja' s

But

the next

week

he gives penny

one

takes out (of his purse) gets shaved

before

him

the mirror

they shave him

again

he goes

again

shavings

two

is

bald

its

half

head

my

'

the Khoja

they place

he said
1

'

will

it

not do

(for)

one penny

t^iCf-""^
2
1

is

'to reach,' hence 'to overtake.'

word much

in use, composed of the


to place),

2nd person imp.


of

of
'

<J^y
to go,'

to leave' (to
1

put down,
go.'
is

and 3rd person imp.

(J*j\j

do thou

let

him

The mirror

presented to

him

in order that, after taking one satisit

factory look at his beard, etc., he should place on

the barber's pay for

shaving him.

Here the pronoun


omitted, the

is

in the genitive case


inflected
:

if

the pronoun were

noun would be

^*J

ib i-CtJtlj ba-shi-min yd-ri-si.

'

; '

L?0sU3

S^U^ ^Jljx^ *^%i oJ\


ajcsrl

L W

AA

Li-

his wife

he locks up

placing

into the

box

the axe

rising

^SsJ
the Khoja

ro^aLL
the axe
'

do you hide

from

whom

says

to

him
Jul

j Jul
the cat

remarks

the wife

I hide

from the cat'

replies

|J^
'

a cat that-

replies

the

Khoja

'

what

will

it

do (with) the axe

\^j ^JjJ ^*b


will it not take

*/V &&sr\liver

an axe (worth )-

-covets

two pennyworth of

-forty pence

&c* ULj j *> \as>to

*J!f
his wife

wash linen

with

the Khoja

One day

&Jbb Jjfv"
on the ground
the washing

they go
J *-j

at the

head of a spring

,u*.

o ^
*J

>A
having thrown

when they were

going-

to

wash

placing the soap

the soap

coming

a black bird of prey

all of a

sudden

-to

begin

Pronounced ho-yp, from (j^>^-

Prom uX^Jui^ pronounced


into
3

hi-Ut-le-mek,

the

J being softened

FVdte

note

7,

page 27.
cat.'

Z^., 'two-penny's (worth of) liver-coveting

PiVfe

note

1,

page P, and for


Joe* Uu>

L0,
.

wtfe [197].

jJ* U^
is

The first word is generally pronounced cha-ma-shir


to wash.'
t

the latter word

the dative infinitive of (J*\sLj yi-ka-mah,

'

'

sees

the Khoja

after

some time

(are) not

in his head
[33]

his senses

^jjXs T

d-^~L
!

J^\
weeps

*jcJb
near

^j^J
his wife

t&
that

wife

the Khoja

him

now

at least (expletive)

but

I have suffered

much

weep not

he said

I have (had) taken

my

longing desire

to his

house

how often
\J*"Jj}.5

soever (whenever)

Effendi

The Khoja
JL&a liver

te>-\y>-

fcJ^CJ^\
to her friend

ie***i.J^

vim ~ijjy 2

the Khoja

used to give

his wife

he would take

pastry

before

him

on coming (home)

in the evening

every day

wife

'

he enquires

one day

she used to place

the wife

do they go
t<^Ay>~
the Khoja
'

where

these (livers)

I bring

one liver

jjUjb

jij^
snatches

f^
the cat

u>^
all

4r^
them

^ jji'5 ^Vr
replies that

on this

L*iL>-

is

'

to draw,' but it is

used with cu-v*>J to signify

'

to

suffer.'

jy^ in the singular.


Pronounced M-di.

Vide [232].

From (Jaiu,

vulgarly

(Jk^u

ha-par-mah.

'

your back

you go

before

me

if

you

will fall (come)

behind

me

is

better

to

mount

in this

way

now

falls

to

my

front

he said

that

'

there

was

ox

an old

Of Nasr-il-deen Effendi

-^.A
betweenso

^^
much
so (that)

CJ^j

*L1

uuole

[u^j^^]o^^its

large

exceedingly

horns

from the flock

always

it

was

possible

to sit

-the

two horns

(expletive)

'

if

I could

sit

between

its

horns

of this

'

on

its

coming

coming

before the house

the ox

one day

he kept thinking

saying

'

I have found

an opportunity

then

the Khoja

lies

down

(and) sitting

down

mounting

between the two horns of the ox

coming

to the

ground

the Khoja

rising

upon

his legs

the ox

at once

for

some time

going

from his head

the senses

of the

Khoja

throws

lies (or lying)

the Khoja

that

sees

comes

his wife

he

lies

Pronounced

b-'-l-ja.

Vide [123].

Pronounced

-v-la.

'

^^^
stands

c^^^lr^ <^\*^

L-Ju\k!

J Hsr^b
to his wife

Ai

extended

his hands

man

in the

garden

that

'

take and bring

my

bow-with-arrow
i

my

that

wife!'

he says

the arrow

the Khoja

at once

gives

bringing

the

woman

also

b
then
passed (on)

tij\

on the other side

piercing

his

gown

shooting

when

(and) lay

down

he came

fastening

carefully

the door

what he had struck


\

he saw that
V

going

it

became

morning

ZSj

l\lj3
sitting

if

thanks

Lord

crying out

down

was

his

own gown
*JCo^\
in
it

-jj.i

^
I

he said

would have been dead

long ere this had been

the Mullas

going to give lesson

the Khoja

One day

mounting

wrong ways
<0j^

to the

donkey

the Khoja

after

him (were)

backwards

thus

tff ter\f>- Lj\ why Khoja Oh

Jj s:)
'

J^~*
the Mullas

J^
was going

say

P
you
I should

a^-V
the

t*
do you mount

mount

straight

Khoja

This word
one,'
'

is

quite expletive, and used adverbially

lit.,

from the

immediately.'

Pronounced

mfdla-leri,

the students in law.'

/^Jjlj^J

^lk

L-fiJ aJ

AP

out

taking

on his back

the quilt

not listening

(to) his

wife

from

off his

back at once the quilt

seeing

him

man

he goes

M/
shivering
feeling cold

then
^-Jci!

the Khoja
15***^;^

runs away

taking

*^^jl
entering

<*f~

oL

V
it

the cause of the noise

Effendi

'

his wife

into the door

(<UuJl <) <LuJ*J


it

must be

(that)

what can

it

be?

having said

what was

u u^.
the noise

tf

u^
the noise

they took

the quilt

was

for

my

quilt

he said
Jjjlib

was

finished
c

-*3liij

Jto~!jj>*
of the

cno:i

i5**Vj^
wife

Jto-!^ uj^ji
One day
<U>1

-]

washing

his

gown

Khoja
to1

the Khoja's

u^y
as

**l
in the garden

he sees

went

out

the Khoja

hung up

Pronounced din-la-ma-yp,

from l-n/*3j
,

'to listen/

'to

hear/
of the

which makes
2

in the

gerund

L_J>jJJj
c_j^*^!51>
.

thus by

the

insertion

negative particle *

we have
call
it

We

might well
page

this an active gerund, as it implies

motion

vide note 3,

comes from the simple Turkish verb lL$C*J' J

to tremble.'
Lit.,

placed hanging.'

L?l or &*a\

is

a Turkish substantive with


'to

which

is

formed the compound verb

^JU!

hang up'

or 'suspend'

anything.

also

a part of his head

falling

upon

his back

making the

effort

piece of linen cloth

to his

head

on this

the Khoja

is

wounded

men

two

those

he

sits

in his place

coming

again

tying (up)

O you

fellow!'

the Khoja

they relate

their dispute

coming

also

the head also

falling

but

not only -biting

(it is

possible)

he said

'

to get

wounded

lying

in his house

Nasr-il-deen
IcfcC

Khoja
J

One night

jjl

5-!j^

jJUJuJ

'

to beat

the drum-sticks

also

the

drummers

they should beat

^Xj,/
ou seeing

jy

jj,\

C202]

JM

JL\

JjU
the geese

a^sJ^b
on their beginning
:

Timur

become

two-legged-

6^\y>~
the Khoja

te&i^
and remarking
it

J^.^
they had become

Jjl)J
legs

J&&)
two by two

you would be

legged

four

if thou

shouldst eat thou

that drum- stick

* (JLajJ
-

he said

}j
Jj\
that

J^
lS^\

J^\
two
C210]

wjj]
4^jJ

^'IS

j^il *r|^
Effendi

^v
The
late

[>*]

came persons

when Cadi
*ij

Khoja

u5

fJT

^
this
'

j J!
says

has bit

my ear
he

my

^
one
(of

man

them)

bit

his

own ear

did not bite

no

'

says

other

man

answer

to

you

come ye

little later

'

says

the Khoja

the Khoja

upon which

go away

these

(that) I

may

give

saying

can I bite

it

'

seizing

his ear

comes

to a quiet place

^JjJjj

The expletive
(

-^here

signifies,

'immediately
do thou
eat.'

on.'

XumJ [67] ye-scm,

if
7,

thou shouldst eat/ or

fjt^j^and

Vide note

page 27, and [76].


is jjiLjj

The nominative of which


his ear,'

with the possessive

affix i*c!LS'

^xcuy

the accusative case.

; '

A\

)\j*CJ

^l^

L_-> \i^

of the Khoja

in the road

as he

went

he was taking

to the Kin<

on

amvmg-

J* JT he eats taking off

>,b

lT^'
thigh of it

^
a
]

gets

hungry

the stomach

jy
Timurlane
he places
J

*jj\
before

[253]

-fj

2TJJ,1j toljlj-

him

the goose

-in the royal presence

J
is

he gets vexed

(expletive)

deridinc

me

the Khoja'
'*

on looking
[40]

'^
having said
cw
2 is it

.y

gone?

where

the (other) leg


[210

of this

where

JLj.j*3U

wy^l
are

^JiW^j
one-legged

v>jjj

l: '

v^V J (^

*=r!^

if you do

not believe

the geese of our country' the Khoja

he said

look

(at) the geese

being

at the fountain-head

there

eVW
that
[64]
}

were
[124]

(of) geese

a flock

at the fountain

as

it

happened

A>j*\

JU- j^ Jr*-J
on this

L^rl^Jjj^

*>j^

jk^ji
all

commands

Timur were standing

upon one leg

of

them

l/ U

^
to the

the drum-sticks

drums

together

all

the

drummers

that

jj+Ajj, pronounced
1

zevlc-la-ni-or,

regular

simple

Turkish verb

ladine,
2

as the

French would

say.
is

tXywjlj^jLA

The word

JL*U3Lj\; 2nd person, present,


not to believe.'

indica-

tive

mood, of the negative verb ^J^Xi\^\


if,'

<W>!

is

introduced to express
one,

upon which the two

(jw's are blended into


:

and the

a is
'

dropped in writing, but pronounced with the ^J, thus


if

i-nan-maz-i-san,

thou believest

not.'

^ui

Jb

jiljj^jo
it

<^>

every one

rains

again

i^ with the permission of God causes to mount

idil

m^
that

remaining

with

horse

bad, sorry

the

Bey

runs

away

very

much

to his

word

of the Khoja

and

gets

wet

like a crane

he says

causing to be called

the Khoja
iS
that

the next day

gets angry

JM
of

^
me
Bey

cjjJjjspeaking

Jb
lies,

M^jjASb
is it

iL
to (in)

<
that

God

beseeming

you

to the

the Khoja

you should wet me

in the rain

in his plain

of your own

is

there not

of your judgment

any

do you get angry

why'

and

you should

sit

upon them
^^fZjj*

taking off

the clothes

(like

me)

# yj*<v

^^
you should come

^jlf
putting on

^sSLaJ^JjyiSu
after the rain

he said

dry

had ceased

having caused to be cooked

a goose

the Khoja

One day

jJcj bin-de-rir from iLi Jj, the causal of

LlX*^

'to

mount on

horseback.'
2

c_?j ihcl> gerund of


to call.'

^J^j^iU-,

softened into (JajJAs-, the causal

of

(J^jZ^
3

^JfJkLffl,

pronounced

is-la-de-sin, first optative

[67] of

^jL!,

simple verb active, which changes the


4

CD

to

in its inflections.

< JLo.

This should surely be Ji.

Vide [229].

'

^x
himself

s-^
taking

[35]

<^

^Ay\
his clothes

l^}j\

jLo-

^yiy*
undressing

under him

becomes naked

(having) fallen

the whole of the rain

he

sits

mounting

upon

it

says

the

Bey

he arrives

to the

Bey

he dresses

dry

he gets up

the Khoja

'

you came

you were not wet

how

extraordinary

made me

fly

me

was very swift

extremely

horse

this

at the head-

it

(the horse)

the

Bey

having said

I did not get wet

going

to

hunt

again

the

Bey

on another day

tied

-of the stable

to another horse

"also

the Khoja

mounts

horse

appointed

that

That
keep dry.
2

is,

'

upon

his clothes/

which he has made up

into a parcel to

(.Oj-., from (j>j^j\

'

to cause to fly,'

from the simple verb Jwfc>-ji.

oft**-

This word

is

out of place.
so

The

narrator has no
first

word

to express specific or identical,

he takes the

Arabic word that

comes into his mind, and which

signifies

'promised, established,'

this

he thinks near enough, and converts, or rather, perverts to his use.

Turk would, from

the context, understand

what

is

meant, and would not


better.
is.

stop to question the propriety of the word, or

know any

This

only shows in what an unsatisfactory state Turkish literature


us hope that, in time,
it

Let

will improve

all

these figs

commands

also

the

Bey

he takes

taking

of the

Khoja

these

but

they throw

to (at) his

head

of this

man

Khoja!'

made

(expressed) thanks

the Khoja

striking to (on) his

head

answers

the Khoja

on their saying

do you make (recite) thanks

why
many

man

these (figs)

in the

way

was bringing

beetroots

my

head

I had brought

beetroots

if

instructed

me

(to bring)

would have been

split

this (him)

the

Bey goes

to the

Bey again one day

The Khoja

as they-

mounts (him)

on a sorry horse

but

takes

to the chase

Jj\J
ran away

*b>"
with the horses

^j*
every one

jMij^ii
it

J)f\-_
-were hunting

rains

the Khoja

quickly

does not get on

this horse (that) does not gallop

Pronounced
Vide note
3

vii-rur-ler,

from (Jy*j^ vr-mak.

7,

page 27.
hal-te-lan,
'

Pronounced

man

of

bad

repute.'

Persian substantive,

here used adjectively.

they come to (the) faith from heart (and) soul

also

two

and those

become

servants

to the

Khoja

also

the three

^ 3 4i^1
\

JSaJjlL
(of)

<Jj?^J
large

^/jJ
once

gr^

i^J)^3

[^ ]

three

upon

tray

Effendi Nasr-il-deen

to his presence

of the

Bey taking

a present

to the

Bey placing plums

many

being pleased

from-his-bringing-the

plum

of the

Khoja

places

having come

to his house
*>

the Khoja
<~r*J\

presents (him with)

pence

^fjjj^
taking

J3?^
beetroot

jfyjt
a

^jr^^j* T^Jl
after

to the

Bey again taking

many

some days

to

whom

these things'

he says

to the

Khoja

meeting

man

to the

Bey

'

having said

am taking

to the

Bey

'

do you take

acceptable

more

take-thou

figs

to take

these (things)

(of) figs

some - sprigs

goes

the Khoja

he says

(they will) pass

1-JmJ, pronounced ko-yp, gerund of JkUjS

another instance of

unestablished orthography.
2
'

(Eather than) these things to the Bey to take,


(shouldst) take.'

(it

is

better that)

thou

figs

The words omitted

are implied

from the

context.

he says

so

many

there

may

be

hairs

how many

in his tail

Oh

'

the Khoja

(is it)

known ?

whence

'

the hermit replies

the hermit

he says

count

come

if

you do not believe

my soul (friend)

you-

if

says

the Khoja

does not agree

to this condition

hair

one

and

from thy beard

hair

one

come

-are not satisfied

'it will

come how

let

us see let us pluck out

from

its tail

of the

donkey

from God<te-2>\

it is
[35]

not

likely

work

that

sees

(the) hermit

having said
^jJi--

^
I'

ajj^L^jJ^

^b-k J^?.j)

c^oAJb

Lo

to his fellow-travellers then reaches (him) direction

-Almighty
AjUjI
to faith

jj&
he brings (pronounces)

^r^-y
the Taw-hid

S-^.^
saying

/Ji
I came (am come)

aLj ka--la,

'

to this word,' 'promise,' 'condition.'

It won't do.'

Prom lLaJ*j\
The

i-rish-mek.

&^y
:

is

the

declaration of the

that in the 112th Chapter of the


eternal

Koran:
is

of 'Say God

Unity

God,
is

particularly

one God; the


is

God

he begetteth not, neither

he begotten, and there

not

any one
Jo\

like unto him.'


a!

\&

JLi J j

jJ^j

J j

jJj

j^.^Ji

<d!)

j^l

dill

y& Ji

are (they)

how many

the stars on

its face

heaven this Oh!' coming

how many

upon

it

of

my

donkey

'

answers

the Khoja

he says

the hermit

he says

so

much

there

may

be

hairs

if

count

come

if

thou believest not

'

'

(is it)

evident

whence

'

he says

speak

then

it

should come (be)


JtXJ
!

less

JJ
hairs

[228,229]^

fJtt^

J^
of thy donkey
! '

L,

[S-^;]

^J
?

upon him

Oh

'

says

the hermit

stars

so

many

Oh

says

the Khoja

(can they be) counted

if

coming

forward

hermit

other

that

are they countable

all (of)

us
^69]

thou knowest

to give

answer

to
2

my question my
^lu)
to faith

Jfi
he says

^ [69]^^
speak'
*iJ

teAfi*
the Khoja

Jfi
he says
ij\

J3J^
we will come
j&)\
! '

'let us see

Julius
of

yL
this

teAy>Khoja

u^J
the hermit

my

beard

of

me

Oh

replies

^ J^L^\
of my donkey
1

~J

^U
count'

^J
also

AsAfS*
the Khoja

jjj
are there

JJ

_lS

my

how many hairs

It should be c-^J^j, in the singular.

This

is

a curious mistake, as
better.

it is

made by an Arab
'

printer at Boulac,

who must have known

We

will adopt your religion.'

'

the circumstances

Ala-il-deen

the Sultan

what

is it ?

your wish

'what are they?

your questions

'

says

theKhoja

upon this

relates

question

my
'

says

coming

forward

one of the hermits

upon

this

where

is it ?

its

centre

of the world

worshipful Effendi

the fore hoof of the donkey


2101

with his stick

at once

the Khoja

^iM
of

JuLfcl

\s**i)^
its

-fi^
of the world

*^l
there
'

jr- /
3

the foot

my

donkey

centre

points (to)

whence'

says

the hermit

he says

it is

the place of its standing

there

thou dost not believe

if

replies

theKhoja

(is it)

known?

in conformity to

it

it

should come

less

more

if

measure thou

forward

also

one of the hermits


the past verbal noun
jj

upon

this

he says

speak thou

JujJs,

J^j^
;

of the verb ^J^tj^b, with the


its

possessive affix ^j, and the

changed into , in consequence of


letter

coming in contact with a liquid


quite as well
2
:

the

first

^5 might have been a j

^>y$)jo dr-d-ghi. The ^jj\


is
it

Vide Note"*, page 45.


still

introduced with the j>\ to


is

give

more

force to the expression,

and

blended with the (jm in

Ju.J/*.^j1
3

et-maz-san,

which

is

short for JX-* UJi [128].

Pronounced

Wen

or i-leru.

sitting

down

is

shewn

a place

to the

Khoja

receives

it

in return

by

calling

(of)

me'

he says

making

a prayer

for the

Padishah

\j.
1

^^

Uj

^ ^ V~~i ^Uc ^
*Ut Uj

JJ

^^
is

And

say not nnto him

who

saluteth you, thou art not a true believer,


life,

seeking the accidental goods of the present


spoil.

for

with God

much

Such have ye formerly been


therefore

but God hath been gracious unto

you

make

a just discernment, for

God

is

well acquainted with


iv.,

that which ye do': Sale, vol. 2, page 113, chap,

verse 96.

This

generally silences a fanatic if

it

does not persuade


'

him

that the salam


it

does not exclusively belong to the


sin,

Faithful,'
to

as

they consider

according to the above injunction,

doubt the sincerity of any


in exculpation
for
is,

one giving the salam.


allowing Europeans
to

The Turks now


give

say,

of their

them the salam


badinage?
that

no Christian Eaya
God's salam,' and

would dare
that

to

do

so

en
or

it

God

said
it

to the

Prophet,

L5

-~^ la>^ tlXlc

*1J1, and being

God's peace

belongs to

all his creatures.

"When a Mosolman has there-

fore said lLO-cis <dJ!

*LA\
*i^l\

JLLc aL!!
-

in the plural, the answer he gets

l^as^j

(^s

or <-^X-lc 'on

you be the peace of God and


for the

his

mercy.' Above we have one word, dXjLe,


say,

whole phrase, as we

might
1

receives the 'alaik,

etc.

In
l

this

kind of narrative the language

is

naturally very loose


it

)Zt^
king
say

he shows.'

It is understood, of course, that

can only be the

who

points to a seat, and, therefore, the narrator does not stop to


'

so,

but merely says,


Vide [223].

he shows,' although the king has not been menavoid, if possible,


the'

tioned.

The Turks

use of the 3rd

person singular, particularly

when

speaking of people of a higher rank

than themselves.

he mounts

his

donkey
4

he takes

(as a) support

his stick

saddles

^jJMb:
Ala-il-deen's

u UaL
Sultan

u^r^

S-^
saying

3<u*^

L^ J
me
'

^^
to the Tartar

straight

precede

gives the salaam

enters the presence of the Padishah

coming

to his Sarai

Pronounced 6-6hr-l-yp, the

gj being

softened

down

as

much

as

possible.

This

is

a corruption of the Arabic

word J^J

thend,

bending over

:'

hence

a stick.'

Pronounced dsh--n-mah,
4

lit.,

'fall before

me.'

Pronounced dogh-ru, vide page

.16.

When
sakm

Mosolman comes

into the presence of another, he gives the

or pass-word

of distinction
is

among
their

the

faithful,

at the
feel

use

of

which by one who


offended.

not of

religion,

the

Turks

much

This distinction does not truly exist in the regulations of the


faith,

Mohomedan
ticated

because the Arabs of the desert


false civilization of

by contact with the

Turkey

who unsophisgive and take


are
first

the salam indiscriminately.


the Christians considering
profession

The author imagines


it

that this

arose from

a sin to

give
do,

the salam or to repeat the

of

faith

as

the
to
it

Mosolmen
themselves.
is
still

and the Turks afterwards

assumed

this

distinction

Some

years back

it

would

have been dangerous, as


fanatic.

not prudent, to give the salam to a


to

The following passage from the Koran should be quoted


9 9

"
ey

them against
y
i

their present prejudices:


s
'
'

/dLdl JL1\ J^ll ^y^


yfe-

\ji

yij ^j
y

S'
y

&
y

-'

o s

io^-o
y

yy

'

9y^y y

C9

l/jC\

jjJoJUrftfi <*^-\p*

uJboi
<U*ii
to

uv
being

A^iio-^jJ
under

^
my

^-i
this
'

t--^

^.^

my

government

comes
9 9

anger

Ala-il-deen

any one

from among the sages


[67]

the wise

men
i)jy.

of the country
l

s-^^
saying (which)

y^

s-'Vr
an answer

X uJ^
(t

should give

(that) to these

not to be found

any one

to these questions

'

says

some one

being

in regret

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

except

cannot give

answer

commands

the

King

immediately

he

may

give

answer

quickly

they send forth

a Tartar

to

Nasr-il-deen Effendi

he speaks

command

the Padisha's

finding (out)

the Khoja

arriving

his

donkey

Nasr-il-deen

at that

very moment

at once

This

is

evidently a mistake.

(Ja>+Aj1 can never


it

make &j J^l^j,

as

the jj must be turned to c, and therefore

should be

AwJ^jj
t^S is

but
sub-

as everything is sacrificed to facilitating the pronunciation, the

stituted for the

c-

in Aw instance,

it

being easier to say lu-lun-md-di-ga

than hu-lun-m-di-gha.
2

This word might have been placed in the

list of

expletives

it is

Persian adverb, signifying

on the contrary.'

to his country ^j

Ala-il-deen

Sultan

passing over

(it)

travelling over

j^J cjy:j
invites (them)

Aijj
to the faith

u^^J
these

[123]

*j

^Lijlj
the king

JjjIj
they arrive

these

also

(his) question

one of us

each

of us

'

they say

also

three

'

we will enter

to

your religion
t27

you answer
JjjJjI

(us )

if

there

is

(we have)

gallic
Ala-il-deen

^l-,
the Sultan

^jJ\
this

^V,

dy $
to this

Jjjj
these

upon

consented

word

to their questions

of these

assembling

and his sages

his wise

men

Sultan

were not competent

one of them

to give

an answer

at all

j^jJl
LjX*i\,

^-c.

Observe that both this word and the one just above

it,

which should be in the genitive case according

to rule [210],

are not changed, because of rule [213]: both being Arabic words, they

are

not necessarily subject to the Turkish construction.


incorrect to

It

would not
*lc,

be

say *JjLJ

JGjJc\ nor

te$j

-CojJl

but

it

would be too complex,


noun [212], which
lc>-j
*>

as both are

preceded by an Arabic qualifying


the sense clear.

suffices to

make

b--chi.

We

have already had occasion to observe the

use of the demonstrative pronoun in the singular, with a noun of number.

This remark properly belongs to the Syntax


every
little

but

it is

impossible to note

peculiarity of a language so capricious as this, without entering


;

into wearisome details

besides,

something must be

left to the intelligence

of the learner.

Pronounced '-l-md-sin [128].

runs

to the

pond

retains not

resistance

seeing

the water

to cry out

the frogs

from the pond

at the place of falling

at once

runs away

back

being frightened

the donkey

begin

pond-birds

oh!

bravo'

catches

the donkey

going

the Khoja

go ye

'

throwing

(into) the

pond

(of)

pence

handful

saying

and eat them

(you fine fellows)

give (this money)

for

sweetmeats

he said

hermits

three

in his time

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

the world

appeared (in the world)

excelling

in every science

JpJi

'

to remain.'

^j^MS

negative form,

c-j^Ji the gerund

translated positively,
of) resistance
2

The donkey, on

seeing. the water, to

him (power

remains

not.'

Pronounced

sy-gir-dir,

from L-i^J^-o sy-girt-mek.

Pronounced r-gp, from


4

l-*\J

rh-meh.

Instead of giving drink-money, the

Mohomedans very properly make

presents of

money

for a better purpose than that of poisoning the objects

of their generosity.

at once

the Khoja

dirties

mud

to its tail

going (along)

to the bazaar

placing

into the sack

cutting

its tail

of the donkey

without a

tail

this

says

man

they making

auction

going

its

price

you

'

the Khoja

use

is it ?

for

what

donkey

he said

it is

not

in the desert

the tail

look ye

make ye

his

donkey

coming

from a distant place

the Khoja

One day

but

comes

to the side of a

pond

suddenly

got thirsty

very

much

donkey

the Khoja' s

was

high

very

pond's side

this

$
the j and

'tail;'

tJ^jl^

'his tail;' or rather

^c-jjiy

ko-i-ru-ghi, as

being easier to pronounce.

<U-JiJ 3 ho-i-ru-ghi-nah,
letters.

to his tail' [35],

^ being synonymous
^^iuuJftJ

From

to stick to,' as

mud might

do.

This word

is also

used to express the act of infringing quarantine.


together,' or

^Lsdftjy

they met

contaminated each other.'

Pronounced hai-oe-nin-i-chi-nah [210].


Whilst they were making the
jAuSjjijs Ic--rh'Sz,
6

sale

by auction' [248].

tail-less.'

ForJ&Jl i-de-nk
T
'
.

[69], and

<$j

gu-run, for yj>

Vide note

2,

page

'

his feet

his

hands

'

having said

do you

know (him)

whence

the Khoja

One day

she said

'

know

(it)

from

this

get cold

feet

his

hands (and)

going

to (the)

mountain

to (cut)

wood

saying

am

dead

Lo

'

{expletive)

the Khoja

got cold

to eat

his

donkey

coming

the wolves

he

lies

(down)

under a tree

to the wolves

in the place (where) he

was lying

the Khoja

they begin

he said

a donkey (whose) master

is

dead

you have luckily found

taking

to the

bazaar

his

donkey

the Khoja

One day

From

(Jf<*y>>

to get cold/

which would make j^ya


put in to
facilitate

in the second

person, present tense.


so-ghr.

The 4

is

the pronunciation,

Pronounced -d-nah.

From Jk*JU 'to lie down.' JJ^'V, P as ^ verbal noun, with the possessive affix, .JuJuu his having lied down,' the J changed to
because coming before a vowel, and the
pronunciation.
4
i
i

first

^j introduced to

facilitate the

Lit.,

his master dead,' forming a

compound

adjective to
e

donkey.'

) '

-<djl

^j-elS

e^-y.^
thou sayest

*&-j>
truly
'

&s>-\f>~

yk^J\ ^\
'

his being about to-

the Khoja

become a'Cadi

a lecture

in the colonnade

because

knew

(it)

-become a Cadi

listened

sticking

up

its ears

donkey

that

whilst giving

he said

the donkey

coming
*jj1

aman

to the house-of the

Khoja

One day
js^>\

jjjy
is

Llil
the donkey'

j j\

a^^

not

in the house

replies the

Khoja asks

(for the loan of

says

the

man

brays

within

the donkey

it so

happened

(that)

teAf>~
Khoja
'

Aj^i
is

^Xf^
within

ilSj*\ the donkey

-5^^
Effendi

teAy>Khoja

c_?U

braying

Oh

you believe

to the

donkey

you must be what an extraordinary man

# (jk*jJ

j^-j
(

ujUjJ

\\.s

AA aJU^
with

jj)

he said

you do not believe

me

my

grey beard

"

a dead

man

wife'

to his wife

Khoja

One day

Arabic.
2

Pronounced ulmish, from lJL^j\

iilmek,

'

to die

;'

past

participle

[105], used adjectively, with

^*J

adam,

in the accusative case after

^*jjjjj

bi-lur-sin.

2
striking

fS(X^s\

^<^\j+j

te>\jL. L_j\!b3

a (blow with the) whip

to the

donkey

placing

on his

own back

he said

thy saddle

take

my

woollen (pelisse)

give

on the donkey

taking off

his woollen (pelisse)

also

day

One

the woollen (pelisse)

at once

was watching

him

man

a he places

(at) that

moment

the donkey
-i'o

takes to run (away with

it)

taking

.iL>to call

.^
(or) please

.^
please'

J^
says

<fc>-ta*

j**
begins

<U^ib
to

to

bawl

the Khoja

bray

and

its

bawling

crying

of this one's

But the man

'

it is

useless

placing

into its place

the woollen (pelisse)

brings back

hearing

runs away

losing

his

donkey

Effendi

Khoja

One day

in such a place I

saw (it)'

replies

the

man

enquires

to a

man

Pronounced yi-ri-yi, from lL*j yrmek.


be

It should therefore,

properly speaking,

jjj

^*jtf.

<ne gives to running;'

but

it

is

shortened into yiri verir.


2
3

Dative infinitive of (J*rz\f

For

Xi\ L5

[128].

:'

within (his house)

from thence

saying (which)

'i will lend (him)

he says

(and) coming

remaining (away)

a certain (time)

entering

also

and

has not been (does not choose)

the wish

of the donkey

if you-

into

hands (of strangers)

nie"

that

says

the donkey

tome

of you

and

they will strike

to

my

ears

my

-should give (lend)

tney will curse

to

your wife

ijs?[)
to the

i*j>jj

c35]

^^i
donkey

tg^fL.
Khoja

^f j
day
on the

[rv]

garden

mounting

(to) his

One

his pelisse

from his back

having something

to

do

way

going

a thief

he places

to its

upon

of the saddle

of the donkey

taking off

the Khoja

and goes (away with

it)

steals

the woollen (pelisse)

coming

is

not

(forthcoming)

the

woollen

(pelisse)

that

sees

comes

taking

(off)

its

saddle

from

its

back

of the donkey

quickly {expletive)

Here, again, the unestablished orthography of this language is evident

jj*\ would make JXil, and not


Lit.,

as above.

For

^^
say.

Vide [128].

that hour,' sur Vinstant, as the French

would

ir

LfeLh] Litf^\y^

^\^

L-Ju\k5

ties it

again

he spoils (his turban) again does not


iJuJi-0

suffice

its

length that

^o^L?
the muslin

l^t
the temper

-IL)&?~^>of the

yds
it is

&j
again

gets vexed

Khoja

too short

he gives

(it)

in sale

by auction

in the bazaar

coming

he takes

the Khoja

becomes

buyer

comes

man

the sale taking place

^^U
take care

J^l^
brother
'

C Jjjfidib
approaching

^Hj**to the

^^T
secretly

L)^

man

quietly

he said

is

short

(the) length

of this muslin

because

jsJ
asks

L5
his

^^

^-r>y

*^T jJ

totefSfi*
to the

^j
day
{expletive)

do not buy

[Tl]

donkey

coming

man

Khoja

One

(to) the

donkey

let

me

go

stay

here'

the Khoja

should be (so)

his will

of the

donkey
lines

if

that I

may

consult

it is

spelt

two ways

in the space of

two

jj^s and jjc.

Vide note

7,

pape 27, on unestablished orthography.


1

Lit., 'it
2

comes not/ from


sy-Jci-lur,

CS^^.
(J^La
sy-kil-mak.

Pronounced

from

Properly speaking, this should have two J's.


S^j* would be * J jk*
;

The

ablative case of

but they would not like to write or pronounce

the two, so they clip one.

Pronounced

giz-l-jah.

Pronounced yah-la-shp, from


Pronounced
affix i_s.

^uuAjb

yak-la'sh-maJc.

i-she-gi-ni: the accusative of

lJw^, with

the possessive

'

Lfcs^i\

^j^V^J ^\^L lJuI^

ir

U3
year
that

JL.
but

)jj^
they take (bring)

^
food
eats

C \J\ making compliments

^^\

(to

him)

says

to himself

drinks

the Khoja

it

was

famine

from one (person)

and

it is

a town

cheap(ness)

very

(to) this

town

to-day

are

you mad?

you fellow!'

says

man

that

makes question

in their houses (homes)

according to his means

every one

it is

Bairam

is

abundant

the food

for this reason

(and) they bring

they cook

'(if) it

were Bairam

day

every

would

to

God

(that)

Ah

'

the Khoja

he said

Jj
he finds

*Jf
he
ties

CJ^
a muslin

? su ^
EfFendi

<ji^lr^>
Nasr-il-deen

&/
day

J.

fr~e]

One

Vide note

7,

page 27.
can, according to his means,' to the at the

Each man brings what he


where strangers are entertained

room

common expense

of the

town or

village, so as to avoid a person in

power, or a Bashi Bozuk, from taking


to do,

violent possession of a house,

which he would be sure

under the

excuse that there being no inns, they are bound to supply him with provisions,
3

both by the laws of hospitality and by the law of the strongest.


be!'
tie

^j\*Jj! [78] 'If it might


Pronounced
sarar,

from (J**^ 'to

up' (a turban).

Observe that

'

Lf4^\

i^j*^)y*J

^\fs

h^
place of

te>H* from the door


)J '%

him
te-^rs-

he goes

to

the

the feast

^JcJl
Effendi

^^r
please be seated
'

cr-^^--J^
,

saying

Khoja

(they)

came

to

meet him

seating

him

at the

head of the table

with honors and compliments

also

the Khoja

they say

Effendi

Khoja

pray be seated

O my pelisse

please be served

'

takes hold of

(its) sleeve

of the pelisse

what-

to the

Khoja

looking

the people

he says

to the food

now

the honors

apparently

'

Khoja

on their saying -doest thou

he said

let (it) eat

(it)

also

the food

to the pelisse

that

sees

goes

to a

town

one day

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

they see

to the

Khoja

(are)

in eating and drinking

the people

sSjy+i, pronounced l-y-run [56], vide note, page 56.

Vide [69].

The j and ^j
Here

being, in
*,

many

cases,

synonymous

letters,

they change about according to note


Vide [253].
it is

page 16.

the present participle or verbal noun, with


it

the post-position *J, and therefore

must be translated by the present

tense: xJsLiegr}. 'are (about) in drinking' [130].


Vide note
1,

page \T

they look

to

him.'

Dative

case.

'

SC\
,U&
at once

(j-05U-tfJ

<X^^k.

iAJ
.j

J^J*

.f

>ILL:

j
are

*j 3^1
'

^J^J
the

having said

my

Lord

mine
*/***
'

these also

Jew
\jt

&^jb
beating

s-^. J
exclaiming

^j**

<-?^
Oh
!

on his head

Jew-malice
bjJ^s

what

^J>j
the pelisse

^j&aJ*

te>~]y*>.

JjJL^they turned

^AuLs*
from the Mehkemi

now

theKhoja

out

they have said

went

to his

house

accepting

also

and the mule

goes

to a marriage feast

EfFendi

Khoja

day

That

they do not-

>

not looking (to)

him

old

the clothes

upon him

juy

the Cadi Effendi

having said

'

he denies

now

-gold-has-taken

ever

my Lord'

the Khoja says

turns (looks) to the Khoja's face

He has given

(them me)

I kept asking

1000

from God Almighty

the giver of so

much

gold

if so (be)

one less (I found)

I counted

but

^P^
the gold pieces
the pelisse on

f* J
I said

*Jjl3

L5^ J
also

i/W
the one (remaining)

he will give

my back

now

Jew

this

my Lord

but

I accepted

having said which


1

'

will claim (I dare say)

also

and the mule I ride

,.*J

aorist,

bearing a future signification, which


the future
is

is

very

common

in

Turkish

indeed,

oftener expressed

by the present tense

than the real future.


2

*Jojcj, past declinable participle

CJj,

of the verb

CSa^j, with

the possessive affix of the 1st person * [33], the $ introduced for the

sake of euphony

*JxJ JO-J,

and pronounced Vin-di-gim.

He

should have

said^li
of

\S fr^i^i
instead.

but that was too long, so he lays stress on the


little niceties,

is

*&Aij

These are

which a long practice and

attention can only render evident to the student, and for

which

it

impossible to lay

down any

special

rules.

The Turks

are

naturally

desirous of giving all the force and emphasis to their speech with as

few

words and as little trouble as possible, and that


he
clips the
3

is

why, in
the

this instance,
first instead.

out of J?l3
Ut. t
'

J>

*j JJJ, and lengthens

,le.

c-^^U?,

he will turn out to be the proprietor.'

Khoja

my
( it

soul

'

says

the

Jew

'

(have) thrown

the gold

did

expletive

that

it

should

be a joke

to

you

let

me

see

you had

said

I will not take

(it)

if it

be one less

do not know a joke

I'

Khoja

ajokelmade

(expletive) will he take it

i^Jj^
the

[353]

*jjuJ

f^J-S
'have accepted

S^Al^
the gold pieces

^
I

Jew

having said )which)

the Khoja

he says
fiAz
'

let

us go
jjV.V.

to the

Mehkemeh

come along
^jJ

L^^>
the

JJ&A&S?"
to the

j Jul
replies

Jew

I will not go

on foot

Mehkemeh

'

but

good

'

says

the Khoja

brings

mule

for the

Khoja

also

pelisse

the

Jew

is

necessary

a pelisse (fur)

upon

my back

they go

to the

Cadi Effendi
yti
this
'

in the

Mehkemi
C253]

rising

these (two) brings

-jS

'

fi\

^^d
the

^JCj!

Jlj-o

^U
the Cadi
1

so-much-

man

Jew

having questioned him


?'

Is it likely
see

you would have thrown me the gold

Here we

+m

properly spelt, vide note

4,

page

1st pluperfect, indicative


joV.V.

mood, 2nd person plural.


'

a Turkish substantive,

man on

his legs,'

'

foot-man,'

in

this sense,

not in the sense of

servant.'
bir krk,

lLS J <UJjl, pronounced ar-ka-mah


pelisse
'

lit-,

'to

my

back a

is

necessary for a person of

my

respectability.

^yf\

lJUs^A

tejser
trial

l-JjSiJl]

Jy
this

^^d
the

lA^Jj
was

for to

make

hearing

Jew

of the

Khoja placing

in a purse

(pieces of ) gold

999

purse of gold

that

sees

the Khoja throws

down

the chimney

he opens

the purse

saying

'

has been accepted

our prayer

'

stands

the (person)-

one

less (there is)

that

(and) sees

he counts

the

money

saying which

'will give

the (remaining) one also

-giver (of) this'

he

rises

at once
&2>-\}!>-

gets fidgetty

the

Jew

now

(this time)

he accepts

^Jj
Effendi

ijydj\ j+^ j>~\~a

C_^!l>- (^J~i) ij+^y+i lSjteAf>.

Khoja

good morning

'

knocking

to the Khoja' s door

to the

Jew

the Khoja

he says

give (me)

pieces of gold

my

these

from God Almighty

have you become mad

merchant

'

answered

to

me

(can)

you

in

what proper way

gave

He

I had asked

1,

pronounced ho-yp

i^ji.3
3

^e declinabTe present participle of lLn^Jj


7,

FV<fo

note

page 27, and [76]

2nd

perfect, indicative

mood.

First pluperfect, indicative mood, [99] of as~\.

that

he sees

going

to

Sr Hissar
jjiiu jjT

the Khoja

Once
ji\j

-ajy

to-i^.
'

c-^y

^^ ^l.jT
men

what an-

the Khoja

look at the

moon

assembled

many

as large as a sieve

in our country

for

is this

-extraordinary place

moon the

size of a crescent

but here

and care nothing for it

they see

he said

they look (at

it)

assembled

how many men

Oh Lord

'

promenading

in

Akshehir

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

if

one less

(than the 1000) but give

pieces of gold 1000


4

tome

^j-ij^y
neighbour

^d^j
a

J3^^pof the Khoja

jl^Aj
he was saying
'

*U!T
it

Jew

I will not receive

As

there are

many towns

of the

name
'

of Hissar, which means

'

fortified city,'
'

they distinguish this one by

Sr/ another by 'Kara,'

etc.

j}}\
'he or

3rd person singular, present tense, indicative


signifying
it

mood
be.'

of

J^j\,

it is,'

may
is

be, or

can

be,'

or

'

must

aJ
4

Jjjy-

The S here

an expletive of course [123].

*U]T.

This word ought to be spelt **1T, the negative of ^^JT, but


\

the insertion of the

gives a longer sound to


it

the negative form, and

implies that he will not accept

on any account.

{Jm^} j}^, the present

participle of lLjC*j J, with the 3rd person of

the 2nd perfect of the verb *j! [76, 245].

60

\**tfJ CJ>cM3l ^jJjJ^fiJ

<^\^

L-Julk!

in the place where-

also

theKhoja

(nothing) remains of thy life'

the people

he remains

saying

am

dead

behold

'

lies

down

-he

was

in

it

they bring

a bier

assembling

at the

head of him

on the road

saying

'

let

us take

to his

house

'

they place (him)

'

shall

we

pass

in

what way

'

they came

to a

muddy

place

going

his

head from the bier theKhoja

all at

once whilst (thus) talking saying

he said
1

'I used to go

by

this road

when

was

alive (well)

'

raising

Here the verb denotes


Pronoun cha-mr-l

the requisite pause.

ye-ra.

Vide note * page 16.

Here we have the


signification,

1st person plural of the imperative

mood having

a future

and

yet no other part of the verb could have

answered the purpose

this does.
'

We

must suppose that they were talking

to one another, one saying Let us pass this way,'

J &jz? ^jtf
asks,
is,

(imperative)

on which some one, using the tense of


ne g-nah g'che
It is

last speaker,

J^jk* <jS<
shall

Um

'

in

what way

let

us pass,' that

we

pass.'

customary for one jman to take up the words of another, and use them

himself, as if he
sible

had

said

'

You

say let us pass here


;

(why

that

is

imposlet

on account of the quagmire)

in

what way (can you

say)

us

pass here,' and that the narrator wants the reader to understand that he
is

quoting the words of the people


'

is

clear

by

his adding

S-^J

and

^Tj-Sxdj

j-j

whilst they were thus talking.'


see this tense implies

Thus we

being

in the

habit of doing' [65].

on

its being

cut

the branch

now

what art thou doing you stupid man

'

the Khoja

to

him

(to this

man)

he having said this

you will fall

(as)

the tree

at once

all

of a sudden

does not give

answer

any

then (from that place) he

falls

to the

ground

the Khoja

just as

it is

cut

my falling
this

thou

O you fellow

'

running

after the

man

rising

man's

saying (which)

thou knowest

also

my

dying
C210]

knewest
^jlftJ

J Jul
says
i

L-JjjWftSjJ

|J^.
liberation

<S'.J^the

J^tJ^

does not find

man

he takes hold of to his gown


to a phrase.
its

S
^-S
is

an adverb giving much force


immediately upon
like.''

It here (being

used expletively) implies


signification
u

being

cut,'

the primary

however

is

simply,

*~sjj5ijj.
l

We

have already observed, page 27, note

7,

that

we

cannot explain the incongruities of Turkish orthography unless indeed by


considering
it

as unestablished.

The second person present


(

of the indicative
t

mood

is

in some books written j~>, and in others, as above,

j-.

We

fancy that the narrator imagines he gives more force to his word by
introducing the
dil-sher-s n.
^_$,

as if speaking

with emphasis, d-sher-sin instead of

The use

of the present for the future has been noted before

and

is

very common.
.

sJ^j

Adverb composed of j and Ik J

'

once again,' 'at once,'

'

all

at once,' as

we should

say.

Ajjxsf-^l.

Here we have the future verbal noun [106] with the

possessive affix of the first person singular [33].

'

in a caffass (cage)

his fowls

the Khoja

Once

are in prison

poor (fowls)

these

'

going

to

Sour Hissar

filled

all of

them

saying

I will let

them go

little

O Lord

from one side

(to another)

each one of them

the fowls

having

let loose

the cock

taking

stick

in his

hand

Khoja

runs away

in the middle of the night

'

(and) pursuing

driving (him)

before

him

of your day

why

Oh

you know

that

it is

morning

'

you do not know

the road present (is coming upon you)

such a fate (time)

he said

the branch on which-

passing

man

LXM\

^t>JL*

^\f^

L-lkS

er

also

the Khoja

they go (away)

that

sees

the Khoja

attacks

on the Khoja

the dog

go away'

to the

dog

on which

will be worsted

he (himself)

he said

go along

am

overcome (conquered)

took

to his

house

caught

stork

the Khoja

Once

(saying that they were long)


4
1

and

its

legs

its

nose

with a knife
<-r*y&

Jfci

sjL

<LS>y
like

lJAaJ*

teJ*\
lo
'

L-Jj4jf)j\

*<*

CS*^^ji

thou art

a bird

now

causing

it

to sit

in a high place

he cut

he said

j\3
many

jc^b
at the

uTJ\L{

jjf
sees

*s?\js>.

v/j
Once

[rv]

head of a spring that

the Khoja

saying

'

that I

may

catch (one)

'

runs

Khoja

are playing

ducks

/*JuJu from
insertion of
'

CS*>&>

'to conquer,'
:

the passive form of which

is,

by the
* jJJo

[107], u*lJC>
' ;

It should therefore be properly

am

conquered

but as this would resemble the word l1x*!3o

pronounced ye-ni-le-mek
thus a useful distinction
2

'

to

make new,'

the

is

softened into ^j, and

is

made between
4

the two words.

Observe the use of a gerund


Causal of

to indicate a pause. Lit-,


'

*J^

[60].

to a bird

thou hast resembled.'

Pronounced pnar instead of pu-na-rin.


Ax>! Ji'jjJ.

The habit

of placing a verb in the singular to a

rf

lS<^J*\ ^jJjJUrfSJ

<^\*k^

i^JblisJ

[119]
t

you do not believe

its

dying

you believe

to its

making children Oh!'

he said

jj/
he sees

[105]

c/

[210]

*^b

^>^

^r^ u/^
Khoja

tr

walking about

amongst the tombs

Once

the Xhoja

lies

on a tombstone

an old dog

that

wishes to strike the dog

he takes

a thick stick

in his

hand

gets angry

Infinitive

mood ^j^iiJ,

declinable participle

Jjj

with the

possessive affix of the 3rd person

^cj^ijj

(the

jj

being turned to s

[57] before a vowel), and in the dative case fojj the

^j being-

dropped on the intervention of the


2

[35, 127].
:

Sandah
It

is is

an expression of contempt
curious that
this
it

*JCw-s

+\ 'you stupid man'

[123].

word sanda,
is

in

common

parlance,

is

contracted into sand, and then

only a term of familiarity (not of


*JCw*j
<Jj

contempt) to draw the attention of the person you address.

^Jj

pronounced bak sand

'

look at me,'

i.e.

listen to

me.'

Jc^

J pro-

nounced deh sand

do thou speak.'

We

have had frequent occasion to

mark
of the

this

system of

contracting words
race, at

among our

aboriginal cousins
to

Hindo-Germanic

which we ought not


indulge
in
it,

be astonished,
in

considering

how much Europeans

particularly

the

English language.
<fci^jjj!.

This

is

precisely in the
its

same form

as the AiiJ-Cj, the

original verb
ri

cX*!y
The

only having

termination in lL> instead of the


c^-f

of (JtmjZi, and of course the


%

CS becoming

where the

jj

had

become [57].

here and the ^j above are for the sake of euphony.

one day

the proprietor of the kazan

(and) makes use of

(it)

brought

(it)

has not come (back)

the kazan

(waits) sees

days

five

the

Khoja

knocks at the door

going

to

the Khoja' s house

the kazan
S

'

on his saying

wantest thou
2

what

'

coming

to the door

^'^ ffj* u4?


'

is

dead

the kazan

KT may you remain well

Ji'

_*"*

J
'

^V

8*
'

^J
I say

replies

Khoja

M&id
on saying which

clua

5*;jl^

^4r #*
?

4^^
Effendi

*r^
Khoja
'

t-a>^
the

can a kazan ever die

man

ijj\a}.

Two

Turkish verbs of the same meaning together, in

order to give force of expression


is

he looks (about him and)


preserved
!' is

sees (that it

not returned).'
2

J^ ?^
Ajs*..-a
is

'

lit

May you be

the phrase of condolence

on the death of any one.


an Arabic adjective meaning
defunct/ because

taken

into God's mercy.''


use,

When
cow

speaking of the death of a Christian they


if referring

contemptuously, the same word as they would


of

to the

death

a
'

horse or
to die.'

&f

murd

he

died,'

from the

Persian

verb

^^r*

he said

have we not removed ?

to this house

we (I)

why' Khoja

large kettle (caldron)

from his neighbour

Khoja

One day

into the (said) kettle

after having

done (seen)

his business

taking

on giving

it to

the proprietor

he took

placing

saucepan

small

saucepan

small

in the kazan

that

sees

the proprietor

the kazan'

answers

Khoja

he says

what

is this'

there

is

again

accepts

the saucepan

the

man

has made a

little

one

to his house

took

(it)

asking for the kazan

Khoja

another day

Pronounced

giich.

It should be pronounced, at least

if

not written

Jco-n-sJ-sm-dm.

Vide the note on the rules of euphony, page 16.


3

ilS**j

\J*}\.

To
it

see

to

a matter

is

as good as doing

it,

and

often better than getting


4

done.
proprietor.'

Lit.,

The man who was the

jy*uy*i from

^JJjJj.

The Arabic word Jj-J

'acceptance' is

made

into a simple Turkish verb.

h-v

lS<x+\
*-

/.>JjJ\

<^Lk.
jLrtt^
'

L- Qj\L3
&>-\p-

i^jkSU
'has burnt
>L-)1

h^A ^
5

*i

lA-4^
has become

who

these (clothes)

they say

totheKhoja

lA^J J^V.y
was
to rise

,U
the day of judgment

<A*
to-morrow'
iS

isAi
(the)
t 40]

clothes

Khoja
<uj

he said

is

required

(for)

what

entered

a thief

into his house

of the

Khoja

One day

iA*t^i
loading

on his back

collecting

there

was

whatsoever

>*#>
gathered up

j
the remainder
also

the Khoja
[210]

he went out

J >
teAf*the Khoja

entering

in his house
[128]

the thief

(fell)

he went
if

after the thief

""j^jL^jj
knocking

e^tt5

J/^

^JuJjl
after
1

the thief's door

him
^

also
<0

* f***

jr^
'

having said

to the

Khoja Effendi

wantest thou

what

the thief

,ji3

JU

an expression composed of an Arabic and a Turkish word,

both having the same meaning, but which together might be considered
to give strength of expression,
2

the remaining things that were


fall,'

left.'

jJ^jd from lL*-1jJ 'to


of.'

but frequently used for 'to go in

pursuit
3

Vide note

7,

page 27.

Here we

see particularly
:

how

necessary

it is to

attend to the pauses

which the gerunds indicate


[253] the sense would be

if

we were

not to

make

a pause at this gerund

lost.

kills

the lamb

thinks (that he

is in)

earnest (the)Khoja he speaks thus

one of them placing (the lamb)

on his back

the Khoja

then

then

he begins

to roast

the lamb

lighting

fire

then

consignment

to the

Khoja

their coats

undressing

his companions

they go

to play

to a different direction

each one of them

making

burns

casting

to the fire

the whole of the clothes

also

the Khoja

on their coming

back

having promenaded

after a little

while

cinders

burning

the whole of their clothes

that

they see

That

is,

his friend,

who

does not think that the Khoja will take the

thing in earnest.
2

i-r*2j}\

pronounced v-rp from


to carry
'

(j**jj\

pronounced vr-mak ' to


it is
'

strike,'

thence
3

to throw,' ergo

lower down

to cast (into the fire).'

Vide [128].

a\&!

and

*lflj

are both Persian adverbs, afterwards,' etc.

signifying

'then,'

'at

once,'
5

upon

this,'

suddenly,'

Dative infinitive.

Note that [210]


c_?y b
'

^^d^' ;

July!

is it

here the nominative to the

active verb

burning

just above

was in the accusative case

(and) his head upon

him oftheKhoja

coming out with

force

the water

for

thy thus*

so

'

getting angry

the Khoja

at once

getting wet

Jm*j
he said
'

JjL^iya
they have stuck

lT^^
stick

y.

&$ M)f^

-Goet-

this

-running mad(ly)

there

was (he had)

lamb

of Effendi Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

friends

some

one day

he (used to) bring up

with much (care) that

Met us

eat' taking

from his hands

oftheKhoja

the lamb

assembling

to-morrow

O Khoja

'

says

coming

first

one of them

they say

bring

what

will

you do

(with) this lamb

will rise

the last day


C31]

<-t^
coming

^r^
(expletive) (will)

>^
not believe
(it)

**)}*-

J*n?.

^
this (lamb)

Khoja

let

us eat

^jV.
[17, 18].
2

*s

P ers i an

word, with a Persian plural termination.

Fide

L^jy would make


page

.^Jy
[128]
it,'
.

[A 6], three
*

much,
3

so the first is turned into a


7,

together,

which

is

too

dtlij*'

Ffo note

Will not consent to

or

will not believe

him

to

be serious.'

(jAJ\ij\ is

'to believe,' thence,

by

inference, 'to consign one's self into


(
!

another's hands,' thence 'to consent.'

'

do you not see

'

on being asked

coming the questioning angels

he said

I will say

is

an old one

even

my

tomb

the people
Jitji

goes
4

out
**

wearing

black

Khoja
tej-l^ri.

One day
<*-r*j

U *!^
from
(for)

<rf^^
'

l^J
this (him)

black

what death

Effendi

Khoja

seeing

the father

of

my

son

'

Khoja

on their saying

have you put on

he said

I hold

his

mourning

is

dead

himself

coming

from a distance

Effendi

Khoja

One day

to the

mouth-piece of a-

that

he sees

seeing

(felt)

took

warmth

water

'

Khoja

they had stopped

it

(with) a piece of

wood

-fountain

on his pulling
1

it

out

drawing

the

wood

saying

that I

may

drink

Eirst perfect, indicative


'

mood

[76].

Do

not accuse me, the


see, this is

sins

you charge me with are those of


an old one belonging to another.'

another
3

not

my

tomb,

it is

H*-sb for j-i-j-sb.


'

Vide [128] the accusative [35] after /*;l2jk.


4j!
;

Which

is like
is,

a pipe'

lit.,

'

to a fountain its pipe.'


into.'

(J^iya

properly speaking, 'to stick up

^5^ cyV.^^f"on,'

Here
(

<-f^'like,' has certainly the place of an

expletive,

as soon as,'

immediately

on,' etc.

'

upon

it

taking

thick stick

in his

hand

seeing

Khoja

the ox
<*^r\^>-

week

the coming (next)

runs away

the ox

going
^-Qj*'
a

\J*J^
(was) going

{j^J^ys
having harnessed
to

^Mj^
an Araba

the Khoja

Turk

taking

stick

in his

hand

straightways

seeing
[83]

the ox

*j

^y
'

*jJ\
strikes

Ht
blows

Oh

the
[253]

Turk
yj^jj

s% some
<

*)&
to the

c-j.^L

ox

running after
[123]

^
thou
'

Ju^J
wantest thou

^^*j^
with
***^y

fi
ox

*jT

having said

what

my

man

J^
inat (ox)

CS^
dog

d^^T
you ignorant
*
(interfere

ka-

and talk nonsense) do not mix

JAJA
'

jJLJ

C35]

(^) ^t~^V~'
its

he replied

knows

fault

that

charged (his followers)

Effendi

Khoja

One day

place

me

(in) to

an old tomb

me

(at the)

time

(of)

my

dying

Khoja

on their saying

do you speak

thus

why

'

the people

lLs^>>

sllort for

JlXs^

g6-le-je-gin, genitive infinite.

Pronounced v-rur.
JoJ!jl.

Yerbal noun.

CidJjl

'

having

died,'

with the personal

affix

and the

introduced for the sake of euphony.

>*i\ uf<X*3\ (jjj\j*J *<>y

^\

L_SU AJ

pr

seeing

him
253]

the gardener

enters

into (the garden)

-drawing

it

tS*.\y&
the Khoja

*jjoJ
seek you

having said

what

here

and

who

are you'

'I sell

ladders

'

says

coming

near to the ladder


I

with velocity

[107, 120]

L5*(is it sold) do they sell

lLjLs

Jul

ladders

here'

replies

the gardener

in

any place

a ladder

man

oh

ignorant

'

replies
C107]

Khoja

jjLjL

(saleable) is sold
[49]

[35]

one by one

his fowls

day
3

one

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen
[35]

^JJlf

>)*

Jlcuij
of cloth

^j\j
piece

j
a

^jJjUy
necks

^jjb
seizing

and passing (it on) piercing

to their

near of the Khoja


&>-1**.

the people

let

go

taking hold (of each)

Khoja

'

they said

has come

what

to these fowls

'

assembled

he replied

they hold mourning

died

the mothers

of these

jj$
enters

j/,1
ox

^
an

tWl^JI/
in his ground

Jj4^L
of the Khoja

^j
One day

[|A]

LuJjUjy

' ,

In any place that may be

'

[79].

Persian word.

(how I should

like to)-

(his face)

man's

this

if

I should bring out

he said

-make black

in the bazaar

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

One day

of the

month

to-day

'

the Khoja

meeting

to a

man walking about

I do not

know

'

(he) having said

is it

the fourth

or

is it

the third

he replied
c-?.j_^f
carrying
c->jlT
z

(I do) not

and (my)
[35]

selling it

taking

the

moon

^Ajj

&jj^jI

<^1^ ^^j
Khoja

[11]

taking

ladder a

on his shoulders

One day

up
1

then

mounting up

leaning

it

on the wall

of a

garden

It is here intended to

show the barefacedness of the Khoja, who


face of a

talked of

making black the

man who was

tormenting him by

his lamentations,

when

his

own

face ought to
if

have been black for stealing


so.'

the heifer and eating


2

it.

What

I should do so and

JbjjLtf,
e-

The verbal noun


for

or declinable participle jj Jul* changes

the jj to
lit.,
3
4
'

and takes the ^j

euphony, and the possessive


it

affix

the action of

my

liming sold and bought

there

is not.'

Pronounced mer-de-bdn.
AiJjIjjJ 4i?\j.
is

It

should be properly

jiLs^b, but

a little

looseness of style

admissible,

when

the

sense does not

suffer,

and

where
5

it

sounds better.

Pronounced da-ya-np from <J**jLi:

agreement

for one pul

(penny)

for the passing of

them

one by one

one of them

passing them across

one by one

these

Khoja

make

the blind

men

carries

away
^V.y

overpowering

its

water

the river
S

j
one

b>
lo
!

j^j^)
do you make

&ys
why
'

*sr^- JJ^>\>
Khoja
begin

* J V./

crying

to call out

he said

give ye

less

<pul

<-)^^j\j
meeting

ciL
heifer

^jjj

tjjj

^\y^.
Khoja

^j

ftp]

a promenading in the plain


[35]

i^^J*)^J*
its

<-r>xb^2 ^J!T>
killing

One day

i&eje

S-^Cjl
seizing

skin

taking to his house straight

upon it

lamentation

and

complaints
*

the proprietor of the heifer


[210]

he hides
[72]

t>-\y^
Khoja
210, 35]

[1S0]

*jjAf
coming

*~Q

Jj^l^L
of the Khoja' s

^^
&W

in front

house

making

(^^j) ^^Jj^
the skin

JjdlL )&
of this heifer

LJj^J\
wife
'

to his family

The simple form

of this verb

lLa^
is

'

to pass,'

which would make

its

causal

lIjC^jJ^

[60], but this

also

pronounced short
it

l^-s
much

or
to

uJl+jysf.

Now

if

we

inserted
is

the

jJ

would be

too

pronounce, the J therefore


2

dropped, and thence

^jjjf

the gerund.

.<> *

(pronounced

su-y'i)

^j^ji)

Persian substantive in the dative case.

Pronounced it-ni-nah;

lit.,

to its front' [35].

) :

H
he has done

L?JsL\

/.*JdJ\%*fiJ

)^\*L

jjJ

suffering

how much

to

me

camel

treacherous

that I

may-

seize

for

me

camel

perfidious

this

have the kindness


*-*

yuAJ
he said

-cut his throat

for one akje

(a piece)

ninety

of eggs

One day

he sold

ten of

them

going

to another place

taking (buying)

you

sell

ten of

them

(you) buying

ninety

why

'

to the

Khoja

it

is

more advantageous
jjj~ijjz

'

Khoja

they
L-^'-^

having said

to

him

jji^jj

ffju&jjj
see

^A*J

JcjjJ
(in order that) friends

he said

they

may

in

commerce

us also (me)

going

to its

banks

river

one day

Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

in the river with the


1

Khoja and

come

blind

men

ten

sitting

down

Vide note

7,

page 27.

lJ
is

jjj^.

Pronounced
:

tunc.

In expressing numbers a qualifying

noun

often added

if
;'

speaking of
if of

men

they say J

}jj

or

,<A

three hundred persons


as, u5ijJ

animals they would used the word ,plj


of)

ij*\i
'

Ljjt

one nun dred aim two (heads

lambs';

\jA
;

jrr\ U^\j

thirty heads of horses.

If of arms or instruments <uLj


as,

if of small or

unimportant things, <!j 'a grain':

CS^*^
men
(
!

<!\

one empty flower-pot.'

We may

suppose that poor blind

fall
).

under

the last denomination in the opinion of the relator of the story

'

new

the month'
ds*-\ys*

they say that

to the

Khoja
l

One day

j&A
replies

Khoja

(JJb\ *i)JjL) what do they do (with

^J\

^JJ\
the old

g?Jj1
is

it)

month

become

'

they make

stars

they break

(it)

to go

going out

from the town with a caravan

Khoja

One day

to himself

he had
C74 '

a camel (his)

of this (him)

but

intended

JjQJjA
on
this

"u! ^jiU^f

^bb
on foot

grjb

jJ^
says

camel

rather than if I should go

Lord

'

mounting

to the

camel

then

may go

with pleasure

may ride

the ground
-<dili

the Khoja
C6i

stumbling

the camel

going
[35]

with the caravan


8

^J! jb^j
calls

J^l^.
the Khoja

m/^mounting

^jj^

Mjjj'

the people-

out

upon him

throwing

of the

Khoja

after a little while

save

this person (him)

-of the caravan

Jyb
this

tfjk*jf >3UL^,
did you see

J'
Oh
'
!

c-jlf

w*Jkb
into his

jj^
the senses

Mosolmen

'

coming

head

-..!

the accusative of

^T

a month': the

^ must be considered a
bb
;

consonant in this word [8], declined like j! and not like

it

would

be

difficult to

pronounce three
axj'i

^ together,

,-*jT, therefore

they pronounce

this d-i,
3

a month,'

accusative,
'

and not ayy.


to throw, to beat,' etc.

Pronounced vurup

from (J-jj\

jSuA
it

.jfo
fifth

^Jj
the twenty

JbT
of the

U\
but

^ju^IS
how much
is it

was

month

saying

I will see

make

(wait)

patience

little

'

Khoja

jjf
sees

jW
counts (the stones)

J}^
upsets

u*5*r
the vase

<-^
coming

#'
to (the) house
'

if'

Khoja

'

have become

stones

20

100

that

they will say

(call)

foolish

to

me

I should say

all of this

(number)
[123]

Jj
of the
^j\
'

u$2
to-day
'

*&^
to the people
[253]

-^
(and) coming

^J
*UJ
full

month
jjdj\

saying this

Jjj
these

*jjj J

j JwIj
fifth it is

jji
the forty

Oh

!'

answer

saying (which)

the forty-

you

days

(is)

thirty
\&i\
replies
4-jL,:*.

complete
&>~\y>-

month
lcJ<J
sayest

Khoja

AjliLaJ
(in) to

^
I
'

j&JL)-fifth it is

moderation
b

Khoja

^sff
to-day

JL>Uj

tliCJj*the vase

j*\
if

/JaL^o
I spoke

you look

(according) to its account

it is

its

120th

^^ short

for
t

^^vAj

[45].
see note 2, page T
4
'
.

CJJ forjG r[69]; and


For ^jyi&As*- [210].

2nd conditional [102].

For jJL,li [79].


J^>

'one hundred,'

**&

'twenty (the
afiix of

^s?

[45]

is

not necessary
its

in

summing up)

^ the possessive

the 3rd person [33]

120th.'

Jjji*Z
they feed

&)&

^^

<uj!

^j)^
(with) sweetmeats

(beating) beating a

man

to himself

(it)

being

holy

Ramadan

Nasr-il-deen

Khoja

imitating the people

necessity

what

to

me

'

making

thought

in(to) the vase

day by day making use of

vase
jjjj\

one
*js\ji
5

to fast

^j
Bairam

c1303

*jjJj1

Us
complete

^
days

L plL
stone

^j a

having been

thirty

I will leave

to leave (in it)

stone
8

one

day by day

to the vase'
7

saying

I will

make

^^ j
day one
another day

45p

JIj^^

liliJ'l

^MV
(that)

the daughter of the Khoja

It

happened

he begins

leaves

(of) stones

handful

to the vase

XT
of the

&r M
to-day
'

^
that
is

Jj'H}
they make

J^
question

^^r^y^
to the

month

Khoja

The gerund [105]

here repeated twice to give a better emphasis.

Causal of cl*J [60].

Where

whilst beating a

man

they feed him

with sweetmeats.'
3

Vide further on, note 2, page f"1

Ablative case.

Pronounced dash.
Dative infinitive of (jAj\j
'

to leave
7

';

the jj

is

changed into a

[57].
8

An

Arabic adverb.

^j

is

the possessive pronoun affixed to j [210].

X^.,

From days
;'

a day

;'

'un de ces jours' as the French would say;

a few days later

a little while after.'

in

my

hands

all (of it)

I could seize

what

cast

to this (place)

'

filled

who

in the sack

these

Oh

'

the gardener

remained
[123]

[123]

SJC~:

&A
I

fcj*

jy

[^J]*^
I also

&L&1
lo

U
yes
'

*j<XO

when you

was

in this thought

having said

he said

came

toKoniah may God have mercy on him! Effendi

Khoja

One day

in the

name-

at once

entering

to a

shop of a

seller of

sweetmeats

going

the sweetmeat-seller

he begins

to eat

the sweatmeats

saying

-of God

beginning

to beat the

Khoja

saying

doest thou

what

Oh! man'

where

Koniah

this

town

is

how

nice

that

'

says

the Khoja

A*yj!

aJuLjj

<U

for <C*ji <

whatsoever:' the verb ^Juljb comes


say,

between, as in English
the

we would

how

desirous soever I might be,'

word howsoever' being divided by the verb intervening between how


soever.

and
2

Pronounced

dol-dur-di.
sit

When

the

Mohamedans
ilia,''

down
and

to a meal, before
if

breaking bread

they say

Bism

to themselves,

any one

is

present, they invite

him, with the same phrase, to partake of their repast.


4

See note

7,

page 27.

Dative

infinitive.

he said

I had come

forth

to

you

here

now

only

&\* j^j. ^3j^ a and (name of a herb) some entering


he plucked up

ti^ji
to a

\aj ter^\y]

garden one day the Khoja

in a sack

a little of it

he found

whatever turnips some

J^
him (this person)

<^1/
coming

^rb-ji
the gardener

^:placing

^y
in his arms

^jT^j
a
little

of it

being confounded

Khoja having said seekestthou what

here

seizing

wind

a strong

durig the night

'

not being able to find

an answer

having said

threw

bringing

here

me

wind

that

blew

says

Khoja

plucked

who

these

Oh

'

says

the gardener

from that (place)

me

by

its

being

strong

very

the wind'

&*ij\

belongs to <Jb

<Uj!

43^

'whatsoever.'

As the

learner will

not require detailed analysis by

the time he reaches this part of the work,

we

shall content ourselves in future

with noting in the text the numbers

of the sections in the

grammar
[41]
.

that bear on the word, and to which

we

may
2

desire to refer

thus,

ulfi

*s

J*>

s^ ort

^or

R^ jO?>

Turkish and Persian,

'

a little of this/

or

Lf*lj\rt>
3

with the
7,

intervening [35, 128].

See note

page 27.

'

akjes

ten

Oh

God

come

'

EfFendi

Khoja

they gave

make (them) nineteen

come

'

again

he said

make thon (them)

in his

hand

that

he sees

(he)

awaking

(and) contending

saying

extending

his

hands

shutting

his eyes

again

there

is

nothing

he said

'

let it

be

akjes

nine

Oh Lord
!

give

'

whilst going

going out

to the desert-plain

Khoja

One day

made themselves

seen (appeared)

horsemen

some

in front

suddenly

his clothes

coming

near a cemetery

making haste

EfFendi

Khoja

lies

down

entering

in the hole of a

tomb

naked

taking off

Oh man
!

'

coming

near

him

seeing

the Khoja

the horsemen

a single

Effendi

Khoja

on their saying

dost thou lie

why

here

was one of the inhabitants


1

of the

tomb
a

not finding

word

jid, for

t-J^J [123].
for

^Jj/,
rf\j\,

for

^Jj/ [128].
[128].

^\,

J**

1H [128].

for

JdjSI

'

that

sees

looks above

from below

man

he begins

to read

makes reading

glorification

out of time

in the minaret

person

out of time

with such a detestable voice

you ignorant (man)

Oh

***&}
descending

4?^
down

*sr\ys*

^Ua
at once
'

\^#y^
dost thou read

a-^*5
glorification

Khoja

here

a charitable person

(if)

what (harm) would

it

be

Ah

'

says

from

this

bad voice

us (me)

(expletive)

should build

a bath

he should
<Ls~!

free

(me)

}yiL
J.

^J:Ijjj

<U&>-^to the

<ts^f

[e]

pieces of

money

nine

in his sleep

Khoja

evening

One

sx*,*
also.'

^\ jU

you

fool.'

^Ifc>l3,
is

Persian word, 'ignorant.'


*i>!.
'

*X*~i,lit.,

you

This latter word

constantly in use with

What

man

you are!'
3

sj^aJ

[123].
or

IrfJ^/jij^

would be
a fool.
3

too respectful a

J~jjl!p> ^ n ^ P resen ^ indicative [76] which mode of address to a man one has just called

4du)jl 43, short for

^Jl

<Lu!j! 'if it

had

been,' 3rdcond. [79].

c^J

4jl>, short for

^jxA UjI

'if

he had buut,' 3rd cond. [79].

o<\>\ Bjjj!, for

^JuJ <L^bjy

'if he

had

liberated,' 3rd cond. [79].

how many

I looked

at Akshihir

'

says

Khoja

did you

know

(it)

there

is

'

so

many
j\&j
sees

also

here

(expletive)

there were

stars

<U~*-

*jJ*
enters

<uU>
to the bath

<jjO
one day

^^
the Khoja

[P]

any one

that

he begins
< jl J

to

speak

to the

bathman

is

vexed

his

mind

(there is) not


<<J^-^rs.
to the
8

<Vj^ O**-^
to

'-r*^

L/tP"
agreeable
(*\^0

^^^
his voice

that says

himself appears (comes)

Khoja

<lL<? jc 2^^ (jP*>-

j^j^i

^^
nice

t*iy. /*^
so

^y^

'^^-for-the-beard-of-the-people Ihave

my voice

of me since'

to a

minaret

straight

going out

from the bath

immediately

glorification

(it

was- 12

o'clock

in the times of the day)

ascending

fJjlib.

First imperfect [99].

jjJ forjjJJ^
<La<j!j!j.

how many' [41]

pdJuJ or

diy

'so many.'

Expletive [123],

how many soever

they

may be.'

<LxjJ

'if it were,' conditional


4

mood

[87], page 36.

j/,

from lLC^-S'

to enter.'

L-J>JuJL*>.

Gerund, translated positively.


Dative
infinitive.

<xL^.
<*-jj.

We

shall

no longer note this kind of gerund, translatable


this time it

by a
8

positive tense, as

by

must become obvious

to the learner.

K &f>-

[144].

let

them teach

to those of

you not knowing

those of you

knowing

Mosolmen Oh

! '

says

Effendi Nasr-il-deen

Khoja One day

wings

to the

camel

that

make ye

thanks

many

to

God Almighty

or

and

on your houses
# jj\ju

it

had been given

if

he did not gire

xj)i>XJ*\)

vJ^Jy
it

^J^^.
on your chimneys

it

would rain

on your heads

would perch

ascending to the pulpit

in a

town

Effendi

Khoja again One day

the air of our town

with the

air

of this

town

Mosolmen

Oh

'

says

whence

Effendi

Khoja

that

say

the congregation

is

one

jkjlAj

Analysis

^b

declinable participle of the simple verb

LJs^Jj [105],
2
;

sign of the plural,

Lxj possessive pronoun [33].

JXj lijfcjj, the negative form of the above [114].


i_>

(jr^W or jiy4}~'>
<

the
3

introduced for the sake of euphony (pronounced hilmaydnleriniz).

^yuJJs^y imperative of (JS-ajSji^Ssj}, short for j5jul [69], wVfe note


LS^i)
2,

page

^ lA*/.

^r ^ sor ^ f r

i-^^

<uJjl 'if

it

had been given'


be

[246], 3rd conditional [79].

As^f

comes before,

this tense will not

mistaken for the optative [78].


6

*j&Jj\.

Dative case plural.

^lyfc <J^.-i.

Syntax [210].

y&J c?jci\ lij^ifiAj ^]t^-Wjjlj


arrived at astonishment

^\^

^juiy

^J
once again
'

(the) congregation

going

do not

know

some of us

know

some of us

'

if

he should stand up

- JV- ji
in the

&fj
one day
^j\

^
again

******
Khoja
t^ft*>-

*JJ

}? >

^^
4

manner

they-determined to say

8la
to

jl ^LiJl^S
I

jj\
!

A-i^J*
to the pulpit

^T?^"
explained

you

brethren

Oh

'

says

mounting

some of us

'

they say

they also

do ye

know

shall say

what

nice

how'
cLsTJuS.

says

Khoja

'

do not

know

some of us

we know

Gerund.

cJjjlj.

Here

is

a good example of the expediency of translating

the gerund by a positive tense in English.


tain term for

The Turks accept


it

this unceris

what
it

it is

worth, and understand by

that the story

not

concluded

but

does not leave in their mind any vague idea which the

literal translation of several

gerunds one after the other might cause to a

European.
3

j^jj

or ji}j<*h

[108, 119].

The

first is

the softest, and of course

preferred.
4
5

<Uj J.
)X>).

Dative

infinitive. JjjS.

This one auxiliary serves the two Arabic nouns j\Js j

&& <j
y$ .***.

j-j or

J^r &iy,
is

1st future [99].

jLu-^^L
9

[118].
a Turkish adjective,
to

^^

which the possessive

pronoun of the

1st person plural is affixed [33].

what

to

you

believers

Oh

'

said

mounting

to the pulpit

Effendi

Khoja

no'

that

say

the assembly

'do ye know

I shall say

to

you

not knowing

ye

Oh

'

(said) the

Khoja

we do

not

know

again

Effendi

Khoja

day

one

he said

shall I say

what

what

to

you

Mosolmen

Oh

'

says

ascending

to the pulpit

we know

that

'

they say

also

they

do ye

know

I shall say

shall I say
c-j^iLrv-

what

to

you
6

since

you know

Oh

'

Khoja

(says)

S-^J
descending

<fil&
down

^^irlf
from the pulpit

S-^.^
saying (which)

going out

(he)

Jl

is

the 3rd person, present tense, of the indicative of lL*3jI,

an old-fashioned word,
2

now

represented by lLx4j<J

'

to say.'

U^Jj, 1st person plural, present tense, indicative

mood

of the nega-

tive verb L-Xfc*L [108], and short for Jjlj^Jj, vide note
3

to [119].

wdJjy-j or ^<Uj-s [101],


sJ.'A.

Kg.,

may

I say.'

Expletive [123].

^C^iJJo'jJj.
(of the verb

Indeterminate [105].

The verbal noun of the participle


addition of

laJj

tlXJj) 'having known,' with the

^C?^,J.

See [116, 131].


G

-fil-i*,

pronounced ashctgha.

See note, page 16.

rv

PLEASING TALES
KHOJA NASB-IL-DEEN EFFENDI.

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen

of

Khoja

Jokes

J>^*
tellers of tales

,l

ttU
reporters

.UJ
and
<_.

...lit.

and

(of)

events

news

Eelaters (of)
,if

K.
stories

w Jjji
in this

*
(face)

,
and
narration

way

thus

experienced (persons)

that

they say

,.*&\jaj
for

te~\

[\]

preaching

day

one

Effendi

Nasr-il-deen
to

Khoja
are attributed

Nasr-il-deen Khoja was the wit of his day, and

him

many

He is supposed to and eccentricities that do not belong to him. Hans Andersen has immortalized him in bis tale represent the Jehya of the Arabs. of the Grosse Glaus und die klein Claus,' which is taken from an oriental tale, and transformed ingeniously by this talented writer. The original of this tale will appear in the author's work entitled Turkish Tales in English,' to which the reader is referred
witticisms
' '

for a further account of Xasr-il-deen Khoja.

Among

other contradictions related of

Nasr-il-deen Klioja, the Turks say tbat 'such were the contradictions in his character and

throughout his whole

life

sometimes appearing

so learned, sometimes so stupid, etc.


'
:

that

even after death these contradictions were kept up and that grate, with a large gate and lock, hut no railing round it.'
visited his
'

his

tomb has now an iron

The author has, however, tomb at Ackshahir, and can attest that this is a vulgar error,' and that it is a simple unassuming monument, with an iron railing round it, and a small gate and lock like the rest of the tombs of the Mosolmen near it.

lakkan hahhan
truly
truly
'

dedik
said that

n
to

va
'

grejelcsin

sheiler

'dzim great

him And

thou shalt see

things

beni-adamin
of the

va achihnish

gigi

shimdan- sonra

derim

sizah

Son of man and

opened (the) heavens

after this (time) I say to

you

greh-siz

meleklerini
(his)

Allahin
of

inan

chihp

zerinah

you

shall see

Angels

God descending ascending upon him

U>. U- or U- \a^.
\~i

Adverb [121].
for the future tense
_

Xj>.

Here again we have the optative

j*J5>- 8j9 but as a superior addressing inferiors, Christ uses the * abbreviated form Js *$. See note 2, page f , on liu uOT
instead
of JXiu JCS'.

(jju-1-

A.GjJ
'

15!

'-r^.J ^r'^5?"
ertp

15^^
dakhi
also

2,

J?**?'

</r*

:,

^r^

Philippos
Philip'

rfeVffi

cma
to

jauab
answer

Fwa
Jesus

bilwrsin

said that

him

giving

'doj'ouknow

ben I

then

altindah
it

aghajinin
of tree

enjir
fig

san

chaghirmazdan evvel
before
calling

seni

being underneath

thou

thee

Rabbi

ya"
! '

dedilci

and

verp

jawab

Natlanmjl

gr-dum
I saw

seni

Rabbi oh

said that to

him giving answer Nathaniel

thee

'

FW
'

sw
art

meleki

Israilin

san

oghl-sin

Allahin
of

san

Jesus

the

King

of Israel

thou

the son art

God thou

aghajenin

enjir
fig

seni

sna
to thee

ben'

dedih
said that
to

na

verp
giving

jawab
answer

of tree

thee

'

him

bunlardan

idermisin?

iHikd
:

dedugim-ichn

grdm
I

altindah

than these

dost thou

make

belief for

my having said

saw

under

it

d^ U^J^ttl

8ee

116
'

131 ' 251 ^

X>^.

Here we

see the use of the

gerund as denoting a

stop,

withof

out which

we
'

could not

make

sense of this phrase.

Following our rule

seeking the gerunds in their turns

we have
fig tree,

Jj!

before Philip's calling

thee/ jio!
(

thou being under the

I saw thee,'

<5jf

the verb, at

the end.
3

\)fsg?S

(*^^. J

'

for

my

having

said, thee I

saw under the


affix

fig tree,'

Analysis

ciijJu\ verbal

noun [106] + the possessive


See [243].

[33 J o*sH

disjunctive post-position.

d;m
to

dahhi
also

Nathandyil
Nathaniel
'

'

Yisayi

Nasaretlu
the Nazarene

oghlu

Yusufin
of Joseph

him

Jesus

the son

'

kabilmidir

chikmak

she i

ay i

lir

Nasaretdan'

dedik

'is it possible to

come forth thing

good

one

from Nazareth' said that

'

Ps

##

dedi

bak
'

va

gel

'

emd
'

Philippos

va

Jesus

And

he said

see

and

come
3

to

him

Philip

and

Jjl
anin
of

*&L.J
grmeklah
seeing

"j^
yddugini
(the) his

<V.;^

JljUISU
Nathanailin
of Nathaniel
*JuJi>.

kenduyah
to (him)sclf

him

coming

'jLLjLmbV
Israellu

yjaiLiL">-

&l&!
Ishtah
'

^.^.^
dedik
'

bir hakikat-dah

hakindah

an

Israelite one in truth (Behold) there

said that in the truth (regarding)

neradan

beni''

dedik
to

and

Nathandyil

yokdir
'there
is

hileli

andah

from whence me' said that

him Nathaniel

not guile in him

Jj-sli.
iJw^LlJj

#00 chapter on
'is it credible?'

Derivation' [202] for the use of J or

J.

The

Arabic adjective

JjIj

signifies

receivable,'
3

hence 'acceptible
or <U>Ju.

to belief,' thence 'credible.'

&)*

See [28].
this word.

j&i^.

Let us analyse
'

Infinitive
'

l1x*1^

'

to come,'

past verbal

noun cl&lS' the coming,'

^^ JS
^_$

his coming,' (the j being

introduced to facilitate the pronunciation),


(

the possessive pronoun [33]

<j

the termination of the accusative case [35], the

intervening, the

first i^f is
5

dropped,

and we have ^i^JklS' in accusative case [128],


*

CS^jf

[132, 249].

^jSjJ

[202].

J*%

[94].

r/erfl

'

^e7

ardimjah
after

'

<ma
to

##^'
found

Philippos'i

isier-ikan

he said

'

come

me

'

him

and

Philip

wishing

biitros-in

va

Andreasin
of Andreas

Beit-saida-dan

issah

Philippos

of Peter

and

from Bethsaida

(expletive)

Philip

^LjJ
^eefo'H

UM
awd
to

S-^:
J#%?
finding

^Juj^UUlj (jyvj-i-i u cj

c_^
id

u^^ir-" shehrindan

Nathanaili Philippos

said that

him

Nathaniel

Philip

was

from (the) town

hakindah
in his truth (regarding)
i

anin
of him

ki

bldih

Hmesnay
person

ol

biz'

that

we have found

that we'

JM
say

^^V.
yazdiler

Jj?**H
Paighamberler
the Prophets

SXMjZ
va
sharid't-dah
in the

^y
Musa
Moses

yctni

that

is to

have written

and

law

upon

is

to rise

up 'and be

doing', thence

'

to go.'

We

have here a

good example of the recourse the Turks


language

by reason
all

of the poverty of their

have

to inference in order to
this.

form their words.

But we must not


first

be astonished at

Was
'

not the English and

other languages

formed in this way? and the word, once accepted into the language, lost its
origin
:

for instance,

to con- tend,' (strive

with) from the Latin

and in

the German, which


original
'

is

now
l

a rich language,
to

we

have, for example, an

word, um-bringen,

bring about/ accepted and established as

to
1

km.'

^JJ\j^\ gerund
<Uj1,
.IjJ jl>

of

lJI&J
third

[105].

See [123, 238].

'they
of

wrote,'
'

person plural of the

perfect

tense,

indicative
*
l

mood

^i^jb

to write.'

c-*/.*

Arabic conjunction [169].

<?#^
also

'

Ffl

g-trdi

Ujisaya
to Jesus

ani

va

bulduk

demek air
(it signifies

Jesus

he took

him And we have found

$*m#
to thee

sam-n-sin Simon-art

oghl
(his)

yuna
Jonas' s

san'

dediki

bakp
looking

mid
to

son

thou'

said that
5

him

ijvjz
btros

<uJ^
olunsah
if it

^A&rp
terjimeh

^^
kalimeh

y.

^r!^
'

{jwli

b
this
'

dinlah

Kefan
Cephas

a stone

should be

translated

word
J5***-*
'

shall be said

~'C*^\
to

u^v#jj
'azimet

^J^r
Jelilah
to Galilee

ijjjf ^-rAjjl [FT] 6jj^^jj


ertasi-gndah

e^w^ make

Yisa

demek dir
signifies

departure

Jesus

In the next day

^y. j^V.^- Here we have two

verbs evidently independent of

each other; they must therefore each have a sentence of their own.
looking closer

On
in

we

shall find that

the

first

belongs to

the

phrase

parenthesis, and the second to the original phrase.


2

JL^u^

[16] dative.

^J[140].
U>**~>

yjty

t 212 !'

tLj from u,;Jvu3

'to be said' or 'called' (irregular verb),

which

is

the passive form of the active

cliC*^

'

to say'

it is

would be

difficult to

pronounce vlX*L>J according


the passive [62]
6
:

to rule

[107J, so

inserted in forming

here the optative


l

is

used for the imperative.

j J cLCjJ

(lit.,

to

mean

is.')

CJv^l

d-^^jlc.

The accepted
rank
to

signification of this composite verb

is

to go,' applied to persons of

imply that they honoured a place


\.z,

by

their presence.
its

It is a perversion of the Arabic l^.*j


'

which, for
to resolve

one of

meanings, has

to

determine or intend,' therefore

*<K

Andreas Andreas

Jcarindash/i

Sam- un-Btrosin
of

biri

ikinin

was

the brother

Simon Peter

one of (the) two

d/ed

blp
"finding

Sam--n
Simon

Jcarindashi

Jcend

evvela
firstly

marlcm

to

him

brother

his

own

The

aforesaid

KItristos

olunsah
if it

terjimeh

M
that)

Messihi
(the)

biz

dedih'i

Christ

should be

translated

Messiah

we

said that

<j1Ccj!.

This gerund [241] should in English be translated 'on making'

{and then a pause), as the sense of the phrase here shows.


1

fjtji,

Let us take the sentence backwards from ^jji and


of the
;

we

shall

have

One

two (who were) the goers


and then
to
let

after Jesus

on hearing from

John the word'

us go to the end of the phrase

(c5^) and

read backwards up
t_ Jul etc.
'

{<j>j})

and we

shall

have the sense complete.


Peter.'

was Andreas, the brother of Simon


a complicated sentence

Generally the best


out the gerund and

way

to

make out
it

is first to find

read from

backwards up
it

to the beginning, then to go to the verb


to the gerund.

and

read backwards from

up

If there are several gerunds


last of all

you take each, of


sentence to which
this better as
-

course, in its turn,


it is

and

the verb of the

the winder-up.

We

shall be able to exemplify

we

proceed.

*,*.
Jjl.

See [223].

Adverb [121].

^ytA^t.
<U*iljl.

The

accusative case after

uJjj.
.

2nd conditional of JuJ.1 [79]

terjameh
translated

ki J

that)

Rabbi 'Rabbi

ya

'

and
to

dakhi onlar
also

neh arar siniz

'

0'

him

they

'What

seek you?'

ol

He
l

dediler oturur sin neradah' demekdur mv? allem ya olunsah they said 'residestthou where' (means master oh if it should be

sA8jj

<*y|i

eS^

.A^

s^^
dedi

2t

-^^

*-^

>

*A^
anlarah
to

ls^^
dakhi
also

nehradah varup dakhi onlar they going also where

bakin

gelin'

he said 'see ye come ye'

them

yanindah drdiler they remained near to him

gn
day

ol

that
feftL

grdik-dah having seen

oturdughini
his having remained
;'

hfjr6 Jb^^']
5M2
ol

^^}
idi
it

c^v.
yakin

^
<JUsj!
istima?

- ^)U

]^j

word This

was

o-zaman zirah near to(the)ten(th)hour (at) that time because


sa'at-ah
5

own

^jdS
gidan going

<Lsrj,T
ardinjah
after (him)

- JGJ^m^
'yisanin
(of) Jesus

gU^l
hearing

^^Jg-^C
yehyadan from John

Umeklah

on (making)

aJ*J
cXju
is

where,' adverb of place, short for *jj&

in

what

place.'

Xl^ short forJ.Ob j^. This abbreviated form


in

of the imperative

mood

much used

common
is

parlance

'

it

implies familiarity, or rather

that the person speaking


3

of higher rank than those he addresses.

ij^j^p^ P as t
i.e.

verbal noun Jf^-J^

having

sat,'

declined tm&)pj^
seen.'

'his having sat/

^li^JjJ,

the accusative case after the verb

^J^Jjj! ^J^J
4

'the place where he had remained

they saw.'
H.

*S&dj on
by
)
'

their having seen,' a

gerund which must be translated

in English
5

they saw.'

See note on this subject, page

cUiwjl

Arabic substantive and composite verb with the gerund.

tdC*iJ \) See

[132]

'whilst,

'with,'

'by,'

or

'on

hearing.'

\i

Uj.W^ ^.
y..

shakirdlerindan va fondu from his disciples and his

drdi
stood

yneh yehya again John

ertisi gn The next day

der
is

allahin

Ishteh

'

fo#p
seeing

'

Yisayeh
Jesus

ghan
passing

va

dakhi
also

iki si

of

God

Lo

'

And

two of them

shakird anin seu-i-la-dugini hishaving spoken of him disciples

iki

va-ol

dedi

kzsi

two And that

he said 'the (his) lamb


J3(^uu<x
'

c-^3jJ
d-np
turning

l*^
"dakhi

Js***^
'

C^ A] J Jc

*sr^
ardinjah
after

^jcJ^
hearing

Fs

gittiler

Yisanin
of Jesus

ishidinjah

also

Jesns

they went

him

eJ&ffi

onlarah
to

gur-meklah gueldik-lerini
seeing
their

ardinjah
after

va anlerin

said that

them

coming

him

and of them

-auJIA
Jyf.

See [47] accusative after the verb drdiler, understood.


participle used adjectively to
'

The

Jesus.'

jits .JoJ

J^j.

Here we
'

see again the demonstrative

pronoun

used indeclinably with the

two

disciples.'

Note that the

last

word

is

in the singular [44, page 16].


4

^jL

4j

past
j

verbal

noun,

cJAj ^-

'

the

action of having

spoken,'

J^J<0j

'his

having spoken,' (the ^ introduced for the sake of

euphony), "j-'^jJj^- the accusative, the


intervening [35]
5

being dropped and the

^sTjcJjl

'

On

hearing.'

Here we

see the use of this gerund,

which

implies something more than simply


6
'

hearing.'
it,

<HjsTJj\

after him.'

If

we

analyse

we have

j\

behind,'

Turkish substantive
termination [123].
7

or

o,

possessive pronoun,

expletive, adverbial

<dL*j^.

See [132] 'on seeing.'


2
I

l^jj

J^\
ber-karar
in abode

u
zerindah

#m
him
Iaj

fow
I

ca

giirclum

oldighini

anin
of

va

And
jo Jo

I saw
&LazS\

having been

upon

him and

&+aj

*U*

15^

b!
amma
but

fir*^
bilmazdim
did not

<w#
to

gnderan
the sender

etmegah ta'mid
to baptise

me
VJ)

beni s-ah with water me

know

SSj

zerindah

emip
(the) descending

Ruhin
of the Spirit

zerinah

kimin
of

dediki
said that

upon him

upon

whom

tdmd

idan

that

baptiser

grirsan Ruh-il-Kudus-Uah with the Holy Ghost thou shalt see

kaldughini

the

(its)

remaining

oghli

allahin

ettimki

shahadet

va

he the son of God gave-that


1

witness

and

gr-dum saw

ben
I

va

dir
is

And

(he)

bJjj\j\ [134]

SjU\,

lojb^j *^}t i^j j^t 3pj\>


as a

an(i

some others

amalgamate with the preceding word, and serve


conjunction.

kind of stop and a

Here

it

is
its

declined,

and the requisite possessive pronoun


Vide note
7,

introduced [210]
1

(lit.,

upon,' or 'his upon.')

page P.

j\j*
3

J"-

'

P ers i an

aQ d Arabic.

j*x.\lA*\

past verbal

noun

JjjJji [84]

^sjw\U
of

'his or

its
.

having

been,'

-U*>jJj1

or .-XsbjJj! (or for the

sake
'

euphony

^-iajJa.!,

page 16), the accusative after the verb grdm,


4

I saw.'

<Uj

Sal

-C*wo.

Here we

find the use of the post-position Xj\m\, denot-

ing a pause, otherwise the sense would not be so clear.


5

t-r^J

iX^-jj.

Another pause

at the gerund.

jtfiXaJdi *AJjjjj1 stands as one

word

in the accusative

case after

grursan, and requires a hiatus nearly equal to a comma.


7

^<Aj' <L~fc*j.

composite verb [64], the

verbal
'

noun of
the doer.'

the

declinable participle of
8

dCr^l
-

[71] ^JoJ

'

doing/ ergo

l5>

^^ s

woro

*s

pronounced jiij! for reasons given in page 16.

U-> *J

V-us:

J
\

bilmazdim
did not

ani

ben I

va

idi

bendan evvel zirah


before

know him

And

he was

me

because

olnmishdur evel he was before

s-ilah

ben

ichn
for (that)

with water

olmas he should be

zaher

Israyileh
to Israel

amma
but
;

manifest(ed)

^
fe' I
'

a>*x>j
dedihi

c-r^Jl

cl^jI^
shehadet

j^stj C^r] *jif


va yehya

*CJjj) Jw:
baptizing

idp

gueldim
'

ta'mid-iderek

said that

making

witness

And John

came

-y4.^ Jv
etdigin
its

^-^//
gh-wer-jin-gibi
like a dove

nizl

^ jUamadan

^j
Hh'n
of (the) Spirit

making
1

descent

from (the) heavens

aJuJlo, short

for *Jj\ L*Lo,

1st imperfect, indicative

mood

of the

negative form, LlXwJ-o, of the active verb 'I do not know.'


2

ulXduj
'

'

to

know.'

*^i-J

a^Lj

'

I did not

know

[108, 119].
joins all
till

i^f^}
come
to

^uiy yblk Allr^'


lit.,

The conjunction ^jjaH

the preceding words together, and they run one into the other

you
for,

^asT*, where you stop;

to,

Israel

manifest

to

be

I came.'
3

^Sj^}

A-.**J.

The gerund CjjSA

'doing,' with the

word
as I

>*jli

I came,' conveys an action being done


along, I
4

whilst walking,

walked

came baptizing.'*
is

^J*

one f those post-positions which, like

^f^
is

and

<0j1,

are

amalgamated with the word preceding them.


5

'Sj^\ pronounced

et-digini or et-dgini.
it is

Here

the appearance

of an accent on the first syllable, but


letters

only on account of the double

td

coming together, which of course throws the weight of the

syllable on the preceding vowel.

* This gerund as well as three others [72] are translated by the word doing,' there being in English no exact equivalent for each hut they do possess a different power and use too slight to he explained, but which a little practice and attention will best point
' ;

out to the learner.

v/o/w/a

4^ \j/uH^ gn
tfrfom

r|

s^w *-**
ta? mid-ider-idi

j>^
yehya

^y
there
4

j-^j^
vale' e

t-'i-

oradah va

olwp

John

The next day

was baptising
6

John

and

took place
3

^jy
kzsi
ids

J^IN

<te-&1

<^>.^
dediki said that

b{

allahin Ishteh

'

-7*5j grp
seeing

ij.^*^
'

eX

<V.j^

lamb of God

Lo

'

Ysay' Jesns

gelan

kendyah
to (him) self

coming

b der kimesna ol person that is This

takes

raf-ider up (away)

gnahm
(its) sins

dnyanin
of (the) world

ki

that

ki gueliyor bir-adam 'akbimja bendan than me that is coming a man after me

dedim-ki
I said that

anin-ichn
for of

ben

him

xS\jj\
LA?"
5

'

there,'
1

adverb of place; short for sjji j\ 'in that place.'


t

ls^"

'

>

an

a(^ verD

f time.
It
is

<Luuu.

See [28]

easier

to

pronounce

kendyah

than

kendiyah.
4

JX

the declinable participle of LiC*!^.


Jesus,'

It

is

here used as an

adjective to
5

which

is

in the accusative case, after c__^ ,


'

L-Jjjjs, the gerund of

CS^%j^
to

to see.'

It serves, like a

comma,

to denote a

pause in the sentence, vide [243].


first

Observe, also,

how
4

the

dative case stands


6

[216],

himself the coming Jesus he saw.'*

A^JhXJtJ

said that.'

They generally take

occasion to breathe here,

and make these two words one.


7

^J*&\^

JjLjJ.

Syntax [210].

J^d^l. a lias}
positive form of the verb an indefinite idea, which

be translated as an active and English, gives the sense becomes puzzling in a long sentence. The learner should take note of this observation, and practice in translating any long phrase he may come across, of which he will find abundance, particularly in letters, where the writer endeavours to make the whole letter as one period, to be read through, merely drawing a long breath now and then where the gerunds occur, to enable him to proceed to the end
see,
'

* So that, as

we

gerunds he may not


saw,'

often, if not always,


*

seeing,'

which

latter, in

J* ^~

u
ki
dir
ol

dm
of
6

fow

olunmishder bendan evvel

gilan

'akbimjah
after

him I

he was

before

me

that

he

is
*

that

coming

me

tJ\y>-\

^CfA] Jfj
b This
dey'lim
'

J$
lay eh
fit

*&"jf>clmzmegah
to loosen

L5

i-'<U-fl

JCbjL-jjb
babclilerinin

ahwal
matters

tasmasn
the latchets

am

not

of his shoes

Beit 'abradah
in Bethabera

olan

otahst'ndah

Ardann
of Jordan

va heifiyat

(being

the other side)

and circumstances

tez**^.

te>-

An

adverbial termination.
participle

See [123],

JX
JJ^
'*^

the verbal

noun of the

-o

coming,'

'

the comer.'

u^&a*o3

See t 137 ]-

JGj 1>- j b

M\

'

of

him

of 7ms shoes
first

Ys latchet,'

vide

Syntax [210].

Here we have

first,

Jul, the

substantive in the

genitive case, before


not dropped.

Sm X&-jAi, which has


see

the possessive pronoun ^j


as one word, the first sub-

Next we

JGj Is^yh Jul

stantive in the genitive case plural, before ^u~j

required possessive pronoun


inserted [128].

<U^*, which has the


dropped,

with the

<_

and the

It will be observed that


this rule at the

we

are often referring to this,

and that we have placed

head of the rules in the Syntax.

It forms one of the peculiarities of the language,

and

it is

desirable that
it

the learner should be well grounded at


save
5

first

on this point, as

will

him

a great deal of trouble as he proceeds in his reading.

<tL*;^>-, dative infinitive, vide note 9,

page 28.

JIp*"^ y.'
as if it
plural.
7

Here, again, the demonstrative pronoun

is

used

were indeclinable, and has much more force joined

to

an Arabic

jjiy *JCwj

<ti*\

JGj^,

vide

Syntax [210],

being on

its

other side

of Jordan.'

^j^ji
mrf*
'

<^>a- j
dedilerh
said that
to

v\
ana

Mj^.1
idup

J|^-j
su al

iTl

Jj!
anlar

j[re]
va

ana
to

now

'

him

making

question

him

they

And
san
eguer
if

<eyt7

not
bjj\

Mia yahhod Paighamber ol yakhod va Messh or and Elias prophet that or (the) Messiah

thou
2

^^
dakhi
also

J^^cLM]
yehya

JT^jl
idersin

a+axj
ta'mid

&yf$
nchn

*-^J
isin
if

onlarah
to

them

John

'

dost thou
t\j\ya

make

baptism

why
Lr93ji>3

thou art

U1

AjJJu**?
ta'mid iderim
baptise

^
ben
I
'

^.^.^
'

S-'Vr
jawab answer

amma
but

s-ilah

dediki
said that

verp
giving

with water

benim

burnazsnz

ani

hi

durur
stands

Of me you do not know


1

him

that

kimesnah bir person one

aranizdah

among you

t)p-l> j

and or/ two conjunctions

for one [147].


difficult to

Xwaj! short for vJa**j],

which would be
issin (note,

pronounce

the

S is

therefore dropped:

tXLM

page 16) with

jj
'if

is

often

made one word, and pronounced


not;' [123]

deyilsin for deyil issin,

thou art

and

this can here be

done perfectly without incurring the


'

risk of its being taken for deyil sin, the affirmative,

thou art

not,' be-

cause
3

it is

preceded by

'

if,'

vide [143]
is

m^a^Js

for ^uj\ U^-i".

^j\ya 'with water.'

<j!

one of those post-positions like

^y^},

which, when they occur, are joined immediately to the word, and form

one with
4

it

[132].
\j\

tiy\j\, Lit., 'from the middle (of) you.'

is

a Turkish substan*

tive,

yS

the possessive pronoun, 2nd person plural [33], and

post-

position [130].
5

j~ij*Lj,
verb

the

2nd person, present


;

tense, indicative

mood, of the
'

negative

lLx^*Lj

of

the

simple verb

c^XJuj

to

know/

vide [108].

ys

a voice

nidaidanin berriyedah' of crying in(the)desert

dediki
'

dakhi
also

ol

dersin
'

ne

said that

He

sayest thou

what

EsKaya Paighamb&r Esaias (the) Prophet

nijeh hi

dz

eileyin

yolini

as

straight

make

his road

Rabbin thy Lord's

im

lam

fo'/er

Pharisilerdan
(of )from(the)Pharisees

himesneler

gnderilan
sent

ol

va

seu-i-ladi
'

were

persons

those

And

spoke

turned to

for the sake of

euphony.
is

It

may

be also lXX> Jo, as the

speaker chooses.

The vj"of *ja>*


:

the possessive pronoun required

by the
1

rule in

Syntax [210]

of thyself in thy truth.'


\sJ Arabic
'

JJHj,

composite verb [64].

noun; uEj! declina-

ble participle of

lICcj!

[71].

^Jl

the doing;' J3 Jul 'of the doing/

genitive case.
2

^3^j

Ju

..

See Syntax [210].

Jjj

his

road

'

.c^JjJ

or

J^
3

the accusative case [35].

JjLJ

it>,

composite verb or not, as


flat,'

we

please to consider
as a substantive,

it.

]*J

is

a Turkish adjective, meaning

and used

with the

auxiliary

LlXdj'

or

we may

call it

a separate
<j!,

word

straight,'

and

JuL>^, short for j!C: <&-W, or j> t*b\, or J3 imperative, 'make ye' [69].
4

the 2nd person plural

i <^sa3> adverb of comparison,

as.'

J.l.

Here we have

Jjj!

used as an indeclinable demonstrative proIt has

noun, and placed before^! &+>*** 'persons,' in the plural.

much

more force than


See [27, 31].
G

if it

were declined, when the

would be dropped.

dj^j*'
formed by

^e

P ass ^ ve ^ *he declinable participle ^jJj^S, which

is

the insertion of

J,

vide [107],

sent.'

\^j J^f
Jji
ol
2

3
\
\

lXLj
(

<^ IJul

-Co *-

.j-j

O'-^VJ
imdi'

*&
ki

JlJ&jya
sor diler

\S\

he

'

Elia mi sin Elias art thou

kim
?

sin

san
?

and
to

what

art

thou

thou

now

'

that

asked

him

jawab
(he) answer

yok'
'ISTo'
'

Paighambermisin san' ol Prophet art thou that thou'

dedi
said

dey ilim''
'I

dakhi
also

am not'

foze
( of )

fa

M'
'

dediler

kim sin
'

san'
'

ana
to him

imdi

verdi

us in order that

they said

who art thou thou

Kow

gave

hakin-dah regarding (in thy truth)

kendunin
of thyself

vereh-yiz

jawab

giinderan-lerah
to the senders

we may give answer

Jj Ajya

Ui

'

to

him they

asked.'

There are some verbs that take

the dative case,

some the

ablative.

Grammarians have given a


page 112).
of

list

of

them under
any
list

different heads {vide Davids,

We

have not inserted

in this

work

as, practically,

it is

little use,

and would have


little

served only to occupy

much

space

the sense generally, and a

habit

and

practice, will soon lead the learner to

make

the distinction, as soon

as he has entered into the construction of the language,

and
first

idealized

it,

which he will best do by reading


translation,

as

much

as

he can,
he
is

with

literal

and next with


is

free translation, until

enabled to under

stand whatever
2

put before him.

JC-j

-*LLI.

The ^e*

is

the sign of a question asked [120].

^5J jij
are

i-r>\f>- [64].

It will be observed that

many

other Turkish

verbs

used as

auxiliaries,

besides

those
4

noted in

the

Grammar.

L-iC^jj <-r^yr 'to answer.'


5

^j), accusative [27].

$J>3j&u, verbal

noun

of the declinable participle


'to

(^JJjS

'

the

sender') of the verb


*

CS^j^jS
See [30].

send;'

the plural termination;

the sign of the the dative case [127].


6

Sfas^ iX-5tJ.

Genitive case of Jb<y, the

(_>

being

_>

V">

v va

J
(Imams)

^>

>

Jnf"

L,'

lawiluler

imamler
priests

orashalim-dan

yahv.diler

hachan

Levites

and

from Jerusalem

the Jews

when

su-al

deyu
saying
'

sin

him

san'

and
to

hi

gwnderdiler

question

art

thou

what

thou

'

him

that

they sent

inkar etmadi
denial did not

ikrar

edp
making

dakhi
also

ol

ideler

make

confession

He

they should make

<#fo*

anlar

ikrar e Hadi

deyu
'

dey ilim

Ifessih

ben'

va

also

They he confession made saying

am not

(the) Messiah

'

and

noun, and not, as

it

might

at first
:

be taken

for,

the particle post-position


is.'

$, sign of the accusative case


1

Of John

his witness, this

IJ

Xf
'

is

a Turkish adverb of time, not


;'

much

used

they prefer using

^U^j
2

a ^ the time that


is

ergo,

when.'
of

short for
as

c>j.\^> gerund

l-CkO

'

to

say/

It is put at the

end of a quotation,
and
3

we would

in English at the beginning

he

said' so

so.

See Expletives [123].

)**}) JV~'> composite verb [64]. of 1st optative of l1x*sj1 [67].


*

J*&\

is

the 3rd person plural

i^ &i\j\js\. 3
^j&AzA j\j\.

See [64]. #0* [64].

<-JjAi), gerund of

lJUsj)

[72].
#

lJSaxj)

is

the negative form of lLCcjI, See [108].

3rd person singular, 1st perfect, indicative mood.


6

+i\

jj, negative form of the

defective verb

*A

See [89].

^-

'ynayet

amma
but

verildi

mus-ilah
(or with)

shar'iat

zirah

and

grace

was given by

Moses

(the) law

Because

^zc/i

///iz

^eW-a

bizek
to us

'ysa mas'h-ilah

hakikat

any

God

came

with

(or by) Jesus the

Messiah

truth

o&m
being

kojagJiinda/i

Babann
of

in his

bosom
8

God

grmamish-der kimsah has not seen any one

vakit-dal

bir

in (at) time

one

j^y
#w
(?y

*J>Ji<r>
shahadeti

J^ jD^] V-^y
va

cJ1-.

J^

<&

yahya-nin
of John

this is

the witness

And

bayan eiladi ani oghul yekaneh has made manifest him son only

9*&j> }t n
2

the passive form of

lLC^j
<dll.

'

to give [107].

.g^JJ^ the accusative case of

^.

F'flfc

[43].
jS

*AiiU- JbU.
and the second,
c [19]
is

[210].

The

first

noun

is

in the genitive

case,

J^ry,
;

takes the possessive pronoun ^5, changing

into

^iU-y
it

and the

intervening between
[35, 180].

it

and ^J, the

the ^5
5

dropped and

becomes 8X*s\&-J3

.^, declinable

participle of
is

J^Ll, and here the

'person' being is

understood, which person


6

immediately afterwards explained.

Jsi.l

4ilj

'the only son.'


it

As they use the


<lio
is

Persian word t

A,

they have given

the Persian form.

a Persian

adjective,

meaning
7

unique.'

lS^} ^Wuiu J 5t? isc.


J^l^-i.
iSee

0* 'Composite verbs' [64].

The auxiliary

is

the 3rd

person singular of the 1st perfect of


8

uX*Ll

[65], 'he did,' or 'he made.'

fe

[16].

Syntax [210].

This

^ must

be the possessive pro-

^ w\
"J' &&& hive taken
1

'ynayet

'

'

ynayet-ichn
grace

hem
both

dolu-sindan

anin
of

grace

for

from

liis

fullness

him

^^L
AJb,

J&\.

Vide Syntax [131, 210].

conjunction [160].
I

.JA1, 1st pers. plural of the 1st present, indicative mood of ^j^S

to

take.'

There

is

no word in the Turkish that comes nearer


is
'

to the

meaning

of

'

receive.'

(J^i^
'it

to catch.' to

In a late version of

St.

John's Gospel,

the

translator has
i.e.,

tried

convey an impression of
to us,'

we have been
.^.la*,

favoured/

was granted

by using jjjM

but he has

bungled

it,

probably from not knowing the true meaning of the Arabic

word
1

rtJi*,

we were

manifested.'

which, with the auxiliary (J^j\, can only be interpreted He might more properly have used the passive
xy>

/JUilj!

and ^JCsll r^Zs*

it

was made manifest


This will show

to us,' that

is,

we
not

were favoured,' hence,


impossible,
it is,

we

received.'

how

difficult, if

sometimes to express the simplest -idea in this barbarous


it

tongue
as the
it is

and the more elegant the language, the more confused

becomes,
inference,
2,

same expression may mean half-a-dozen


to

things,

till,

by

brought
it

bear upon the sense.

As we have already observed [note

page 74]
sentences,

requires a conjuror to divine the sense of their diplomatic


alike,

which not two Turks would interpret

each explaining the

phrase according to his appreciation of the Arabic words used; and, as most

Turks have but a limited idea of


to pervert the original
to signify

this language, they generally contrive


it,

meaning of the word, and turn


to express.

very awkwardly,
it is

what they wish

In the same way as

related

of a scribe, who, on being asked to write


not, because,

a letter, replied that

he could
it,

being lame, he could not accompany the missive to read


to decipher

no one being able


the

his writing.'

So,

when anything
is

out of

way

is

expressed, the composer, or a


to explain it

man

on his part,

required to

accompany the document

C^JUj
nida-idup

jJ!
ider

C^jl^
shahadet

ISTI

J^M
yehyah

lL<J /-. j

l5

^>-

va

ana

crying

and makes

witness to

him

John

grdk we saw

jellaleni

the glory

bendan evvel gelan


before

'akbimjah
after

ol

dr
is

bu
this

dedgim

benim
of

dediki
said

me

coming

me

that

my having said
zirah

me

heppimiz
all of

biz

va

idi

bendan evvel
before

olmishder

us

we

And

he was

me

because (he) has been

^ substituted in the pronunciation for the sake of euphony.


1

Vide note, p.

1 6.

lL5j^
is is

grdk, and not gr dik.


rfo [64, 72].

Vide note page 16.

c-*jd! 1^3.

Observe here that the last letter of

l-Jj&A gerund
tor itten
3

written indifferently, with one or with three dots; but this


generally pronounced with a
b.'

p,'

idup,

although more often

with a
is

*^wVJ

the declinable participle lL^JJ

'

having

said,' (of
it is

the verb

l_x*j J

to say,')

which

is also

a verbal noun, and to

attached the

possessive pronoun *, vide

[33],

and the j

is

introduced and the l/


'

turned to i^S for the sake of euphony.

/Sj^O

my

having

said,'

i.e.,

'spoken of by me.'
*

^"V^x-. This analysed b L-^iU Arabic substantive,

behind,'

'

after;'

* possessive- pronoun, &>- expletive [123].


5

^ir, declinable participle of l-*1^T


1lA~->

'

to

come

'

[71].
before,' the particle

Ji^ ^ ^jJ being the sign of the ablative


7

^"> 'than

me

before,' or
case.

'from

me

Vide

Post-positions' [131].
perfect,

j ^JL^\
of (jy*5j!

'

he has been,' 3rd person of 2nd


;

indicative

mood
s

[76]

jJ

is

added

to

be more precise in expression.

Vide [235].
j**Jt>.

v^

^Jb is a declinable adverb

with the possessive pronoun

\*

[33].

L^ W\
.

beni-adam halm

ol

doghnushler-der allahdan

anjah

iradetindan

man

word

That

they were

bom

from God but

from the will

JL.

^
5

J*j\

-(J&\iA

*i*J

L5 -^.)-

&

^y l^W^

adami

her

gelan

man
2

every

coming

to the

dnyayah world

hi

idi

nr
light

that

was

he

hah True

<J!

LJjj
va dnya

^fsA
idi

^jLjj[!]

j&i\jij
tenwir ider
lightens (makes light)

anin lah

by him
1

and

(the)

world

dnyadah he was In the world

'Coming-into-the-world-every,'

is

a phraseological adjective to the

substantive
'

man,' which

is

in the accusative case after the active verb

lightens.'

This construction shows the Hindo- Germanic origin of this


it

Tartaric language, although the connection between

and the tongues of

"Western Europe

may

be prior to the

first

departure of the tribes from the


to observe,

plains of Hindustan.

The author ventures

on the authority

of T)r Latham,* that the

Huns
;

certainly existed in and about the Turkish


so that the separation

Empire

full

1200 years B.C. f

from the European


the

branches (which went more north, and afterwards overwhelmed

Eoman Empire with


to that epoch
;

Goths, Visigoths,
so

etc.),

must have been

anterior

and during

long an interruption of communication becousins,

tween the northern and southern


race

many changes and mixtures

of

must have occurred.

This would also

account for the striking

difference

between the Tartaric and European languages,

which has
In

induced philologists to imagine them to have had a separate origin.


regard to the Semitic languages, however, there are too
dissimilarities,

many
to

conflicting

and they are too diametrically opposed

admit of the

belief of their having

had any connexion whatever with the Tartaric


in later years on the Arabic.

until the Turkish


2

was engrafted

AJ.

Vide [135].

* Vide Lecture delivered by Dr. Latham at the meeting of the Royal Asiatic Society, 2lst January, 1854, and published by the Society. f In regard to their identification with the Khita (the Hittites of Scripture) vide the chapter on Ethnology, page 208 of the author's work entitled ' Lares and Penates.'

awm

sebeMlah

adamlerin-jumUsi
the whole of

shehadet verek

by means of him

men

that

that he

may

give witness

?ytf

olmayp
not being

nr
light

ol

hendusi

inaneh

ler

but

that

Himself

should believe

olunmush idi

irsal

etmek-ichun
for
to

shaledlik

ol

nurdan iitr

had been

sent

make

witness

regarding that light

1
if

C^jItjJj.

composite verb.
to give,'

XJj

is

the 3rd person of the


as

optative

mood [101]

of S**jl%

which serves

an auxiliary to

the substantive CUjl^->.


2

^*i^>-

\S\*S\.

The

first

substantive

is

in the genitive plural,

and the second Arabic substantive takes the possessive pronoun ^^.
Vide Syntax [210].
3

&~+~* Jul

{lit.,

'with or by reason of him.')


<_

Vide [132, 135],


affix, to

and Syntax [210].


is

The

in

&~*~i

is

the possessive

which

a!

added.
4

^&
c-j^Jjl
is

'he himself.'
is

Vide [30].

the negative form of the verb Jh*JjH the gerund of


rfo
[83].

which
6

t-Jjiy.
F*rfe

j^rl
JL/J^

[123, 150, 153].

^'^
.

post-positions used with the ablative case [ 137.]

l!J3 J^li

Vide

'

Derivation

'

[197].

^srl
g^J

F^(? [134, 135].

10

tA^ji.

Vide [76].

This

is

the 3rd person of the 2nd

pluperfect, indicative

mood

of

juJjl.
2 a

* lW^
var-idi

hayat
(the) life

andah

yaradilmadi

an-siz

shei

yaradilmish
created

was

By him was not created

without him thing

zlmetdah
in (the) darkness

dahhi
also

nr

idi

nr'
the light

(The) light was

adamlerin of men

va hayat

and

life

alldh

dan

Hmadi
did not make

idrak

oni
it

va zulmet

dia-verdi
light gave

From God

comprehension

and

(the) darkness

idi

yehya

d
(the)

va onin

var idi

adam

lir

ersal olnmish

was

John

name and of him

was

man

had heen sent

nourdan tr
regarding the light

ta hi

geldi

shehadetichn
for witness

in order that

came

markm The aforesaid

Jxujl.
2

Vide [203].

^XCLM

lL> Kt3.

A composite verb formed of an Arabic noun ^S\jd\


Vide [64]. Vide [64 and 82].
his

and the negativeform of the auxiliary lLCcjI.


3

JL*A3 JL,L
\

^JJi

'of

him

name.'
is

The double use of the pronoun

and possessive pronoun together


language.
5

one of the peculiarities of the Turkish

Vide Syntax [210, 227].

Jst^v
nounced
6

^ ae
).

'

*s

pl ace(l over

the last

to

denote that

is

pro-

fy^*.
7

This word

is

used to avoid having recourse


so respectful.
it is

to the

3rd person

singular j! 'he,'

which would not be


this
it

Vide Syntax [223].

^ys^i.

"Whenever

word occurs

pronounced in conjunction
:

with the word preceding


a hiatus equal to half a
8

as if the

two formed one word

it

admits of

comma

or a

comma, according

to the sense [134].

*jj*\-

The same observation holds good

for this post-position [137].

THE FIEST CHAPTEE

GOSPEL ACCORDING TO

ST.

JOHN.

zerah

yazdughi

yuhannanin
of John,

engil

according to the writing

The Evangile.
ibtida-dah

allahin

of

God
sj

(the)
Ijcj!

halm "Word

va

var-idi

halm
(the)
adi!

and

was (being)
5

Word In (the) beginning

^[f] ^Jul y&


b
idi

ibtida-dah

in the beginning This

was

4 *dJb j ^j&A hu halm allah va yanindah idi he (the) Word God and was byhis side [near]

*K

j
for

^Jb
?#

^dJ^
yaradildi

^jJl
an-dan

^
shei

jib

[r] ^cjul yjj

J^JJ

A?fc/j

her

one any and was created by him thing Every


1

idi yanindah allahin near of God was

L5^
jj is

?j m

*s

a verDai noun

/}<3j\\>

of the verb <^*jV. 'to write,' the

turned into [19, 57], thej introduced for the sake of euphony,
first

and the ^f is the possessive affix taken by the 2nd substantive, the of which is in the genitive case. Vide Syntax [210.]
2

*d*JcuL

Vide [16.]

uS^Jj.
Vide

Vide [90 and 91.]

JZ^\

genitive case of Allah.


'side,' <Jl>

[15]
'by

and Syntax [210.]


;

iJcJl)
is

^l>

'his side,' jJcJb

his side'

the ^j of <jb
post-position

dropped, and the

intervenes between the

word and the

*J.
5

Fwfe[130.]
y>.

Expletive.

F&fe [123.]

^.

Vide [43."]

POWERS OF THE ROMAN LETTERS.


"We must request the learner to observe that in representing the Turkish

words by

italic characters,

we

have, in order to avoid, as

much

as possible,

the use of the double vowels, adopted the plan of using the

to represent the

French

Italian
,,

eu

as in

deux.'
article

,,

u as in the

du.'
boot.'

u in
i e

'furore,' or like oo, in


fino,'

,,

in
in

or like

ee,

in

seen.'

,,

French
,,

ete.'

like a in

father.'

always for the hard, and

for the soft sound.

gh will represent the Arabic c guttural.

M
s

always
soft.

,,

~
in

like the

German

(guttural) ch.

always sharp, like the


letter ,

reason.'
is

The

When

strongly aspirated,
;

introduced in the word on

the system followed by Richardson


it is

but, if clipped in the pronunciation,


( * )

represented by
thus,

( f )

and the hamza

will be denoted

by

(
'

over

the letter;

UUj

l inanan.
a,
e,
t,

All the unmarked vowels have the same value as the


the English words bat,
bet,
bit, but,

u, in

etc.

and note that the

is

never

used in

its

English power of

'

(personal pronoun).
is

In reading Turkish, the learner


there
is

requested to bear in mind that

no predominating accent on any particular syllable of a word, as


:

in English

thus, extrav agant

and commu

nicate

would be pronounced
stress or

in

Turkish extravagant, communicate, almost without

emphasis on
each

any

special part of the

word

at least,

it

is

better, at first, to read


to

syllable quietly, than to


ideas, as it

put an accent on a word according


to fall

English

would be almost sure

on the wrong

syllable.

The only
i

POWERS OF THE ROMAN LETTERS.


we know

accent

of in Turkish falls on the vowel preceding double letters,

particularly the
etdigini,

Jj td

as,

/Jcj!

etdim,

pronounced et-tim;

'Sj^A

pronounced U-tigini; and JC^JJl


as

dllahin,

pronounced dllahin.
italics,

The Turkish orthography,


above powers of the
larity
;

represented in

according to the

letters,

may

at first appear capricious in its irreguit

but the learner must take

upon trust
It

as the best representation

of the actual Turkish pronunciation.


this sort, to enter into
suffice it to say, that
c,
i,

would be impossible, in a work of


all

an explanation of

the reasons for these changes

the laws of euphony are very stringent.

The

is a,

and

u,

with

the same consonants, without any evident reason

but,

on closer inspection,

we

shall find, that the modification is used to


:

make

the sound agree with the following letter


-sl, etc.

as,

at-ma-jah,

e-shelc,

it-ti-jdlc,

So also eh and ah (a) at the end of a word accords with the

preceding predominating sound in the word.

The dead u
it is

is

denoted by an

English

u, as

in

but,'

cut,'

etc.,

simply because
:

impossible to give

a more perfect representation of

it

as,
^3
\

Jj\

-tu-r,

>>- hu-Jcm,

etc.

The student
it is

will perceive also that


it

is

represented by ami, because

thus enunciated, and


short, if the

would be

difficult to

pronounce

it

otherwise.

In

learner will strictly adhere to our system, he will


it is

acquire a pronunciation as near that of Turks of the present day as


possible for a

European

to arrive at

and certainly nearer than any other

system of
master.

Eoman

characters can bring


is

him without the

assistance of a

In conclusion, the author

desirous of remarking, without

any undue assumption of merit

to himself, that the

Arabic and Turkish

languages being familiar to him from his infancy, he has been enabled
in this Vocabulary to insert several words not to be found elsewhere,

and a vast number of extra meanings which represent the Turkish word in
its

common

signification, as
all

used in daily parlance at the present time in

Constantinople and

over the empire, and which signification will not

be found in any dictionary yet published.

VOCABULABY,
J>\
\

ysupport), a stick to lean upon.

a L51
p t-^T db, water.

eth-na, middle, midst, interval.


*l>Lj!
j

Ex.
;

b-eth-nd-dd, in the

jbT

d-hdd, a house, habitation

mean

time.
(pi.

city; culture.

a c-jUj! eth-wab
ment.
t

of t_-y)j a gar-

a 1 Jcj\
-i

ib-ti-dd, the beginning.

l3j1

*p-Z$, thread.

a/,

hungry, famished.

cj\

a,
e,

a horse.

a c>l^ *;/^> answer, consent.


a cl-oU-1
i-jd-bet, consent, agreement.

t Cl>\
t
\j\

meat.

d-td, a father, ancestor,


fire.

J&r

a-jdl,

fate,

appointed time

p \Jj\ d-tesT,

death.
it

a jlijl

it-U-fdh,
that.

by chance,

hap-

jk>A

dch-lelc,

hunger.

pened
t

t /L*l>-T d-chil-mah, to be opened.

loI

0-fo?&,

hem

of a garment.

t (Jaj>^\ dch-mah, to open.

t d^-\^j\ at-md-jah, a sparrow-hawk.


t lL*j! dt-malc, to throw.

a JUj^U7i-^"-wa7,bearing,possibility
a J-**'
if-t'-ydj,

need, want, re-

t lL*J\ et-melc, for


to

lI&Cj^

to do,

quirement. a jolu**-!

make.
e-^ [pr. ek-mek] bread.

ihsan,

benefit,

favour,

t
t

LCfcJ
t\

courtesy, charity.

d-ti-nah, Athens.

a
trace;

{A&>-\ dh-mak, stupid, foolish.

aJ>\ eth-er, a sign, mark,


history.

ta ^jJJU^l

ah-mah-lik,

stupidity,

foolishness.

kj\j\ d-thdr, events, signs, histories.

a J\>-i 0A-t#a/,circumstances,affairs.
(pi. of

tcj\

eth-nah (from a

tha-na,

JU-

state, condition.)

LSi
a Lr^ akh-bdr, news.

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

<4<

,1

d-rd, the middle, midst, between.

AjL^-1
a

ikh-ti-ydr, choice; power.

*JL^
of us,

a-ra-miz-deh, in the midst


us.

t ^lltLlrM ilch-ti-dr-lik, old age.


j*-\ d-khir,

among
fo\
,]

the end

at last

finally.

L-C*!^

d-rd-yeh gel-mek,

to

*J.s^1 akher-in-deh.

Vide[3&].
last;

intervene.

a CUy^l

d-khi-ret,
'

posterior,

a luS\J\ i-rd-det, will, desire, com-

used for

the other world,' and


t

mands.
(jfi\j\

then pronounced d-khe-rd. p ti>l d-khor, a stable.


t \\ d-dd (and <h\ d-tdli) an island.

d-rd-lik, interval.

t (J-*\j\ d-rd-mak, to search.

_Jjl ar-ba^, four.

jlljb
rabbit.

a-^a tda-shd-rii, a

t &jj\ ar-pali, barley. t

(J*yj\ ar-ter-mak,
ment, advance.

to increase, aug-

a l-jj!

0-<fa5,

civility,

morality, ret jjj]


ar-tik,

more

(expletive),

spect, custom.

already.
t aJ^jujJ a-dab-siz, uncivil, without

a c-jl^jj^
respect.

ir-ti-kdb,

mounting

on

horseback; attacking; interfering

a i^S\jS\

id-rdk,

comprehension.
with.
to

i-drak-et-mek,

comprehend,
t (j*3j\ d-rit-mak, to purify, redress.
t (J*Jj\ art-mak, to increase.

understand.
t

JJ

tf^-Jie,

named,

called, celebrated.

ajj\

e-rit-mek,

(v.

trans.)

to

a *Jl
t /J
|

d-dam, a man.

dissolve.

d-dum, a step, trace.

*J|
step,

aJ
(this

t t3j\ er-te, the morning.


er-te-si

^j^i<^^J^

d-dum d-dum, step by


is

gn, the next day.

a corruption
foot,

of the

a aAj

t J,l ard, behind.

ka-dam, a

a step.)

Jl-^
^^Lj^

ir-sdl,

an embassy, sending.

a
a

j! e-ssd, the call to prayer.


2-caw, intellect;

Ir-sdl o-lin-mak, to be sent.

^UjI
^j!

judgment;

ars-ldn, a lion.

obedience.

t Jul d-rek, lean.


t <jl ar-kali, the back, behind.

8,

permission.

a t~Ot)1

a-zi-yet, hurt, ill-treatment.

lL) ^

e'-WZ*,

a plum.

viC\
t (JAj\

VOCABULARY.

t*\

ir-mak (and also


#00 <jk*^,ilittle.

jU^),

ler-i,

the ancients

(&'.,

'

the

men

river.

of olden time').

Tj!

ds,
c's,

some, a

+~s\

ism, a

name.
to

pjl

from. &srj\ es-hu-ja,

whence?

t i>La~b\

es-melc,

blow.

j~*\ <Jj

yil e-ser, the

wind blows.
;

only.
t (j5-|l
d-zd-jilc,

^i\

is-si,

master

hot,

warm.

a very

little.

AJLJ
t
'
t

a-sir,

a captive, prisoner.
heat,

r
t

JUT
(Jyj\

d-sd^, free.

L^e\

is-si-lih,

warmth,

dz-mah, to wander, go astray.

LJ\

dsh, meat, victuals, soup.


esh,

t js*j\ ez-meb, to break, to

pound

t LJi\
t

a companion, equal.

<JLcl>!

d-sha-gha, also ^^cLSal d-s/?-

in pieces.
gln, below,

down.

a l^j\J\

a-sa-et, a crime, sin.

A-sa-et

bi\J*\

i-shd-ret, a sign, token.


ish-ti-ldli,

et-melc, to hurt.

a aLs-ii
convenient.

doubt,compari3on,

p ^jL\

d-sdtt, easy,

resemblance.
t c_Cc->l
i-shit-melc, to hear.

c_>LJ

s-idJ (pi. of i~~~*)t cause,

reason, means.
t Al~*\i~i\ is-tam-biil, Constantinople. t 1>J>;^ is-tri-di-a, an oyster (from

<&->!

wA-foA, look! see! there! lo

behold
t \fJ*\ h-U-h, desire, wish, appetite,
avidity.

the Greek o-rplSo).


t .Ujc-s! is-tigh-fdr, pardon, repentance.
t

dsh-chi c s.^\

(also,

vulj

al-chi), a cook.
Si a jlLk! ish-fdh, compassion, pitying

a cU)l is-ti-ma^, listening, hearing.


t JUjc~j\
is-ti^-mdl,

use,

service.

affection.

et-melc f to

make

use

of.

lL5w^

e-sheh,

an

ass.

a c^JU^-sl
politeness.

is-ti-ma-let,

civility,

t A-il t

d-shi-ldr, clear, manifest.


ish-let-meh
.

LLXmLM

(causal

of

l*~^

is-te-mek, to wish, desire.

clX*LM)
lLC*-^

to cause to

work.

a U^i-a^
t

is-tih-zd, joke, jest, derision.


es-hi,

t (JjC*Lil isli-U-meh, to work.


t
esh-meJc,

.X-^

old.

3Uj L5^*
z md-nin

to

go

together,

'

^5^-M

0s- t

d-dam-

(obsolete)

; !

s\
a
Jtf! a-sil, cause, origin,

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

r
a net.

kind.

J*aj

t jl

tfy/*,

nd-sil, for

)Ls! as-lan,

not at

J*0< neh as-sil, how ? all, by no means,


w-/#.

t ,_U1 d-ghaj, a tree.


t

^*jli|

d-ghar-mak,

to

whiten

pronounced

(obsolete).

a JLa\ as-Idh, good; reconciliation.


t Js$La\ is-ld-mdh, to wet, bathe. (

T^il

d-ghir, heavy, weighty. yl jx!

d-ghir d-ghir, slowly.


t \j;J\ agh-ri, grief, pain.

{jUJL:! is-lan-mak, to be wet.

J^i^*^! is-mar-la-mak, to recommend, enjoin, call for.


^L^:!

Tjii a-ghaz, the mouth.


t JK*lcl agh-Ja-mak, to weep.

^j

kai-veh is-mar-la }

order

Tjjil o-ghour, [augury] lucky omen.


<dj!

coffee (to

be brought

in).

i!

o-glur

ola,

luck to you
!

t (JL**a\ as-male, to hang.

a happy day to you

a (jy^\

-sl, quietly,

manner, in a

AjUsil

if-ti-khdr,
etc.

glory,

honour;

proper way.

well met,

J-Mfft

a-sS/,

noble, of good origin (a

\s\y\

if-rdt,

excess.

*L1 LLi!

horse or man).

extremely,
p mj^j^ df-rin, bravo (rather d-fe-rm)
!

LW
i

a-tul-la, physicians (the plural


ta-l'ib).

of l. ~+*V>

^JcJl

ef-fen-di, master,

sir;

man

jl^te

at-rdf, sides.

of the pen. t
1
rt,

<lt! i-z.a-net, assistance, help.


i^-ti-ldr,

white,

bb

,;l

ak la-la, a

AjL^c!

esteem,

honour,

vulture.

confidence.

t (Is'!
faith, confidence.

ak-cJieh,

money,

a piece

of

a jUclc* i^-ti-mad,

money.

a jlicl i^-ti-kdd, belief.

Aj^il

ik-rar,

affirmation,

promise,

a J'-x^c!
a
;i-ci

'U-ti-dal, justice.

confession.

%c.-ra%.

the action of honourto.

a ^ji\ ik-rdn, peers, equals.

ing and paying deference

/%LmJI

ak-sd?n,

divisions,

parts

xls\ ala

for

^s\

the

highest,
JT

oaths.

most exalted (vulgarly


very good).

d-ler,

*-lSl ak-Vtm, climates, divisions of

the world.
t (JH* dk-mak, to flow.

i]^

a^-md, blind, a blind man.

J\

VOCABULARY.

*'*

jJ^l
river.

d-hin-d, the current of a

t jj^ili dl-tun, gold. t


jJI
a7-fo',

six.

<j\
in

en, very,

most

(a particle used

t ^ji-il

dl-t'i-lih,

a piece of

money

forming

the

superlative).

of six piastres.

Vide [24].
A^.r i! alc-lar, the greatest.

a J-tflsr!

il-hd-sel, finally, at last, in

short (comp. of the Arabic article


part.

oyi^

ek-the-ri, for the

most

Jl, and J-flU-).


t ^j^JjJl
dl-dat-malc, to deceive.

PjTi

e-^<?r, if.

+\fi\

ih-rdm, honour, respect.


t
&-er-la-mek,
to

t CS*^Ji\

^^jJ!
self,

al-din-mah, to deceive one' sto err, to be deceived.

saddle.

(gerund u-^J^Ti).
t t t
t

Ls^il

t fjLtJLj] a-lish-mah, to become accusa6-m^ fault, defect.


elc-silc-li,

^^\
dC*ii
1

woman.
a
t

tomed.
cu-jiS!
ul-fet, friendship,
ilk,

intimacy.

6-il-meh, to bend, incline.

lv^T

eg-U-meh, to detain, amuse.


t

L53!
ill

the

first.

el-l, fifty.

t uJvfcil ek-mek, to sow, to plant.

a uJLil

efc-naf, sides, (plural of

ujia

(J^\ al-mak,
Jl
i-la, to,

to take.
efc.

&?-#/)
t
t
-jj^l

a
t

unto,

^-m, seed.
e-hin-ji, a

^JiJ

d-V-~ko-mak, to retain, stop,

s^jji!

sower, husband-

?so, to

leave or let go.

man.
xJ-uJ
t
t
\

a U! am-ma, but, however. a ^1^*1 im-ti-ndn, gratitude. a Jli*l


im-thdl,
fables,

dn-siz, suddenly.

J\ J!

el,

a hand.
another, a stranger (for JjJ

parables-

&7,

(plural of

j*

me-thal)

a country).

JJ^l
-*!

im-ddcl, prolongation, exten-

V\

il-la, if
\

not, unless, but.

sion, assistance.

t a ^Ji

d-ld-'i,

a battalion, or troop

amr, an order, command.

of soldiers, squadron (of cavalry).

t _ll e-meh, fatigue, work, labour.


t

&J!

al-lat-tah, certainly, assuredly.

lLX*K^

e-mek-le-mek, to work,
to

toil.

t U2-J! a^, below, underneath. t {JL*\ dlt-mish, sixty.

t (jk**!

um-mah,

hope,
I hope.

expect.

a^jI -ma-rtm,

'3

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

a *y\ -mr, business, (plural of^Vi


amr, an affair)

^Jbjl

u-tan-mdk, to be ashamed,

to blush.

p s~*\ -mid, hope, desire.

(J-p*\

o-tur-mak, to

sit

down.

a L^j+d a-min,
t
\}\

safe, free.

t yjtjy^ -tur-, because, on account


of,

and, a mother.
d-nakh-tar,

upon.
o-^fcife,

t ,l^>-l3

key

(pro-

t jAjjt t

herbage.

nounced a-nak-tar).
a Xj\
am-bwr,
granaries
;

LiUjil

t-mek, to sing (like a bird).

fodder

t (j-*jf>y o-tur-mak, to sit t \y*\ o-tuz, thirty.

down.

decks of a vessel.

clibJi m-ti-fa^j gain, utility, profit,

t <U\ o-tah, beyond, on the other side.

use.

t
t t t

.j]

#/,

extremity, summit.

t (j2f?\ an-jak, only.


t *sf\
in-ju, a pearl.

\f>-*\

-jz, cheap.

^ )<f?y
Jj^jl
ic^j^

-jz-Uk, cheapness.

t &sf*\ in-jeh, fine, subtile.

-jdk, the hearth.


(tv-ji,

p -*=f\ an-jir, a

fig.

a chasseur, sportsman,

a (oLujl inn, mankind, a man.


a LS-woLuJl
insd-ni-yet,
courtesy,

falconer.

uch, three.

humanity.
t JaaJ en -siz, narrow.

t (Jab*-^ ch-mak, to fly.

^\s*-y

ch-n-ji, the third.


to
flatter,

a l_La)1 insaf,

justice, equity.
gift.

T/L4^>-i\ okhsha-mak,
caress, (for
>^

a *\xj\ in-^am, a

o-hcsh-hiak)

a jl&t

in-kar, denial.

^^
!!

o-doun, wood.

p ilxi! n-gal, then.


t

t * Ji! o-^A, a chamber, hall. t aS\ t t


o-rd-dah, there.

CS*\
\

en-meh, to descend.
a-nte,

a u*j
t jt t j! t
!j\

a friend,

companion

\j t.l or-ta,

midst, centre.
partner,

tame.
dv, the chase.
ev,

jl^l

or-tak,

friend,

companion.
t CjsA.'Jjt\ iirt-mek, to cover, veil.

a house.

o-vd, a plain, a valley.

t {<L*

fc>-ii

-chr-mak, to cause to

p j]j\ d-vaz, the voice.


t CJ>jl
o,

'
fly."
.

a herb.

t iLCs.1 ur-dek, a duck.

^9
T

VOCABULARY.

J>\

lLn^\j^

ur-kut-mek, to frighten.

t lL>**jSj\

g-ren-mek,

to

teach.

t
t
t

Lo,y
CS^jy

r-kuk, fearful, timid.

(pronounced -ren-mek)

rk-mek, to be afraid.

a a

(Jj\
j\

ev-vel, first.

\+j}\ or-mdn, a wood, a forest. <1

^-Z#, (for

^y

u-fo) better.

t t

lLxs-^I
(J-*jj\

u-rum-jik, a spider.

a S$j\
t
t

av-ldcl, children,

descendants.

ur-mak, (pronounced vourto beat.

tM^sjl
AjAj^
much.

lch-mek, to measure.
as

mak)
T

ol-ka-dar,

much

as,

so

^_3J^

rJ>
~

fast -

iS^f ^JJ^
fast.

-rj tt-mak, to

^J Jj^

ev-vel-ki,

the

first.

[36].

t (Jh*7U}1 u-zdt-mak, to stretch out. t jjUjt u-%ak, distant.

t Jk4j1 ol-mak, to be. t

L^y
l-n*4^
*lj1

il-mekj to die.

Tjjjl and sj^l

-2^r

and

ii-ze-rah,

t <_*4^ o-lin-mak, to be, to become. t


ev-len-mek, to marry.
great, (obsolete)

upon.
t t
.
;

-z,

self.

o-foi,

^j^
,Jj

u-zun, long.

t (Jk*j1 t
"-*!

-mak, to hope.

^ -zen-gi, a stirrup.

o-mz, the shoulders.


1

t L^^-ojl ws, above, upon.

-mz, the shoulders.


own, ten; ww, flour.

t ^ijj\ os-tra, a razor.


t Jjl-kjl u-shdk, a servant, a chap. t cl**-2>jl -sh-mek, to

t (J**zjj\ -nt-mak, to forget.

grow

cold,

I?
to

k-yan-mak, to awake.
-yt-mak, to go to sleep,

be cold.
t ^J^jL?^ -san-mak, to be tired. t (J*\jj\ ogh-ra-mak, to go, to meet. t (J^j.*\ ogh-ril-mak, to seize, to rob.
t
^J^j\
ogh-lan, a son, a boy.

^'

put to sleep.

Tjib^l -y-k, sleep.


t
<Jj

-i-la,

thus,

so

-i-la,

(vulgarly i-i-lan), 12 o'clock.


t

t jy! o&, an arrow.

(jn*^ u-yu-mak,

to sleep.

a tj

J j! o-ka-dar,
ol-ka-dar)

so

many,

(for

J^i

<p^,^
lover.
I

o-i-nash,

a prostitute,

jjj

t Jkj4j1 o-k-mak, to read.


t t

a .J Ik

d-ha-li, people, inhabitants.

^jo^yjl o-k-mush, learned.

a /U&J&I ih-ti-mdm, care, solicitude.

vJy

im, before, in front.

a JUjj>1 ih-mdl, neglect, delay.

10

C&
bear.

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

&
two.
kindness.

ToT

d4, month, the moon,

d-y'i,

Jul

i-ki,

t Jul i-le-ru or i-le-rl [vide p. 16], in front, forward.


t

t Jjb! a-ydk, a foot.

a Ui-Jy

a-yd-let, province, country;

tOl

e-i-lik,

dominion.
t
t

clX^Ll

ei-le-mek, to do, efc,


efe.

lLCcj!

et-mek, to do. (also lL*j!)

t aLI fc-M, with,

uX^l

et-mek, to say.

(ob^

i-mdn, faith, belief.

t ^,1 $, the interior, within. t

t lJ&*}\ im-di, now, then.


to

lLC^c3
drink.

i-cher-mek,

to

give

t (jX)\^i\ i-nan-mak, to believe, trust. t

l*u\
fcj\

en-mek, to descend,

t *^af\

i-che-ru,

in,

within,

(pro-

d-\-neh, a mirror.

nounced
t

i-che-ri).

Vide -page 16.

t *A e-yz, good.
t

lL*sH

ich-mek, to drink.

LO^

6-yi-lik,

goodness, excellence.

t dtfyl

ir-teh,

to-morrow,

j1u

-j*j! ba-zar ir-U-si, Monday.


t (J-**J
fi)

ir-la-mak, to sing.
d-'i-ril-mak, to

t (J^ji\

be separated.

t (J-+r>\

d-ir-mak, to separate.

a t?b bub, a gate.


t
\j\j

t rjy*r>} br-mdk, a river.

ba-ba, a father.

t tj"r}} ir-mak, a river. t fj .A in, large, great.


t\j\
iz,

t <J^*Jb

bat-mak, to immerse.

p 2~l> bd-jel, a chimney. p jb Jar, a time, once.


Ftifo

sign, trace.
if,

t <Uj! ts-*aA,

but.

[123].

t ^J^-jIj ba-rish-mak, to agree,


peace,

make

t (j^jj $^, work, business, occupation. t lL>~*2j^\ i-shit-mek, to hear.

p y\i bd-zdr, the bazaar, market, p


t

a Jl-3^

i-sdl,

sending,

causing to

^J^jj^

bd-zir-gdn, a merchant.

reach.
t ^2\j1 i-kin-ji, the second.

bash, the head.

t ^L^Liib basli-la-mak, to begin.

lJxj\

i-kin-di, the

first

time of
3

a J^l

ba-tel,

false

useless,

vain

prayer after mid- day


p.

about

injustice.

t 6L' bdgl, a knot, joining.

JV
p cb
###/*,

VOCABULARY.

\.

11

a garden.

t jK*l>b bd-yil-mah, to faint.

t <Lsi~\j

bagh-cheh, a garden.
to cry out.

lLC^j
plete.

bi-tur-meh, to finish,

com-

t
t

(J^Jsk bagh-ir-mah,

(J^JLzX) bd-ghish-la-mah,
grant, concede.

to give,

lLn^j

bit-meh, to grow, increase

succeed.
tie.

t ^J^ksXi bagh-ld-mah, to

i#
Ur
&j
;*j

-tn, entire, complete,


ci?"^

all.

t lib bagh-IuoT bagh-li, tied, attached. t

bu-tn gn,
onl ^'

all

day.

bah-mah,

to

see.

U>^ U"^
t

^jUJ b

su-zi-neh

bah-mah.

to

t ,jb^7 bi-chah, also b-chah, a knife.

listen to his words.

lLC*^

bich-meh, to

mow,

reap.

^ib

-/;*,

the rest,

remaining,

a jjsT 3a/M7 the sea.

permanent,
p
lL/Ij bdh, fear.
bi

A jj^

tf -

Mwr,

smoke,

incense,

bah va

^^
perva,
'

j Ll/b

^
p

vapour, exhalation.

fearlessly,

c^s^

#M,

felicity, fortune, fate.

hap-

boldly,

(lit.

without fear or

piness,

good luck,

solicitude.')

p \JlJLsz?, bahh-shish, a present,


heart,
soul,

gift.

Jb Jb
1

bal,

the

mind,

a J^asT a t

ba-hhil, avaricious, covetous.


ba-hhil-lih, avarice.

remembrance
p
bal,

(pr. like

Baal'),
(pron. like

^LrsT
fo<#,

a wing, an
').

arm

p J

bad.

ball

p ^bw-jJo be-des-tdn, also ba-les-tan, the bazaar.


t J Mr,
a,

Jb
^!b

bal,

honey, (pron. like bl)

ba-ld, height.

one.

t <&!b bal-tah, a hatchet.

p ij|j be-rd-der, a brother.


in

<d*fcsrb

bil-jum-lek,

altogether,

T(JL*i^J

brdh-mdh,

to

throw,

to

general, in short.

place, to leave.

t J^js b bal-chih,
5

mud.

id
t

bir-er,

one by one.

t
t

^!b

bd-lih, a fish.
bd-lih-ji,

L^O
lish.

be-ze-meh, to adorn, embel-

.e: b

a fisherman.
altogether,

a <ulSb

bil-hul-li-yeh,

Lo

bez-meh, to be tired, ennuye.


bes-le-meh,
to

entirely.

t lL*1<u^

nourish,

TyJb

bal-l, honied,

made

of honey.

bring up.

12

Sj

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

J*
yes.

t yjL) besh, five.


t lL>s,+jJ1>j> bi-shur-tnek, to cook.

^L

e'-/*,

a Uj

fo'-wa,

a building, edifice,

con-

t <U*^j bds-mah, printing

office, press,

struction.

impression,

etc.

lL1j
(

Jlc.

*Lj

bi-na-an A-ld za-

if

Aju

ba^-da-h,
<?fc.

then,

and then,

leh,

therefore.

after,

t lL*jj bin-meh, to
back), to ride.

mount (on horse-

a ^^/o ba^d, some, a certain (number).


t t

\^*
give.

bogh-da-i, corn, wheat.

a
(

jj

be-ni, children.

/ Jl ^:j fo-w

^lAx.

ba-ghish-ld-mdh, to present,

d-ddm, the descendants of Adam.


t Jpfcty bu-ddh, a bough, branch.

lL*1*j bagh-la-mah, to

tie.

l^^V

b-d', the thigh.


!

t t

<_o

beh-ri,

drunken, a drunkard.
t &]>*J b-rd-yah, here
this
to

way

lLC*^o
iXj

be-gin-me/c,

agree,

ap-

t
prove, please, (pr. be-yen-melc)
t
5^*2, a face.

cl*;V
up
;

b-ru-mek, to cover,
disturb.
fo^rw, nose,

wrap

t t ijJG
ben-zer, like, resembling.

i*J

br-un or

a promon-

t^jJG

tory, cape.

ben-ze-meh,

to

be like,
t /JkjJ boz-mdh, to spoil.

resemble.

p t ^.b^L
ba-la-bdn,
great,

^l^jJ

bos-tdti,

a garden.

large;

falcon, the largest of the three

p t

^rl^v

bos-tdn-fi, a gardener.

in the nest.

t (>*J JosA, empty, useless. t jlcj bo-ghdz, the throat, neck. t

a
t

JJj

bul-bul, the nightingale.


bil-der-melc,

uJ^jJj
know,

to

cause to

^Jjlijj

bo-ghaz-la-maJc, to kill, cut

the throat.
perhaps, nay, rather.
t

p &\j

bel-k, but,

J j

#0?,

large,

vast,

abundant;

t ^Uj $g- or

bel-l'i,

known,
know.

certain.

urine. t ^*->iL> b-Iash-mdk, to be troubled


(as water), to dirty
infect.
;

t JLCfcL bil-mek, to

t CJ>j)u bl-t, a cloud.


t L^Jj

to touch, or

bel-lt,

an acorn, an oak.
/i

be-lh or

bii-Iik,

t (Js>j <sS$yi b-lan-dir-mk, to stir


(as water), to

up

troop, a regiment.

mix.

VOCABULARY.

LT
one's
self.

IS

(J$y, niuddy

b-ld-nik,
;

troubled,

thick,

t LN^ili^-j b-yk-Ian-mek, to pride

heavy weather.

t t

/*V
^*J

bl-mak, to find.
or
io-i,

t lLS**j+j

bi-y-mek,

(pron.

b-y-

bu-'i

length, height,

mek) to increase, grow large.

stature.

ijs.

b-i-la-jah,

thus,

in

this

manner.
t Jj^j
ho-i-lii, tall

of stature.
so,

t <djy b--la, thus,


in this manner.

in this way,

t t

*jb pd-buch,

a shoe, slipper.

^jsrfvlj pd-bch-ji, a shoemaker.

t ^j^j

bo-yin,

the

neck.

cXjbb
*ljb

T^rsrl) pan-jWj beetroot,

A^j y bd-bd-nin bo -i-ni-na (swear


by) your father's neck!

Li jl> pd-di-shah, a king.

(jLfcLi j\j pa-di-shah-Iik,the empire


royalty, imperial dignity.

A^U^, I

swear,

ec.
,

Ty*i<jS bo-i-nuz andJjJcj^j


p l^j bdhd, value, price.

a horn. t fc>-j\) par-cha, a morsel, piece,

p XjO pa-rah, a piece, portion, morsel, p t jSI^j bd-lid-lu, dear, valuable.

l-40th of a piastre.
t <l^J ba-hd-neh, pretence, excuse.

p^j
t

be-her, in each or all.


be-hai, (interj.)
bi,

t l1X**;Ij pd-rd-Ie-mek or pa-ra-lafellow!

^^j

O you

mak, to break to pieces.


t ^j\i
pd-i,

without. j2a> .-J

iz na-z'ir,

a part, portion,

^b

without equal, unparalleled.

ul*3j>l, pd-i-et-mek, to divide,

A ^jLj ba-ydn, explanation,

proof.

^b

^a-z, rank, grade; salary,


full
;

a +}j+} bai-rdm, the feast of Bairam.


t -Cj bin, a thousand.

p j

j!?wr,

often, sometimes.

p *J j per-ddh, a veil, curtain,


even, again,

t ALj

bileh, see <j, also,

lu-jj

pr-st, a worshipper,

lh-o

(expletive)

L^-v-s

fl

prst, an idolater.

t (Jsijjfj bu-yr-mak, to order, com-

t <_* j par-male or bar-male, a finger.

mand
t

[56].

/JKJ

/j^Ij

i*A par-male,

the

cL/^J

b-ylc, large, great.

thumb,
p
^,u>j j!?m,

t L->ii*-o b-yk-lik, greatness.

then, after, but.

14

J 13

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

U3

i^JLJ pish-meh,

to cook, to ripen

v_ o-'j'
t_ji! *Ij

ta-'as-suf, regret, sorrowing.

or to be done (as in cooking), to

ta-al-luf,

composer the being


;

gain experience.

accustomed, familiariz?d,
to canse to

lLx*j^1j pi-shur-meh,
cook, to roast,

t \j\j ta-va or ta-wa, a frying pan.

a ^~j+zzr tah-sin, praise, approbation.


repentant,

p p

^L*^j pe-sM-mdn,
JU>^j
cloth.

a J^-u^sr a
,

tah-sil, gain, acquisition.

peslit-mal,

a bath towel,

'L+&C5?

tah-hih, truth,

affirmation.

vi-JissT'

tah-M-kan, truly, certainly.


tah-wil,

Lo

pek, firm, solid

very much,

Jj^T

change,
to

return;

very.

money made over


person.

another

j\xi p-nar, a spring, a fountain, a


well.

c-or

taklit,

a throne, a bed, a bed-

t ^.Ij pi-ly, a chicken.


<Uij pem-heh, cotton.
-*:j

stead.

a *sT

tulclim or

tu-lm, seed, grain


boundaries.'

pe-nir, cheese,

also

used for

p Juj

pa-i-da, discovered,
^fc.

created,

a jj^skr'

talch-m'in,

thinking,

con-

found, manifested,

jecture.

p -o pr, old.

a tl^iJu

te-dd-rek, preparations, pro-

lU^-j pir-lilc, old age. PjILj pi-nar or p-nar, a

visions; care.
spring.

a -JJJ

ted-bir, advice,

arrangement,

p aj Ujjj pi-md-neli, a measure, a cup.

management.
a

i$3
(My
^JiJ
(

ta-rasli,

shaving.

t &aj>-J ter-je-meh, interpretation.

t t
p

ters,

backwards.

tur-hi, a song.
tur-lci,

fd, as far as.

i&\j ta-ld, in order

a p
t

Jy

a Turk.

that.

CS^Jj
&p'

feV-/e'-><?,tosweat,perspire,

a ^jIj

ta-hi^, a subject, a follower.


field.

ta-zi-yeli,

or

&>-p

tez-jah, adv.,

t ^lj" tar -la, a p


i>j\j

quickly, as soon as possible.

td-zeh, fresh,
ta-zeh-lilc,

young.
freshness, youth.

a (ji&au

tas-dilc,

truth, faith.

t uj3*jb'

a (Jwu ta-cd-Ia, supreme, high.

VOCABULARY.

J>
ta-naz-zul,

15

l-^*

ta-zcj-jb,

astonishment,

a jjlj cur*

descending,

con-

admiration.

descension.

a isjjx'J-ta^-rif, information.

l^J

ten-hay alone.
td-iod-bez. (pi.

*-l*J*

tay-Um, instruction.
ta-gha-fel,

a *-^y

of j-JW td-be-S)

a JiUj"

negligence, care-

a follower.

lessness.

f-^iy ta-wdd-duzj humility, submission.


t ;y t \y
to
fas,

a J-mu

tafsil, explanation.

t (jfij+*a&> talc-sir -lik, fault, omission.

dust.

AjJo
t

ta-kab-bur, pride, vanity.

tz, salt.

CS^AjSj

ta-kab-bur-lan-mek,
self,

t (jdjjj

tz-la-malc, to salt.
trust, con-

pride one's

grow proud.

a Jjj

ta-walc-kul, faith,

Aj\jj tik-rdr, repetition; again.


t

fidence.

fjjt^jj
renew.

tik-rdr-la-mak, to repeat,

t T

LS^^y
zz,

t-Jcen-mek, to finish.

iy ^i, feather, plumage.


sharp, acid.

a u_Kj

ta-kal-Ief, trouble;

ceremony;

pj-j
t J-J

invitation.

fc'z,

quick, swift.

a l_-!j

tak-lif,

ceremony.
disciples.

Aj^lb' ta-la-mh,
a {jm^J
or
tal-bis,

the action of clothing


;

covering

hence

used

for

fraud, deceit.'
L^aJj ta-laf} ruin,
perish.

a L-JI)
juijl
u-fiJj, to

thd-lethy the third.

A
a

.^u
^jlj

thd-men, the eighth.


;

thd-ni, the second

in future.

a *Uj ta-mdm, whole, entire; end;


completely.

a l^JUj

the-kd-let, weariness, fatigue,

ennui.

a J--4J

tam-thil,

comparison, alle-

a c^-J

thd-lcat or sd-kat, faith, con-

gory, resemblance.

fidence.

^jj

tan, the body, person.

a l^-JJ tlk-ht or
trouble.

syk-let, heaviness,

p JuiS tam-bel, idle.

a iU^*

tan-bih, order,

command.

a jJJ tha-hil, weighty, grave; a bore.

16

l^w

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

*-<*<>-

jam^j assembling

a troop

the whole.

Z.
r
\s>-

a *ITc^-x*j>- jam-^i-yet-gah, a rendezvous, a place of assembly.

jd, a place.

a &^>- jd-bet, an answer.


a

a
girl,

&A&- jum-Uh,
gether.

all.

<d*Jb
the whole.

alto-

&j&r

ja-H-geh,

damsel,

servant-maid.
p

a *-+as>- Ja-mifr

all,

\>- jdn, {1

soul, life.

a u-?Ur>- ji-nab, majesty, power, excellency.

t Jj l:>- jan-lii, lively, animated.

t j\y\s>- jan-war

or ja-na-war,

an

a ^>-

jin, a jinn or genie.


sort, species.

animal, a wild beast.

a \j.'^ jins, kind,


p

J^fclsj- jd-hil,

ignorant.

j^>-

Jang, war.

a \s\&~ ja-yez, lawful, permitted.


t Lj>~ ja-bd, a gift, present.

p y^~ ja, barley.

a c->L>- ja-wab, an answer.


;

a .L^- ja-bdr, great, proud


queror
;

a con-

p a

Jbl^s-

ja-wd-her

(pi.

of

Jay>-),

a tyrant.

jewels, precious stones.

a
a

.-.:>-

Jtf Jr,

compulsion.

Ajy>-jr,
courage, audacity.
sin, fault;

injustice, violence, lisj-j >*>-

luAj^- jira-at,

/tfur jef-fa, the torments of love.

a a s^-jurm, crime,

tyranny.

\j?*y>- juz-wi, or tij^T"

ju% -'h a part,

J-^ /A?,
jahiT).

ignorance

(pi.

of JfcU-

little,

a small portion.

a A^^y^-fo#-0?w(Hebrew Gehenna),
a ijLusja
je-sd-ret, presumption.

Hell.
[&s>-je-fd, rejection, trouble, injury;

a
refusal of a lover, torments caused

^ Ju^sj- ja-hi-di,
diligence.

endeavour, study,

by the

beloved.

r Is>- ji-ger, the liver.


r a iSs>- jal-ldd, an executioner.

a J^b>-

je-ldl, majesty,

power.
a crowd,

-U^j- ja-md-^at,

an

t J^jls*- chat-male, to run


to

up

against,

assembly, the people, congregation.

be knocked together.

fj^ij\^ charp -male, tobeai violently.

^
p
*

VOCABULARY.

IT

U- chd-rd, a remedy, cure, help


method.

p t <Uul>- chesh-meh,

spring,

fountain of water,
p l^--jL>//,

pt l>
time
t

chdgh, time. jA-*il>- ^Lfcfc

a pair.
;

he-mn chd-ghi-der,
!

now's

the

t m-%8.i //, a field t

a plough.
sur-meh-lih,

lwC^j
^sai.=^

^-JL-

<?/^/

/Ar^f*-

chd-ghi-rish, invitation, the

agriculture, ploughing.

action of calling.

t
-

chift-ji,& labourers peasant.


chift-ji-lih, agriculture.

t (J^.JjjS: lj>-

chd

glii

risk

male,

to

cl>L^i>re -united.

challenge one another.


t ^J^.il>- cha-gliir-mah, to call, in-

t LJ^uSJjjLs-

chift-lesh-meh,

to

be

voke, invite.
t J.il>- chd-ghil, a bubble, noise of flowing water.

t L-i3^oL>- chift-lih, a farm, country

murmur,
t

property.

^jUr>- chi-har-mah,
carry away.

to

draw

out,

t ^*jJ>~cl>- clia-gliil-da-mah, to

mur-

mur
t

(as water).

t (j-*&>- chih-mah,

to

come

out, to

\SU-

chan, a bell.

mount.
toil,

{+&>- <L*u

ha-sheh

^^lJl>-

cha-lish-mah, to work,

chih-mah, to

be even with, to

labour, endeavour.

obtain one's aim).

^\z>-

cha-li-ji,

player

on an

t *&>- chu-hur, a hole, a valley.


T

instrument; a robber.
t (JsAXz*- chal-mah, to strike, rob.
,

Jw

clie-hij,

hammer, a

mallet.

t L-iC**uX>- che-hkli-meh, to dispute.


t tlX^i^s*che-hil-meh,
to retire. to

t */l>- cha-mr, mud, dirt.


t ^\s>clia-'i,

be

led,

a river

tea.

drawn;

t jAs>- cha-yir, a
t

meadow,

prairie.

t lLx*.>- clieh-meh, to draw, attract. t

^SjJ^jU^

cha-ir-h-sM, a lark.

LiC^wC>- che-hm-meh,
drawn,

to be with-

t (jlf^- chi-bdn, a swelling, an abscess,

a buboe.
t jJ^L>- chip-lak, naked. t ^di-*^- chip-lah-lih, nakedness. t t

ijo^ che-hich, a hatchet.

$<?0 *<

~".

CC
chi-leh, strawberries.

t (ft-il^js- cha-ma-shur, washing,

lIxs-^

chi-cheh, a flower.

p <JW>" ch-val or chu-wul; a sack,


r t
L

J^r=^

chert-Jdh, a grasshopper.

ol->->-

cliuhdn, a shepherd.

18

^U

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

u>
ready, present, preha-zir-la-mah,
to

t J^-^s>- ch-jlc, a child. (

-iW

hd-zer,

t fo i^>- chor-bd, broth, soup.


t

pared.

u_C*j

ir>-

chu-riit-melc, to cause to

t (jA^j^X*

make

putrify, spoil.

ready, prepare.

**&>-

che-vir-melc, to surround,

a aUa jJW.
^nj\

ha-Jcem, governor, a commander


7m7, state,

to turn.

(L-C* >-

r^>~ hha-'i-

mode, condition.
bu hd-let -ze-ra,

rah-chc-vir-melc, to turn out well).

l^!Uthis.

*j

t **>- chev-reh, the


all

circumference,

upon
a

round.
chz-mek, to untie.

1'U- ^d-Za,

now, at

this

moment.
;

L_* i^-

1Uthing.

hd-let,

state, condition

t ^illifcs*. cho-gha-lat-mdk or chogh-

Jat-mah, to multiply, to increase.


t

/rnfo,

a prison.

i^>
most

cho-ghi,

the most, for the

a a
a

L tf^f^

ha-ba-shi,

an Abyssinian.

part.

,5^. hat-ta } until.


-T*"" ^^',

J^=^

eAo,

much, numerous, very,

a pilgrimage to Mecca.

many.
t &iy>- cho-kah, cloth, drapery, hang-

a t-r>\^ a
a
<ij>

hi-jdb, a veil,

modesty.
;

huj-jet,

a decree
limit,

an excuse.
a

ings (corruption of a ~y>cloth.

julcli,

J^

hadd,

boundary;

strength, force.

t Civile- chul-melc, an earthen pot. t ,*L(l>- cliu-mak. a drumstick.


t JpLp cha-'i-lah, a kite, a

A.ie>-

^tfsr,

caution, prudence.
;

a lUj\j=>thirst
;

ha-ra- ret, heat

great

hawk.

rash or irruption of the

skin.

a ^j^~

ha/rs,

greediness,

ambition,

avidity.

a l^~.>a *J'U- hd-tem, a liberal

ha-ra-het,

motion,

move

man.
a

ment, disturbance, action.


/->-

a e^^-l^.

hd-jet,

want, need.

ha-rem, the

harem

forbidden,

a ^s-L*.

/m-yi, a pilgrim.

sacred,

a JwU*- ha-sil, produce, profit, gain.

u_i\js>dual
;

Jic-rif,

a fellow, an indivi-

J^lsM

al-M-sel/m short.

husband.

<^
a u-Ju**hi-sdb, computation.

VOCABULARY.

19

As-

l^~^>pire.

h-h-met, dominion, em-

t?Lutn.
J^jLus^
a l-^u*^

pilm-i hi-sdb, arithmetic.

hi-sdb-sk, innumerable.
hash,

a +S^>- ha-kim, a wise man, a physician.

computing; number.
t

a a

JkA**>-

h-sd, envy, jealousy.

C^i^Xs-

la-lm-lk, the science of

jj*k*>-

tew,

beautiful, beauty, ele-

medicine.

gance.

<tL>- ha-la-lca, a ring,


\jls>-

a circle.
confec-

Jjjua. ha-sud, envious, jealous.

Tial-wa,

sweetmeats,

a JL25- hd-sdd, harvest. a <Uo>his-sah, a portion, part, lot.

tionery.

a i^-oUefence.

him-d-yet, protection, de-

Aj^*ir>- hu-zr, presence.

las- ^!E2, rejoicing, gladness,

happi-

a
a

/Li.2-

ham-mdm, a

bath.

ness, contentment.

<&\y>- hd-wd-leh,

consignment over
officer

t p foto-

^/-a (for

&&

hef-ta),

to another,

an

who

collects

week.
a

the taxes.
truth
to.
;

^s- ^,

worthy, suitable

^J^-

ha--li, a court yard, a house.

according

a d?Lsattribute

ha-yat, life.

^s\j <JSb>-

a ^s

M-&, an
J'oc?

of God.

ha-yat-i ba-hi, the life

which en-

J>- ^&

ta-at-la,

the

dures, eternity, future state.

Most High.
ha-lr, vile, contemptible, de-

a u.*&- ^w//,pity; a

injustice, tyranny.

<-*>- hi-leh, artifice, trick, ruse.

spised
-*sua>-

your humble servant.


ha-ki-lcat,

^^^-

ha-'i-van,

an

animal

an

the

truth;

exclamation of pity.

really, in truth, verily.

ol- hi-hi-yet,
relation, history.

tale,

story,

J*

hii/cm

and hu-Icm, command,


wisdom,
knowledge,

z.
a
>l*l>-

science,

hha-tem, a seal.
ha-din),

dominion.

apt ^y l>- kha-tun(aho ^JsS


art, science;

a <U-C=- Mc-met, wisdom,


a prescription.

a lady, matron, mistress.

a /%jl>~ hha-dem, a domestic.

20

J^
property.
kha-tir,
will,

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

(Jb
the natural character

a <U*sl>-

khas-si-yet, innate

quality,

a {Jh>-

&M&,

or disposition, custom.
desire;

kJd\&~

heart,

ajJu^.
a

khin-zir, a pig.

mind, affection; memory.

JlLj

JA^-

khan-dak, a ditch.

^^ysT^ sjy?l>- 6-mn kha-ter-in


i-chun,
for

t 8jy>- kho-ra, a dance,

your sake.

JislrL

p y>. /w^,
t

self.

^Jl*,^ kha-ter

sor-mdk, to en-

o-

khor-lik, vileness, contempt,


kJtosh,

quire after any one.

p tr*y>-

beautiful,

excellent,

a
f

Jlr^- klid-li,

empty.
p t^wi*^- khosh-nd,
tented, gay.
satisfied,

a .JL>- Ma-' en. treacherous.


a^*v. kha-lar, news, fame, story.

con-

!j^

kho-da, God.

a a

<

cj^L khadc,

deception, fraud.

Jp- khaf, fear. JL>- kha-ydl, fancy,


kin

imagination.
excellent
ISTo).

a l^-^*Jl>-

Mid-met

(and vulgarly
office.

good,

well,

e^%^Jc>- khiz-met) service,

(used politely to express,

<

>i^L khi-rab, ruin, devastation.


kha-raj,

a ]/>>

tax

paid by the

Christians.

a
t

^^ ZvW/, expense
J~^>khir-s'iz,

revenue.

a robber.

AjJ
p
,1<J

ddr, a house.
r?ar,

CM
p

khar-man, the harvest.

signifies possession,
:

when

p t {jhsj^. klw-ros, a cock,

added to a noun

as,

J JL* J\
$..,

^>p-

kJia-%i-

a treasury.

mal-ddr, possessor of riches,

p tewu*^ khas-tah, sick.

wealthy.
t

a **a>- khasm, an antagonist.


t

^^

J! J

<7a/,

a bough, branch,
skirt of a robe,

khism, a relation.

jj^ J da-men, the


or border.
U^->

a u^Uars- khi-tdb, speech, discourse.


a ^jA^kha-lds, liberty safety ;health.
;

dd-na, learned,

a lalsL

M#?,
?'-rfcr,

mixture.

.Jo!

kl>-

p j\j da-neh and td-neh, a grain, a


berry.

M#

he talks nonsense.

A (jb>- khalk, the people, nation.

JJ

dd-yer, revolving.

s*
a
j*j!j

VOCABULARY.

ts&
;

d~yem, permanent, eternal.

a uXJUcJ dat-wet, a prayer

a com-

a ^Uj!l> dd-yi-man, always.


t L--J ^5, the bottom.

mand
a fcjj

an invitation.

e^/c, repulsion, hindrance.

a
t

bj

dal-ldgh, a tanner, cnrrier.


d'b-lik,

a <iJ def-ut or
once
;

def-^d,

one time,

lLnjJ

foundation.

a payment.

t <Uj J dep-meh, a kick.


t t

iJ

^e/^,

burying.

CJA ^J
et-,

tl>v*JJ

di-tir-mek, to tremble.

defti et-mek, to

bury.
to beat.

ic^^

da-klii (usually pron. da-ha),


efc.

J! J

^H,

striking; dalch

and, also, again,

t lL>w> <M,

up

to,

only, such a way,

p JjJ

#<?r^,

pain, sorrow, grief.

until, even, etc.

a (jwjJ

ders,

reading, instruction; a

AJ
a
t

dik -kat, diligence, care.

lesson.

.oli J

duk-kdn, a shop.
de-gir-mdn, a mill.
de-gir-man-ji, a miller.

p w^-v-^jJ

d-rst,

straight;

entire;

^ Jj

safe; sincere.

t
t

-^U^i J

LviJ

J ter-h-mek, to sweat.

l^J^Sj
Ji J
cJJs^J

de-gish-mek, to change.

p ^-*i A der-ma-ydn, in the midst, p jmj?;^ de-rn, within, the interior.

t
t

de-gil, no, not.

dik-mek, to plant, establish

t lJj^
t ^jjd p
t

<fo-H,
di-r'i,

the skin.
alive.

to sew.

ls^Sj

de-i-nek, a stick, a staff.

bjj

der-ya, the sea.


ij de-r'in, deep.
<&s,

t l5j

de-niz,

the

sea.

J_5j

jjl

dk

Ju

de-niz, the Mediterranean

(//.,

p c^-wjJ

the

hand

(inetaph.,

White Sea)
niz,

jJG ^i

ka-ra de-

power, authority).
p

the

Euxine (Black Sea).


pay

c^-J
(

desJit,

a desert, plain.

t N/J5.-) din-le-mek, to hear, to


attention to.

p t jy^i J dush-man, an enemy. t

lnL^-J

dush-man-lik, hostility.

t^>UJj J

din-len-mek, to repose.

aUj

du-^a, a prayer, an invocation.

JJ

<fo7,

the tongue, language.

J Is J du-cM-ler,

adieu!

[//.,

prayers

(for you).]

a t
affair.

JJ J3J

rf*7,

the heart, soul.


a public crier, auc;

dal-ldl,

a *^c J da^-wa, a lawsuit, an

tioneer, broker

a guide.

t _3>-*jj da^-wa-ji, the plaintiff.

t ul^ta ifo'-M, a demand, prayer.

QO

L^jS

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

t lL>1^ de-lik, a hole. t


t

t Civ*^o*t) d-ken-mek or tu-ken-mek,

^5^

dil-ki, (pron. til-ki)

a fox.
t
t

to finish, terminate.
-S

lLx*<^

di-le-mek, to wish.

J d-gm, a knot.
diig-mek, to beat.

t lLSC*]j dil-mek, to bore.


t

LJUojJ

^e'-Zz,

foolish,

mad.

t (j^<^ d-gn, a marriage. t

t -*J de-mir, iron, an anchor. t

(J^JnS do-la$h-mak,
about, surround.

to turn

round

,5^^*^

de-mir -ji, a smith.


t

a L.3J dm-y, the world. a ^*^ij^ dav-ril-mek, to be turned


about, be upset,
t^Ij^u)
ec.

Jk*}J do-la-mak, to surround.


;

a uu4^J da--let, nation fortune, happiness; empire, power.


t

dr-la

and ^S,J (commonly

jUjJ

da--lat-lu,

happy, rich.

pron. tr-l), kind, sort, species. j!jjJ JS^<J tr-l tr-l, of all sorts,

p Jw*Jjc) da-u-lat-mand, happy, rich,

powerful.

t^SjJ
of every kind.

<7o-/#, full.

t 4^jj<-> dr-mak, to stand, to be, to

t ^J^jljjJ do-nat-mak, to adorn, equip


(a vessel).

remain.
t

Ld

t IrfjUifc) do-nan-ma, a fleet.

de-vir-mek, to turn about,

t
to upset,

^JJjc) do-nan-mak,
equipped.

to be adorned,

p ci-w.J dost, a friend.


t
<-**> w L^ir-i)*^

lLx*iJjJ dn-dir-mek,
turn about, return.

to cause to

uu-/iur-'i c?-

to

put in
t

order, to collect.

uLdjjJ
from.

dn-mek, to return, depart

t
t

lUwjJ d-shek, a bed, a cushion. _jU~. J dsh-mek, to fall (metaph.


to happen).

t ^j J de-veh, a camel.

t ^J-^JjJ

do-i-mak,

to

satisfy one's

(ji^J

d-gsl, combat, battle.

appetite, to be filled.

Cx^L^jJ

d-gsh-mek, to fight.

^V,jt> d-i-mak,
hend.

to hear,

compre-

t L-x^iijJ d-kl-mek, to be spilled,


to be upset, cast
tities.

down

in quan-

t (jL*.\*

d-ym-lik,

spoil,

booty,

abundance.
dk-mek, to throw down.
t

JjC^J

jLiJj d-yum-l,

fertile,

abundant.

s\i

VOCABULARY.

LS^
szXr,

ft

t * J dA (post-pos.), in within,

etc.

a Xj+&> m-khi-reh, provision.

[130 and 253].


t *J dah (for ^s*t>), and, again,
etc.

kJ> J

memory, mention

reciting

the Koran, or repeating the


of

name

See

[123].**

God over and over

again,
fall

a L2.*jJbJ

deh-shet,
fear.

astonishment,

until

some of the company


fit.

wonder;

off in a
district.

a jlo di-ydr, a country, a

JJj

ze-lil,

abject, base,

humble.

p ^jIjsjjJ di-de-hdn, a guard, spy

a ^jj<3 zavk,

taste, delight, pleasure.


IsLtf

the vanguard, sentinel.

lLCcjI

Jj J

2t^ va sa-fa

tL|J
t t
(jjuJ

<ts,

the knee.
tooth.

et-meh, to rejoice, be contented.

J ^A, a

ujJ

di-sM, female.
dart,

t jj*J J di-ken, a thorn,


point.

spur,

J
a

lLCJ J dl-mek,

to wish,

tffc.

#<?<?

u^p-U

rd-hat, tronquillity, repose.


1

J^J
t

j V

rd-hat ol-mal\ to

lLCkO

de-meh, to say, speak.

be tranquil,
p

t j.O f?e-y& (for c_J>y,^ de-yp), saying.

l^~j^

nzs, the right

hand

right,

pJJ

$*?, a dive,

a demon, a devil.

sincere, true; straight.

pj\j}J di-war, a wall.

a
court,

^>\j

rd-z'i,

consenting,

agreeing,

a ^,3

di-van,

royal

the

satisfied,

divan,

a\j rah,

a road, path.
advice;

&Wi)

di-wn-neh, foolish, mad.

^j
s^
i

ra-i, opinion, counsel,

a iJtad di-va-ni, a courtier,


p <U J deh, a town, a village.

seeing.

rd-i-ha,

odour,

exhalation,

stench.

a U-j a a C-J
ssa,

ri-ja,

a request.

(jU^j

rah-man, merciful (applied

person; essence; nature;


;

to God).

endowed with

a lady.

a fr^-j ra-him (the same as ^\*>-j)


clement.

a Jjfclj 30-M, forgetful.

24

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

L,

redd, restitution, repulsion.

p p

rt^j

^n^fir, a chain.

jjVjj raz-zah,

the provider of the

o^^JJ
,

zin-da-gani,

life,

living.

necessaries of life (God).

X^3j

zan-dd-gi,

life.

a tJLj, ri-sd-kt, a

letter,

a mission.

t ^*>JJ zen-g'm, rich.


(

a J~^ ra-sl, a prophet, an ambassador.

p jVj zin-har, beware! look out! be

on your guard
will.

a L?j W-20, acquiescence, wish, a blcj


a

p jjj sV, force, violence, strength.

n-ctf-ytf, subjects (of an empire).

Xil\\j

zi-yd-deh,

more, much, too

<_*ij ra-fih,

a companion.

much, excessively, very.


a
^jV.j B-ya-r^j

visit

to

a holy

p <U; ri-wdn-eh, travelling, flowing,


preceding, moving.

man's tomb,
p Lj

Z
a a

rl, the soul, spirit.

J
j
;

E-5, elegant, adorned,

p t jb ;^j ru-zi-gar, the wind

p j
;

zr, under, below,


se-rd, because, since,
zin,

an exp
\

perienced person
-sp>j
ij.>j

time an event.
;

ra-ln, pledged, pawned; gage.


re-is,

since,
this.')

because,

efe.

(//.,

from
p

a head, chief,

prince

^>j m, a saddle.
zi-net,

pilot, captain.

a l^:j J

ornament,

dress,

embellishment.

j
p ^jbj
ze-ldn,

the

tongue,

speech,

a language.

p 2fjLs sd-dah,

clear;

even;

only;

p Jj ze-ler, above, on, upon. p t ^^jj za-bn, weak, sick, infirm.

simple, pure.

pjL;

as (from
;

^^X^salh-tan), done,
a musical instrument

a c^fc^-J
fatigue.

zah-met,

grief,

trouble,

arranged
rushes.

j
,

jj

zer-da-l,

an apricot.
season, an age.

a l^-cLj

sa-uit,

an hour, time, the

a |o^j za-mdn, time,


a
L.J
;

present time; a watch.


..rsTu^L; sa-zat-ji,

zem-lil, a basket.

a clockmaker.

U-,
t

VOCABULARY.

lLX -I

If)

Lj sa-li-ver-meh, to deliver,

t JjjU-j sa-ca-det-l, happy, excellency.

let go.

p ^.Lo sw, custom, habit, manner.

< juj

sa-z.i,

diligence,

effort;

an

a JLj sa-yer and sa-ir,


the whole, another.

all,

the rest,

express messenger.

a JL

se-fer,
;

a journey,

road,

tra-

p *jL> sa-yeh, shadow, shade.

velling

war.

a \^y+~>
p

sa-hab, cause, reason, motive.


>

t t

j>-jk~i se-fer-ji, a traveller.

JbL

si-pa-hi, a soldier,

an

officer

pr-j se-fer-l, a soldier

an ex-

of irregular cavalry called Spahis.

perienced person.
t * JLo suf-ra, a table.
t <UsL:
s-/z7?,

t jjbr*

se-tem, injustice,

tyranny
heat,

foolish.

8^a^
;

(for

jiWUrfl)

warmth

warm.

l^X-j
(

sig-ret-met

and

sei-ret-

t jolis-* si-chan, a mouse.

met, to run, to

walk about.

p j~i

ser,

the head, top, chief.

t j-u*-j sel-san, eighty.

t d>\j~ r-a-i, the seraglio.


p j^j wrrf, cold.

a ULJ*L*i s-kt,
f*ix\)

quiet, being silent.


sil-ht pd-rd-si,

O'tL;

a bribe. t J-*:
si?r,

harsh, cruel, severe.

t l_>X~j

si-nelc,

fly.

a l^.c,j sir-zM, quickly, in haste.


t Cj^*j~i ser-mek, to extend, lay out
(a cloth).

a a^Ls sd-ldm, a salutation

peace.

a
a

JL*L*a sd-ld-met, safety, liberty.

^jllaL> sul-tdn, the Sultan; absolute

Aji-j

su-rr, joy, delight.

power.

t Lj &, a particle signifying without/

a ikL:
t

sul-ta-net,

power, majesty.

which
press

is

added

to
:

words
thus,

to ex-

l!x*Lj

sil-meli, to clean.

privation

y^^>
;

a lL5Lj

s-lk,
;

journey,

way,

se-beb-siz,

without motive.
to

manner
to

t su-hlc, leeches.

t (J**$j~a

siz-la-mdk,

lament

t <dj sil-leh, a

box on the

ear.

suffer.

a \j^A~i semt, direction, way, road,


voice, sound.

^j

ses,

path.

a lUjUj
ness.

sa-^a-det, felicity,

happi-

VjA~> se-mer, a pack-saddle.


t

uj3u*i se-miz-lih,

fat;

embonpoint.

TURKISH GRAMMAR,

Ki,
;

tJ-^w-j se-miz, fat, stout.

j~~i sayr, walking, a promenade

a JU-5 su-al, a question.


t p
(J>~5

show.
a
i^l\ --~j

sw, milk.

sai-rd-ni,

a promenade

to

\ilj~i

sa--da,

melancholy,

love,

go

to the country.
sayl,

ambition.

a
sa-u-da-gir-Uk,

J^

flowing,

a current

of

Tcli3^^*-o

com-

water.

merce, agriculture.

Xj*~3 s-ret,

one of the 113 chapters

of the Koran.

a>
to glide, to

t LN^j**: sr-tn-mek,
creep.

p
to

C>\j*

s/m^, glad, rejoicing.

CS^*jy* sr-mek,
horse).

goad on

(a

t ^J^JbLi shash-mak, to be confused,


troubled.

t Sj}**

s-ri,

a flock,

troop,

a .Li sha-ker, thankful,


pj^l-l sha-ker d, a
disciple.

multitude.
t )y*s sz,

word, voice, discourse.

^,1-i s7^w, honor,

name, rank,

state,

t j~i sev-g, love, fondness.


t ^<f$~i sev-g-l, beloved, dear.
t

station,

y*tow> sha-liin, the peregrin falcon.


L1

cS^y^

sg-mek, to curse.
love.

<U->

shubh, resemblance; a ghost; a

t lIx^J-j sev-mek, to

dream.

t lLC#jJJL* sev-in-der-mek, to rejoice, be pleased, to console.


t tjC^Jujj sn-der-mek, to extinguish (a light).

*^-*-

shilb-hat or

shub-ha,

doubt,

scruple.

a JjA-1
a

she-did,

vehement, violent.

<--?U-Sj shir-db,

wine

;.

any beverage.

t J^CtulL

su-i-lisli-mek,

to

talk

sArt/r,
is

wickedness; quarrelsome.
a

together, to chatter.

~.1*~j scd-ydh,

a pilgrim. a pilgrimage,

J~> numerals.

termination added to
Vide [49].

a c^o-L-:

si-yd-hat,

i^^xjj^i sha-ri-uit, the law.

journey.
p $L~j si-yah, black.

U-j she-fa,

remedy, medicine

state

of convalescence, cure,
p .ILi shi-kar, hunting,game, plunder.

p L~*+~i

sib,

an apple.

kji.
p ^j
,lLi> shi-ka-ri,

VOCABULARY.

JU

27

a hunter.

u^ACi

shi-ha-yet, a complaint.

p JLi she-her, sugar.


t

e?L

s5 (and c->L?), the stalk of

.->

shkr, praise, thanksgiving (to

a flower, the stem of a plant.

God), thanks.

a j\c
t

sa-ber, patient.

a J-Ci
a p

she-hil,

manner, way, form.


noise,

(O^^? sd-bn,

soap.
sell.

<G'U~>

slia-md-ta,

cry,

t /^J'Ls sat-mah, to T

tumult.

J^

ctf-^

-#M8 dl-mak, to buy.

JC2J S^JSi shim-dan-son-ra, for the


future,

^s^JL?

sa-ti-ji,

seller.

from henceforward.

t ,JLs sach, the hair.

t _? X+J* shim-di, now, at present.

a c^-o-b

sa-heb,

a friend;

a pro-

prietor of anything.
shen-lih,

rejoicing,

feast,

splendour.

t jj )U> sd-rih, a muslin. t

(j*\a
head.

sar-mah, to

wrap about the

a CJjl^-> sha-ha-det, witness,


tation, testimony.

attes-

t
Pj-^-i

qU
cL

sa^A, the right hand, the right


;

s/^Ar, a city.

side

whole, sound,

etc.

t JL^> ske-htr-ki, a citizen.

sagh, safe, safe

and sound; not

shay, a thing, something.


shi-rin, sweet, agreeable.

broken.
t fJj^Xja sagh-malc, to milk. t (jliL? sagh-lih, safety, health.

p ^j

-j-i

t ^iu-j s/i^, a swelling, a tumour.

a
p
<Lu*..Jj

jL? sdf, pure, clean.

shi-sheh,

a bottle,

a water t

^JiL

sak-la-mdk, to hide.

pipe,

called also nar-gi-leh

and
t ^LfciJiL

sd-/un-maL;

to

take care,

gd-li-n.

be on one's guard.
t

tliC^A-Jj

shi-shir-meh,

to

swell,

^x!b

sal-ghin,

adj.

dispersed;

to cause to swell.

sa-li-an, a tax.

lLx^A-->

shish-me/c, to swell.

t /*) L sdl-mah, to send

to

shake

a ^lk;-l shay -tan, Satan.

^*:JL>

sa-len-mah, to be sent.

;.

28

U
^
sd-li-gn,

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

0>

jj^J^*

Tuesday.

t ^jU-s sa-mdn, straw. t (j.+*o sy-mak, to break, disperse.

t i^X^jS-jLfl sd-li-ver-melc, to let go. t t


t

^*JL> sdn-mak,

to think.

-i-s sa-n^j art, workmanship,a trade.

^-^U?
h^wwj

sd-wush-malc, to dismiss.

cUx^> sa?i-^at, art, a trade.

sa-i-mak, to count.

U_.

t.at-lu, skilful.

a
a

*-l--0 sa-hah,

the dawn.

a Jjtf san-dal, sandal-wood.

-^
(

sw5/j,

the morning, dawn.

a p ,J*u\^^ san-dh, a box,

chest.

a -mo
t

sabr, patience.
s-^ sich-ra-mak, to leap.
society, discourse,

a ^*tf sa-nam, an idol; the beloved one.


san-malc, to think. #<? {L*j L?

J~+\

a c^-^s*5 sh-hat,
friendship.

^J-4^Mi?
**j?

syn-mdlc, to be broken, routed.

sw, water.

^s ^
1

sah-ra, a desert, a plain (hence

t (jp*j\y*

su-var-mdk,

to

water,

the

word Sahara)

a cool place

sprinkle.

{Vide <JuL^.)
sound, voice.

near a spring

of water

where

a C^j-s
t

so<?,

people go to pass a day.

^ **?

such, a fault, sin.

a p

\s*> sd-cld,

a sound, voice, echo.

t L>**? such-l, guilty, blameable.

a jjJup a
t

sadh, speaking truth.

a iZJ

**a s-ret, form, image, counten-

dj <Xa sa-da-lca, charity, favour, alms.

ance, portrait.

^j<3
t.*?

syrt or

C^-, the back.


tie,

jAjye

sor-mah, to ask, interrogate.

t <J-*jO syr-mah, to

wrap up.

tJ~^>

su-siz,

without water, thirsty.

se-rah, order, series, turn.

t C^3j~>s> su-siz-lih, thirst. t **iya su-sam, the island of


also,

t (J^x~* sigh-mah, to hold, contain.

Samos;

IsL?

sd-fd and se-fd, pleasure, con-

a seed of that name.

tent, pastime, recreation.

t f^A^iyo sus-malc,
clear,

and

(JL**>ya

sa-

a LjB*a

sa-fi

and ^Ji^a

sd-fi,

sa-mah, to be thirsty.

just, upright, sincere.

a ic~y s-f, wise,


a Soofi.

pious,

devout

t t

JLa

syh, frequent, often.

JUL?

sa-Ml, the beard.


son-ra (pron. so--ra), after,
etc.
;

A a

uJya
J.;

sf, wool.
sit-fi,

t \Jya

a woollen pelisse.

afterwards,

t j^? so-uh, cold. t

a J*

sulh,

peace

a treaty.

j^Sya sn-hdh, a

street.

VOCABULARY.
r>_S
t

%
za-rar, injury,

29

<Sy*

son, {sone)

the end, extremity,

>-*e

damage.

after.

iLi
the left hand, left side.
water,
to

za-rar -l, injurious, hurtful.


za-c-f/*,

t J^j

sol,

a w-i*^J

weak.

^yyo
t

su-lak, left-handed.

t /JJjLxc? za-yif-lik, weakness.


to

fjd^a

s -la- male,
to

to

da-mir and za-mir, the mind,


sense.

moisten,

sprinkle,

give

(horses) to drink.

^iL^ di-ya-fet, a feast; hospitable.

(jA^ye

su-lan-malv, to be watered,

to leek (as a ship).

(J***

sav-malc, to let pass, to pass

along.

t (Jajyc son-mak, to present.


t (ju %^ so-ish, prey, spoil.

c^ lb

ddt-maJc. to taste.

t j lb ^r, narrow.
t jajJ^s dart-mdh, to weigh. t ^Lv.fjlb dar-ghin-lih, anger.

t (J*J ya so-i-mah, to plunder.


t

t (jAJJ ya sii-yin-mah, to undress.


t

a a

A^ j^

t j^Ljllr dd-ril-mah, to
say-ydd, a sportsman.

grow angry.

a p <jwlb
sa-'id,

fows,

a bowl, a cup, a goblet.


^A, a stone.
to carry.

the chase, game.


t /lib
tfas/a

and

a tL^a

sa-if,

summer.
t

^.-ilb dash-mak,

t /^^sllr da-sliin-mak, to move house.


t elb ^a^A, a mountain.
t (JazJ^ da-ghit-mdk, to disperse.

a l^-oL?

zd-bet,

holding

firm

p a

jib

tdk, a cupola, a

window.

governor.

a L^Jlb ^-Z;^, power,


wandering,
lost

force, strength.

a _>L

za-yezj

a *jlb

td-Tcim, a set;

assortment.
to

hungry.
a

a /v*jtb
;

tak-mak and ddk-mak,

LuJ

zJ^, possession, seizing

direc-

suspend, fasten.

tion.

a c-Jlb

fa-fefl,
;

asking,

searching,

a Ljj J> darb, beating, a blow.


(Jl*

desirous

a student.

S-^5

^ri me-thal, a proverb,

a Jib td-hc, horoscope, the dawn.


t jyuuxHL?
ttt-lic-siz,

an adage.

unfortunate.

30

X^D

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

u%

t <J*ilb dd-ld-mdh, to bite. t


I)

Xj^k

tan-ja-ra, a saucepan.

lb or < IL>
Uj

ita-fte

or 0-010, a heifer.

t j? andj\L da-var, animals, horses, sheep, oxen, t t


efc.

dd-nish-mah, to consult.

t (jwjlk td-wus, a peacock.


t

(J^J

ia top-la-mah, to gather up.

Jyl

ta-vuTc,

a fowl.

ij^iz
(jXi

tt-mak,

to

take,

seize.

t
t

^js^U?

ta-wul-ji, a

drummer.
t

j*s

sz tt-malc, to obey.

^IL

fa-f,

colt,

foal.

(J**

*b

dur-malz, to stand, wait.

a e-^jlb ta-yih, good, pleasant, lawful.

t ^;^> tur-na, a crane, a stork. t ^JJiiio ta-u-shdn, a hare. t /*! -i b


dogh-ril-mah,
to

a l^%*-J?

ta-li-^at,

nature,

genius,

disposition.

make

^jb
^J
^Js

top-rdh, earth, territory

dust.

straight, set io order, correct.

t <_*-!> tap-male, to adore, worship. t


ta-fa or tat-li, sweet, pleasant,

t t

J^Js.^>

do-ghur-malc, to beget.

<J<*i^ dogh-mah, to be born.


do-gh,
birth,
origin,

agreeable.

t *iL
position.

com-

t or ah,

way, manner,
tarh

mencement.
t

clis-^J
place,

~ r3
to

et-meh,

to

^jJ^L

do-Mn-mak

or to-Mn-malc,

cast

upon

one and

to touch, to push.

compel him

to take.
;

t l5y? do-nz (pron. do-mz), a pig.


t (J^Syz don-mah, to freeze.

a ^j
<dj\

.U ta-rik,

a road

way, method.
i-leh,

(jljo

lu ta-rik

in this

t <_~^> dol-mah, to be t

filled.
;

way.
a +Wj> tu-uirn, food, nourishment.
t jxb or

^Jb

^cw, a pair of drawers

skin,

color (of a horse).

^j^^o dogh-r

or dogh-ri,

(J^JLL da-yan-mah,
port, lean against.

to resist, sup-

straight, right.

t ,.,Lul? doh-san, ninety.

t (Jy&sb ta-hel-meh, to be closed, shut


up, adjourned, (vulg. di-hil-mak)

\^
.!?

do -kz, nine.
ta-Iab, a petition,

a c-^lL

a request.

A Jib
a

zd-fer, victorious,

overcoming.
oppressive,

tam,

avarice, desire, gluttony,

J 11?

zd-lem,

a tyrant,

p il**b tam^-har, avarioious,greedy.

tvrannical.

\\l

VOCABULARY.

31

jfcllj

zd-her, apparent, clear, mani-

universe; time, age; mankind.

fest, certain.
a.

a JLc ta-Mm, learned, wise.

ii \Jo za-rif, beautiful, elegant.


m

a CIjLc

A-bad-et, worship, adoration


reli-

oU za-far, victory, a triumph.

Pjlj jLc ^i-bad-et-Har, devout,


gious.

a Jd? zlm,
pression.

injustice,

tyranny, op-

a *\Lc J-bar-et, interpretation, sense,


darkness.
;

a
a

jj^vfclli zl-met,

phrase.

-t

zann, thought, opinion


etc.

zann

a Jus
a
&*;*.

tCibd,

a servant, a slave.

et-mek, to think,

^a-bul, a hermit; a servant.


ii-tdb,

a-j^J

ze-lur,

arising,

manifested,

a c>l^c

reprehension,

re-

appeared.

proving.

a ^l^lt ^oth-mdn, Osman, the name


of the third Khalif.

Hence the

t
a
Jlfi <A-bed,
<~d-jez,

word
a c^ols-2,

Ottoman.'
ui-ja-yeb,

and i_^s? t-

an adorer of God.
weak, feeble.
weakness.

jab, wonderful, marvellous.

Ajsj-lc
t

ajs?'

ia-jam,
;

foreign, barbarian

LOj^U
Jjls

z-jiz-lik,

Persian

incompetent,
1

etc.

Vide

a Sjlc
a

cA-det, custom,

mode,

rite.

page

'

T, note

id-del, just, upright.

iliXt ^i-zdr,

the face,
;

the cheek;

a d*jAx d-d-vet, enmity.

an excuse

a veil.

AjU
a
i

^ar, disgrace; modesty.


,U:

a ^jGrZ card or carz, honor, reputation.

c-a-r^wise, knowing, skilful.


^.a-shelc,

Jl>- tJijZ
a
lc

^arz-hal, a petition.

a ^L^jIc

loving, a lover.

c22, glorious, magnificent.


Is

a c^--ul^

cd-Jci-bet,

the end;

{adv.)

c^^j

ta

m^^,

invitation.

in fine, in short, finally.

L*2J L^^Js
wwX*,

cft-ZZ-^

tf-

<dj^-^ Jxu-Jla
o-la,

ui-lce-bet-i-niz Jcha'ir

to go.

may your end


die a

be good
!

i.e.

ir

.izzet,

glory, honor.

may you
a Jile
a p
ta

Mosolman

a JL^s.

^as-Tcar,

a soldier; an army,

-M, prudent, wise, sensible.


uc-lem,

a troop.

Jlc

the

world,

the

a <_*Lc cw.sM, love.

32

lt
r.

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

cli
c-^r^LjcA^c

a (oV2-2 cus-yi-n,

rebellion, sin.

jLc

.i-nd, obstinacy.

i2-v ^

za-zi-met, grandeur,

mag-

<,i-tidd sa-heb,

an obstinate man.
;

nificence.

a w^c zdm-har, amber


put barley
in.

a place to

a *J za-zim, great, grand.


a c
trt/y

or <~a-fu, pardon, absolu-

a X*z aindj

near,

with, about,

in,

tion.

according

to, etc.

Jc

z,a-kil, intellect,

wisdom.

^j%&

%av-ret, a

woman,

a wife.

a lac

^u-ha-la, prudent, wise.

a 1^*2- caud, exchange, recompense,


sense,

TJ-jJiLc

^-kel-siz,

without

reward.

foolish.
jic z,a-hel-8tz-Uk, folly,

a tX^c
stu-

tM,
;

promise,
a will.

contract,

agreement

pidity.

a k-^-c
-

pfitzd,

shame; a

vice,

stain,

t JliLc

/w,

wise,

prudent,

infamy.

judicious.
t

a a
prudence,

J*c

cfo?,

a festival, a religious

feast.

^jALc

u*fc-c z-aysh, life, delight.

za-hel-l-lih,

a s.
intelligence, sagacity.

uiin,

spring;

the

eye;

a hj&z
a [j^Ss.

fountain.
zMt-k-het,

punishment.

a
uifo,

^j^s.

ti-net, assistance.

reflection

an image

a return-angle.

1c
<Lc

a-lcij,
zAl-let,

medicine, a remedy.
a malady
;

an accident,

t
a Jili
gha-fel,

a pretence.

imprudent, negligent;

At

zdlm, knowledge, science, art,


asleep.

profession.

a lili
a

gha-fil-an, suddenly.

Is. tola, above, upon, according to.

v,_*Jlc ghd-leb, victorious,

conquer-

a *jU,c d-ma-deh, a colonnade.


kj*- aimr,
life,

ing.

age.

a LU gM-liba,
whole.

chiefly,

upon the

a a

uUj:
(j-c
etc.

,a-mal,

work, action.
of,

uin, on, from,

concerning,

*oli

gha-yeb,

absent, invisible,

hidden.

VOCABULARY.

^^k>
a L^-oU gha-yet,
the end
:

L&
ghal-bet,

S3

chiefly, extremely,

a <uLc

victory,

superiority,
for

gha-yet et-mek, to deVide

(adverbially used to signify

termine, intend, resolve.

the most part,' and pro. gha-li-bah)

page

P
the meridian
;

a LLc gha-lat, an

error, blunder.

a jIc ghd-yer, jealous.


a ^>lc
gha-'i-ret,

a midp

*i. ffham, grief,

sorrow.

sfU

ghun-jeh, a rose-bud.

day.

p liji
;

ghdu-ghd,

a noise,

dispute,
4iJ

a a

<Lbli. ghd-i-let, disgrace


\

an

evil.

quarrel,

(sometimes written

Jki gha-da, repast in the

day about

kav-gha)

twelve o'clock.

A^*i ghayr,
day of to-morrow.

other,

another,
0fo.

except,

if!

Jki gha-dat, the

besides, without,

A a

iL*i.

gha-'i-ret,

courage,

honor,

Joi

ghar-bel, a sieve.

jealousy,

(should be ghi-ret.)

t a

(AjrC gh-rsh
gursli)

(plural of
five

(A^
six

tJ>^

ghay-ri, another, besides, in:

piastres,

or

of

dependently
tively

also

used exple-

which make a shilling. Originally


it

b gha-'i(J}\ iJh+z- _

was of the value of a Spanish


but
it

r' ol-maz,

But

indeed this will

dollar,

has been reduced

not do.

(by the governments constantly


debasing the
coin) to be

standard

of

the

worth about 2d.


a
stranger,

a i_^o

J:

gha-r'ib,

yss-li fd-kher, precious, excellent.

foreigner, a poor

man.

a _j\i fd-reh, glad, happy.

a Jji gha-zal, an ode, a short poem. a c--v^


gha-dab,
anger,
violence,

J^ li

fa-del,

excellent,

virtuous,

learned.

wrath.

a
ghif-let,

<Jli /a-^2, frail, transitory.


tfJli fa-'i-det, profit,

a e^-lii ghaf-let or

negli-

advantage.
to

gence, imprudence.

t L-X4^!iJjli
profit,

fa-'i-deh-len-melc,

AjjiLi gha-fr, forgiving, clement.

derive
;

advantage

from

+is. ghu-Idm, a boy, a servant.

anything

to

be useful.

a c_^li #A#$, victory, excelling.

t Ax^Vifa-i-deh-lu, useful, profitable.

34

jz
&J

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

"

\j

a Axu
t J

Jit-net, sedition, rebellion.

a ^JLh fa-ldn, such a one, such,

etc.

fit-neh-lu, querulous.
;

a <u^Li

fel-sa-feh, philosophy.

J-jii /-^/, fidgetty

the wick of a
al-mdk, to

LO

fa-lak, the stick

with which
;

lamp

or candle

fi-t'il

boj^s are beat at school

the

fir-

become
a

fidgetty.

mament.
intelligence,
sa-

^^J\ji

fi-rd-set,

a Li

fe-na, bad, base, shameful.


;

gacity.

a LLJji fa-t, passing away


repose,

death

cLs

fi-rdgh, leisure,

tran-

negligence, omission.

quillity, idleness.

r /Afi fersh, a carpet, mat, cushion,


bed.

a jjy

fok, above, besides ; superiority.

t 4jlSi fd-u-ka-neh, above.

L^-si

A
fir-sat,

an opportunity,

oc-

o fit
etc.

n among,
>

of,

by, concerning,

JlsM

casion.

,J fil-hal,

in

truth,
it so

t t-JjAjJ LL^-^Sji fir-sat du-shup, an

truly; j-S\jH cl fil-wa-ke%

happened
opportunity presenting
p <te-^i fe-ra-jeh,
overcoat.
itself.

in short,

etc.

a cloth

cloak or

a J-j

fil,

an elephant.

r 1/^,-J fu-rush, a seller.


p

^l^i

fir-ydd,

complaint,

cry for

O
a Jjli
ka-lil,
;

help, clamour. receivable,


;

credible,

a J*fli /as, a section, chapter


cision, etc.

deetc.

able, possible

the future.
skill,

a J*ii fd ^excellence, virtue science


;

a LLlS

ka-li-li-yet,

appetite;

grace.

aptitude.

a AL*J

&L,jb IS kap-lum-ha-gha, a
fd-di-let, excellence.
;

tortoise.

a Jj ^c^, acting, doing


tion, a verb.

fi'l,

an ac-

a ^4jli kap-mdk, to
t CUlS Z a, folds,
-

seize, carry off.


--IS

d?li

Z*a^ 7
often

?
?

A^-Jii fa-kir, poor, a religious

mendi-

how many

folds?

2.6.,

how

cant

a faquir.

t <J*jIS kat-mak, to add, to join.


care,

\^i /r,

thought,

advice,

_ IS

kdch,

some

interrog.,

how

reflection.

how many

A3
t (JL+j^X: ha-chir-mak,
to

VOCABULARY.

y*
tie,

35

cause to

t (J^j^lS ka-wur-mak, to cook, to fry. t t/uJ kd-yish, a

run away.
t fjA&~\s kacli-mak, to run away.

band, strap.

a JilS
a a
*.

ka-il, content, consenting.

a a
t

dlS kdd, quantity, length.


fjlji
ili

IS

ka-im,

erect, firm, vigilant.

ka-der, skilful, apt, capable.

c^^-LS

ka-bd-hat, fault, deformity,

kr, snow. t

baseness, turpitude.

t rHj' kd-rish, mixture, confusion,

^LS

ka-bak or ka-pak, a covering


;

medley.
t

pumpkin
kd-rish-ter-mdk, to mix;

the deck of a vessel.


!
'

^^x-ijli

ASUS^1
decker.

ch-ka-pak-lu, a three-

to trouble, interfere with, (causal

of k-rish-mk)

t J-Jj ka-bal, a task, a day's labour.

L*-

lS ka-rish-mk, to mix.
IS

/jJl
to

ALi kd-bd-ldh dldim, I have

t ,*!

ka-ri-sh-la-mak,
(a person).

go

dertaken to do this work for so

and meet
i
,j> \s

much.
wife.

ka-ri, a

woman, a

a J-J aJ/, before, the front.

t jlS

Ms, a

goose.

a aLS

kub-let, a kiss.
(pi. of^-Js)

t /L'fU kaz-mak, to dig.


t

a^-J k-br,

a tomb.

/^iJjb
,**?lS

ka-shin-mak, to scratch.

t jjj-i ka-buk, rind of a tree, a shell.

M-d&, a judge, a Cadi.


mule.

a Jjjj ka-bl, consenting, agreement.


t joJLS kap-ldn, a tiger.

t isli k-tir, a t

J^jjJli

kal-dir-mak, to raise up,

t <_^~S

kap-mak,

to close, to shut.

to carry

away.
rise, to depart.

t *S ka-p, a gate, a door.

t /iL*llS kalk-mak, to

a J^S
t
J-J

jfarf^

killing, slaughter.

t fj^\j kal-mak, to rest, to stay. t

&-*,

vehement, strong; a^r.,

IS

ka-lin, thick.

^very, entirely.

<LlS

kd-met,

standing,

the height

t ^r

.^-J -fo'

y^,

too late.

of a person.
t

t *zr kach, some. (s00 IS)


to be bled

^lS kan, blood. <J^>\ ^IS


(from the veins).

J^s?

ka-chdn, when,

at the time

that.

^*jlS kan-mak,
thirst.

to

quench one's

t /*<)*?

ka-chur-mak,
cause to
fly.

to

put

to

flight, to

utr
a

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

J*

Ls5

kalt, a famine.
stature, body.
;

t dlcyi kar-ghah, a crow.

A Si hadi,

t j\i ^r, forty.

a jjJ ka-dar, value, price

quantity,
o? Jca-ddr,

t (J-"ji kir-mak, to break. t ^ji karn, the belly.

number,
so

etc.

jSi

J^

much.
hud-ret, power.

^jji kurn, a horn.

*\jki

t tef\s ka-rin-jeh, an ant.

a *JJ kd-ddm, a foot, a step.

a i^^ijika-rib, near; nearly, about.


(pi. of

a l^Aj h-d-m, the ancients, *jji ka-dim).

t (Jjuk

kd-zdn-mak,

to

gain,

ac-

quire, get profit.

a ajjJ ka-dim,

old, former.

L;^^

kaz-ghan,

kettle,

boiler,

AjlJ

ka-rdr,

constancy,

firmness;

large saucepan.

rest,

repose; resistance.
a king,
chief.

a
<Ls

L^-jLui ki-sa-ivet, sorrow, anguish,


regret.

1\

/ra/,

y
l

(pron. krd-li-jah) the queen.

JjV"*^
A-uui

kis-rak, a mare.
;

A
t

U/

hur'dn, the Koran.

#sm, an oath

division.

,jjUi

ka-rdn-dash (also ,^ifc>jj

a i^-jLai kas-sdb, a butcher.

kdr-ddsh), a brother.

a Juai

kasd, intention, project, design.


castle,

UV

\j.i
\

kur-han,
.-j

sacrifice.

/oVy

a *as kasr, a
t

a tower.

kur-bdn ha-'i-rdm, the feast

(jaL^
to

hjs-syl-mak, to be shortened,
short.

of the sacrifice. t &xiji kur-la-ghah, a frog. t

make

t <t^i ky-sa, short.

J \jjs

kar-tdl,

an

eagle.

a
against,

<Lai

kis-sa,

a tale, story; an

affair.

T^-ii

kar-shu,

opposite,

a Li

, only, at least, efo.

towards.
t fjpj-*!

a -Li -, cutting.
to oppose.

i kar-sh-la-mak,

a IsLLi

ka-ti-fe, velvet.

When
e

the h (*)

is

not pronounced,
it.

it is

purposely

left out, in
eh,

order that
ah,

the learner should not aspirate

The
;

a is

sometimes

sometimes

and

sometimes
ear,

for this there is

no rule

the learner must be guided by his

and by the words noted in


Vide page
2,

this vocabulary, as a

sample of the rest in the

language.

preceding the Vocabulary.

y
a
^u-fti

VOCABULARY

D9

ko-par-mak,
off, tear.

ka-fas, a cage.

t (Aji

to

pull

up,

t ^pii

or

^13

M-lan, (participle of
t

carry

<jh*Aj)

remaining or remainder.
;

^Uj y

kop-mak, to
ku-wet,

rise, to

go out.
power,

a c-^li #$, the heart, soul


false,

t kalp,

a Cl^jj

strength,

vigour, ability; virtue.


kil-ti-bdn,

^l;^

man

of bad

Tj^uJy

ku-wet-siz, powerless, without

repute.

force.

t (jLsij&s kal-dir-mak, to take away,


carry
off. etc.

L-iUjJJy

ku-wet-lan-mek,

to

ac-

quire strength, to fortify one's


(auxiliary
self
;

(J^J

kil-mak, to do,

to give strength to

another

verb) fjA^s
to pray.

jUj

na-maz kil-mak,
t

to assist

with money.

yJy

kut-lu

and mt-l, happy,

t *syj t t

ki-lij,

a sabre, a sword.

fortunate.

Jji

kd-lil, small, little.

Tyjji

ku-wet-lu,

strong,

powerful,

-g^UJi kam-cheh, a whip.


-i ka-mar, the
^jwi/fci

robust.
t

a
t

moon.

(J^>-* ko-ja-mak, to grow

old.

ka-mish, a reed.

t <^-yi ko-ja, an old

man;

old.

t jl:J ka-nad (vulgarly ka-nat) a wing.

t
t

^sO^-i

ko-chi-ji, a

coachman.

TjSjLj ka-nad-lu, winged.


t

(c^-y ku-cl, a coach.


to

L^cl^i

ki-na-iat,

content,

satis-

t (J^jvjji kr-tar-mak,
deliver.

save, to

faction.

pa
t

Ji

Xywm?,

sugar (hence our word

^jUJ^ji kr-tl-mak,
to

to

be saved,

sugar candy')

be freed from anything.

i^j

JJj

kan-dir-mak,

to

excite,

t (JLaSjjS ku-rut-mak, to defend, pro


tect
;

stimulate, provoke.

to

be dried up.

t JjJcJs kan-dil, a candle. t O>:J kan-da, (vulg. han-da) where?

t Jjyi kurd, (pron. kurt) a wolf.

$*j}3

kor -kak, fearful, timid.

whence
t

t jASJjs kor-kt-mak, to frighten.


to

(J^

kan-mak,

quench one's

t (JaSjjS kork-mak, to fear, be afraid.

thirst.

t
t

*f'-j kor-knj, terrible, fearful.

t ^*!J!aS ko-wa-la-mak, to pursue.

jjLrsA

,*i

kor-knj-lik, fear, horror.

18

Jy

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

U
pilot,

t jsj J kor-ku, fright, fear.

Tj&js k-la-ghz, a guide, a

t JjjjJ kor-k-l, terrible, frightful.

an

escort.

T/^*t*i

kor-mak,
;

to

extend;
etc.).

to

t jLj ku-lak, the ear. t (jSLj


ho-la-'i,

stretch
t

to

dry (linen,

easy, convenient.

iJ k-r, dry, useless.

t (jA;$*3

ko-la-'i-lik, ease, facility.

(jXijjy h-rt-mah, to cause to dry.

a /y ko-um, people, a nation.


t
jiu^jjj

t j*y

y
;

k-r-mak, to defend, proto

ko-m-sh or ko-n-sh, a

tect

grow

dry, to wither.

neighbour.
t /'J

t ttes^jJ k-ri-jeh, dry. t t

ko-mak or

commonly

0-2-

^iy

X-w-^',

a lamb.
bird.
f

wm, to place.

*^;^ ciy tjy

f%s MsA, a
a falconer.

gSM>js

ksh-ji,

X-o-'e

5w-m

or-dah, put that

down

there.
to,

^LiJ

ko-sha-mak. to attach

jl3y

ko-nak,

a house where one

to harness.

puts up on arriving at a village

<ti ii

ko-gheh,

an urn,

vessel,

a residence, home.
t

(utensil) a bucket, (vulg.

Mi -fa)

^^J^i

ko-nush-mak, to converse

lJJJ

kok-la-mak, to smell.

with any one in a neighbourly


manner, (from ko-nu-shu)
t

JJ

ko-ku, smell, scent, exhalation.


to give a smell

t ^jpJyj) ko-Mt-mak,
to anything.

<_^y
to

kon-mak, to place one's

self,

encamp, to perch.
ko-u-makj or
kov-mak,
to

t yLiLijj ko-ku-la-mak, to smell.

(J-^*^
drive

t
t

y^C
Jy

ko-nu-shu, a neighbour.
y>Z,

away,

to

turn

away

(a

# or

a servant, a slave;

servant).

a soldier.

a ^-y
lid -wul,
;

ka-iv'i,

strong, robust; solid.


tail.

Jy

or

JjliJ
;

a word,

juj J

k--rk, the
*J

compact
\

an opinion
*

a bargain.

CS^jiji

ko-'i-ver-mek, to let go.

L-Ccj j\3
t

Jy

##/ a ha-rar

a (jwLi

Xz-as,

an opinion.
dress,

et-mek, to agree.

<il-J

ki-d-fet,

appearance,

Jy

ku-laj,

a measure the length


t

air,

manner.
rising up.

of the

two arms extended.

*Li ki-ydm,

cX
t

VOCABULARY

^jJS

;)

*Lj

fa-d-met,

the last day

i.e.

lLj,

as,

like;

Ji, the Arabic

the day of resurrection.


t Ji
kxjr,

article,

and Jjl, before, formerly)

a plain.

a p

icli

ka-ghaz, paper.

U*z*
t J.-J

fash, winter.
fal,

A^Jb
skin.

ka-fer,

denying God

an

in-

the hair

fidel,

an impious wretch.
full, entire.

t <U-J fa-met, price

measure, stature.

a J**li ka-mel, perfect,


,

p <U-J fa-mah, hashed meat.


t

a S-^Ui fa-hob roasted meat.


Aj***
ka-b'ir, great, large.

(J^i fa-mah, (for


cream.

ko-'i-mak) to place.

t <J-*-J ka-l-muk, a delicious kind of

jjli fat-tan, flax.

p l<A^b ket-khu-da, a viceroy, lieukai-nat-mak, to

^J'l^J

make

boil.

tenant, an agent,

ete.

hence the

t <J^)[^s ka'i-na-mak, to cook, to boil. t 4-j -yw or k-, a well. t t

word L*sr
of a village.

kekh-ya, the chief of

^^

ko-yun, a lamb.
kia-ba-shi,

p a bathman, a
t

ku-ja,

where

whither

^Ij^Uj

L5 f

M-chi, a she-goat.
ke-d'i,

man who washes


bath
:

people in the

t ^.Ai

a cat.

(from ^J, a kind of sponge


is

a L_So3
fore.

ke-zd-lek, also, thus, there-

from which a lather


is

made

it

composed of the unspun

silk

a
a

<*^*\J>

ki-ra-met, honor, respect.

threads taken from the interior


of the

if*f
,-i.i

kr-si, a throne, chair, pulpit.

worm,
is

in the

same way

as

kur-ki, a crane.

catgut

made.)

a +Js ke-rem, generosity, favour.


p t sj>
ker-reh,

time.

bj>

J bir

ker-reh, one time, once.

z&
a
an Arabic particle signifying

^/2*J ba'd ker-reh, sometimes.


5

*J> Jj^t lL>,

*-

chok ker-reh,

many

times,

often.

'like, as,' etc.

Ex. cS-i
;

*l

ka-in-

na-ha, as if thou wert


kdl-dib, like a thief.

l^o Ab

a tf a iiJ>
a \jJs

ka-r'wi, generous, splendid, etc.


ka-r'ih, detestable, filthy.

kess,

a man, a person, some

JJl

kal-du-wal, as before {pomp, of

one.

^u*i j& her-kes, every one.

;;

40

>*
-j

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

If

fjf^

kcs-tin,

violent,

strong

piece of the root used to light

sharp (said of vinegar,


knife, etc.)

wine, a
t

fire

with. k-clk, small,


little.

^>-fi

t CS>*<*& Ices-mek, to cut. r

Tjji Mr, blind.


t <L^j< krk, a pelisse.
<*jLu*i

^J^S

Icesh-ti,

a boat, a ship.

a u_cAi

W$

open.

l1x*sj1

C-5^
i

k-rek, a spade.

XW*/

et-meli,

to enquire into, to
affair.

p (L&
t
t

k-sJeh, a corner.

look after an
t

CJ

&, a root. a coal merchant.


hill.

^li

ki-shi,

a man, a person.

\TS*> k-mr-ji,
Z;w7?,

a L-4U&

hi-fa-yet, sufficiency, profit.

p ^*i

a mountain, a

AjSb hufr,

infidelity,

p u/jj

kii-i,

a farm

a town.

r tl>Ki Mh-UJcj a partridge.

T j^ k-i-l, rustic.
t
iLji &r-&, dirty,

a Jo

kid, all,

the whole.

p t <W*- ki-seh, a purse.


t Jti X^/, ashes, cinders.

a <uL kay-fi-yet, quality;


a
*ita

state of

Jcd-ldm, a

word, a speech,
thing or matter.
t

p i Zuw, wanting.

ui

or

jK

ki-lar,

dispensary;

t /S

Mm, who,

that, etc.

place

where the provisions of a

JUi

ke-mal, perfection, excellence


;

house are kept.


t

integrity
t lu,^*i

fulness.

^r-jkS

ki-lar-ji,
;

the

keeper of

ki-mes-nah,

some

one,

the same

a person in charge

person.
t <U**i

of the keys.

kim-seh, one.

some one, somebody,

any
r r
i

Li ke-nar, a

side, shore, edge,

^yS

M-nuftf or

^y^

ek-nun, now,
p
ali*

at present.

gah, time, place.

*L

*li

some-

t t

CiO k-pek, a dog.


<^Sy^
k-tk, the

(pron. ki-o-pek)
of a tree,

times.

stump

t 4rsnj&L ga-h'i-jeh, sometimes. [200]

The g

is

always hard, at

all

times, before every vowel.

VOCABULARY.

WL
l^jo

41

g-b, like,

as,

according
e

to,

p ,lijb gf-tar, speech, speaker.

upon, on.
t

Vide page

P.

p js j
t p t
to

gf-t-g, conversation.
to see.

CS^*jj^ g-tr-mek,
duct, carry away.

to bring, con-

CS**j gr-mek,
Jo
gl, a rose.

t
t

&r
jjs
t
,

ov tefXs ge-jeh, the night.


part, of

lLC*!^

gel-mek, to come, to arrive.


ge-lin-jik, a little bride.

clX*^

gech-mek,

CS^^

pass,'

used adverbially for past

p (oUo^ g-man, opinion, thought.


p

time

as XiSlisr ge-chen-la/r-da,
gech-mek, to pass,
to tra-

sLf g-nah,

a sin.

in olden time.

t -s^r ^mp, young, tender.

Ls^sr

p ^aS

^^',

a granary

hidden

verse, to arrive.

treasure,

t tLiv^O-sr ge-chin-mek, to be, to live,


to exist
;

p
t

to gain one's bread.

ijm^ g-nesh, the and &o (pro.

sun.

ge-ne or ye-ne),

Jo ge-da, a beggar.
t t
-

again, nevertheless.

? Jcjsj ge-rif-tar, a prisoner, captive;


taken.
t

LL> gt,
{Adj.

anus.
occupation.

gch, force, power;


difficult.

L>o
j\

#e

m;,

it

is

necessary.
o,

Adv. <&&- gj-

\jSf y LLJ^ge-rek bu ge-rek

Uh, with difficulty.

whether this or that.

^J>
enter
;

<-^-~r

a cS\ gev-rek,
a biscuit. t
t

fragile, tender,

weak;

ge-rek-ge-rek, it is indispensable.

lL^^p

gir-mek,

to

also

^J&j

g-rl-ti, noise, thunder.


to see,

CS-+j gr-mek,
discover.

perceive,

CS*A} giz-le-mek,
ceal.

to hide, to con-

t lJ>*+Jj& g-rn-mek, to be seen, to


to be hidden.

t t t

cS^Sgiz-lan-mek,
<L>-jhs giz-lu-ja,

appear.
t Sjjsg-ra, near, according to [136]. t

secretly [200].

ln^
l^AS"

gez-mek, to walk, to march,

jy

gz, the eye.

p aJojT ge-zi-dah, chosen, selected,

t Ji^j g-zel, handsome, beautiful. t

^sA,
_,!

walking
Jo

passage.

CS*\fi

g-zet-mek,

to

view,

*uj

gesht-u

observe; consider.
t

gil-zar et-mek, to

promenade.

CS^*J^i<S gs-ter-mek,

to

show.

40 X.-v

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

Sb

p
t t

j*<f gsh, the ear, hearing. lL^T guk, the heavens.


JJ^S g-nl,
the heart, soul, the

t j!j-j giz-lu, rather ^(adv.) hidden,


secret.

cLx^Jj-J giz-lan-meh,

to be hid.

mind
t

intuition.

t lv- ge-yilc, a stag, a kind of deer

^f gl,
make

a pond.
giil-dir-meJc, to

only existing in

Mount Taurus.

CS^j^f

amuse, to

laugh.

t L_X4jjS gil-lush-meh, to joke to-

u
a

gether: to strive, wrestle.


t <u!^> gill-geh or hl-geh, shade. t

Jj^
V

//-'tf/7,

because, for the reason

lLam&jP gl-geh-lan-mek,
self.

to

that.

take the shade, to refresh one's

Id

%im,

necessary,
*-'

urgent,

suitable.

ur*j

cS^f>

gl-mek, to laugh.
silver,

i-cln, as far as is needful.

\JL* g-msh,

money.
;

p
git-

jj$

te/i,

a corpse.

t CS^+y> gev-mek, to ruminate

t lS^Js S ld-kir-di, word, speech.

mek, to think intently.


t

p J^l

foj,

a ruby. a tulip.

di^*L*r

gilm-le-meh, to be buried,

la-leh,

to bury.

a (jA
to

ld-yeh,

worthy, proper, suitable,

S**f

gm-mek,

bury (a

trea-

able.

sure, not a

dead man).

a t-^

lab,

the lip

edge, shore

side

t
t

gn, the day.


to send.

of a river.

jS~*j^)js gn-der-mek,

a (jwU

li-bds,

a garment; clothes;

J J^T gn-dz,

{adv.)

by day.
t

drawers.

t t_x*J T g-ven-mek, to boast. t CjltzJs git-meJc, to go, to walk.


t

Ls
jj

la-ha-na, a cabbage.
liz-zet,

pleasure;
if

sweetness.

&s^ ge-jeh,

night, the evening.


to enter.

JJu^lj jjm-.x1
bil

jj liz-zet tl-cMish

t
t

L.S^tjS gir-meh,

ta-nuk-ko-li,
life

the
in

sweetness

^f or

*js gi-ru,

back, over again,


jS

of

consists
to

moving
(changing

(adv.)

diU!^

#z-r# gel-mel-,

from place
about).

place

to return.

u
a

VOCABULARY.

*U
from the noise which

43

jM

la-%%, sweet, delightful.


;

a lU3-J lay-Uh, a stork, for <^Jo^3


leg-leg,

a joLu! U-s, the tongue


speech.

language,

it

makes.

p iLiJ

lash-lcer,

an army.

^^J
^J

lai-mn, a lemon, a citron.

a
a

JlsIIsS

la-ta-fet, grace, elegance.


lutf,

la-im, cursed.

U-2

gentleness,

humanity,

courtesy.

a t c^M

la

- tif,

sweet,

agreeable

(plur.) t^jblLS
tales, etc.

la-td-yef,

jokes,

a L< ma,
a jest, a joke, a tale.
not.

that,

which,

what.

No,

a &Lk! a i^^x! a a
&jc!
Ax!

ld-ti-feh,

(Neg.)

Zc5,

playing; a game.

a L*

and ma\ water.


md-bayn, (adv.) between.

lac-net. a curse,

anathema.
language
;

a
a

.^b

a Usj~l* md-jara, an event; accident;


occurrence
;

la-ghat,

speech,

{lit.,

that which has

dictionary.

taken place.)

a <U! loh-meh, a morsel, a mouthful.

*]

a 1j^cL ma-^ada, the past;


ci-Arv.1
1

besides,

ra-hat li-hm,
:'

mouthful of pleasure

a kind of

except

the rest.

sweetmeat for which Constantinople


is

J I*

mdl, wealth, riches, estate.


ma-U-Mio-li-ya, melan-

celebrated

among

the

p t

LLsqJL*
choly.

people of Turkey.

^1
*;!!
<&!!

le-Icen,

but, nevertheless,

how-

pjljJU

mal-ddr, rich, wealthy.

ever.

t fj^j\^\y mal-dar-lik, wealth, opulence.

U-wa-zim, necessaries.
hl-ld,

a pipe, a tube whence

loL*

md-lek, a king, lord, master,

the water of a fountain flows.

4^3

la-h, blood

Ishv,

play,

di-

a J I*

ma-nec,

hindrance,

im-

version.

pediment, objection.
p JCjI* md-ndnd, like,
p it* m/*, the moon.
as.

p ^^Ll lay-hen, but.

JJ

lay I, the night.

44

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

L^*^'
a
well-

u
maj-lis,

a <Ll* ma-yet, a hundred. a J.'U ma-il,


disposed
;

\j^-"

an assembly

the

inclined, bent;
affectionate.
let it

council.

a ^ilsr* mu-hd-ri-beh, war, combat.


lest, etc.

jL*

mu-bdd,

not be,

a < 'j+s?* mal-bb, beloved, a lover. a


\j+)*^s?*

a lL>>1~* mu-bd-reh, happy, blessed,


holy,
fcljl

mali-bus,

imprisoned;

cL/tU^ mu-ba-reh o-la,


!

prisoner.

may

it

do you good

jIj

Ci;L*

a lLjJls-" mu-had-des

(deth),

nar-

mu-la-reh bad, compliments.

rator, teller of tales.

S-iL^ mu-la-shi-ret,
commencement.

beginning,

a L-AjS."* mah-rdb,

or mih-rdb, the

chief place in a mosque.

a &i\

i-Sl-^

mu-ba-le Ha, extremely.

a fas-"

m -liar -ram,
of a

unlawful;
(the first of

a <JL* mu-bd-le-gha, diligence, best


endeavour. a j\s^

name
the

month

Mohamedan

year).

mu-ta-bicj a follower,

ai^
Jyos'*

mal-rm, prohibited,

de-

servant.

prived.

a &oll* m-ta-bi-^at, obsequiousness.


a

mal-sl,

the

produce of

S^L*

mt-td-had, united,

made

one.
to.

the earth, the harvest.


mu-has-sel, an officer

J-ast*
collects

a (jb^** mu-ta-al-leh, belonging a

who

yj^+
from

mut-ta-far-re^,
;

sprouting

the tithes,

etc.

originated, produced.

a ^is'* mahz, pure,

full

only.

a (jx~* mut-ta-feh, concurring, suitable, agreed.

a yds." mah-der, the


a f^s**

(royal) presence.
solid,

mu- hah -hem,

[adv.,

a
a a

J^
Ji*

mi-thil, like, likeness.

firmly]

me-thal, a fable, a proverb.

a <uLs"* meh-he-me, the tribunal of


the Cadi.

Is** ma-jdl, power, force; skill.

***+?*

mu-jas-sem, incarnate,

cor-

J^*

ma-hll, a place.

J^^jj nr-

poreal.

L^Jjye

f****?^ c^

^"

ma-hall, the light of the place


i.e.,

^l>u
ret

d-ghaj-dan mu-jo.s-sem su-

the beauty of the Palace.

ya-pdn, a maker of wooden

a Sajs" Mu-ham-med, the prophet.


a <*sr* mih-net, trouble, disgrace.

images.

VOCABULARY.

45

a k**r* m-hit, comprehending


rounding
;

sur-

o***-

mer-ha-met,

clemency,

a fortress.

Lus^sr
t

compassion, mercy.

lahr-mu-liit, the ocean.

A^as-**

mer-ha-met-lu,

merciful,

a *Jb\sz*

mu-Ichd-te-reh, danger.
mu-Jchd-te-re-lu,

gracious.

Tx!b\sr*
ous.

danger-

a **rv

mar-hm,
:

euphemism
one upon
:

for

'defunct'

lit.,

whom
CLijs

God has had mercy


a u-ills*
posed
mu-hha-lef,
to.

also,

contrary,

opfd-t, (one who has) passed away,

fjs\

(fills'*

m-hhap
t>

merd, a man.

lef il-halc, false,

Lulls'*

mu-Jcha-U-fet,

opposition,

J\dy

mur-ddr, dirty, impure.

a yo**

mdrd, falling

sick

maraz,

resistance.

disease.

ills'* muhh-tdr, chosen; the best;

t t

k&f

ma-raz-lu, sick,

ill.

^^
(adv.,

an ambassador.
maJch-ss, peculiar, proper.

\-~f c__^^

mar-lab, a thing ridden

donkey.
t t

on

purpose,

an express

mu-rah-hab, ink.

messenger).

/y\ ^y
etc.

me-rel-dd-mah or J^J Siy

a (j^-s"* mahh-lh, created, produced;


a creature.

me-rel-dan-mah, to murmur, cry,

a *Js^ mid-det, time, a certain time. a

a l*f*

mu-ru-wet,

pity,

assistance,

r X* a jj^

madh, praise, applause.


ma-dad, assistance, help.
senseless, con-

protection, kindness.

*j<+

mu-ru-wet-lu, benevolent.
mi-zaj,

a jjybJt* mad-hsh,
founded.

y
\ 1

temperament, (used for


in common parlance)

health,'
city.

etc.,

<JjJ*
is

me-di-neh, a
'par

Medina

\y

ma-zdd, an auction.

called

excellence'

$0

a J\y me-zdr, a sepulchre, tomb,


p si* wwzA, taste, a relish.

city.

d\y

mu-rdd, will, desire, intention.


step,

a
a

Jo
.

y
'f*
*

ma-zid, increase, energy.


mu-zay-tjan,
barber,'

a tJ3y mar-te-Mh, a
rank, dignity
;

degree

adorned

also,

time.

because he makes

46
(J***'*

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

t*s+

you neat and orderly by clipping


the beard,
etc.

a *Lu^ mus-lim, a true believer; a


Mussulman.

p XAl* muj-deh, good tidings.

a
space
;

f^}^-^

mu-shd-gekh, (the

pi. ofJ&JS )

<Llu~*

ma-sa-fet,

distance,

chiefs.

endurance, sufferance.

a ijjllu* mu-shd-we-ret,
bate.

counsel, de-

a JLul*

mii-sa-fer, a traveller, a guest.

a u^^j^y* mu-sab-bab, the causer of


causes,
-

a iLSjJL* mush-te-rek, a partner.


a ^jjJL* mush-te-ri, a purchaser.

God;

to gain one's

livelihood.

a a
deserving,

t^ijJLst mu-sher-ref, honored.

p l^vuu^ mast, drunk.

fjj\sjs$

mus-ta-hakk,

Jy^* mash-rak, the east. a *JUs* mash-rh, explained,


said.

afore-

worthy.
a jjjCuuu^
mus-tagh-rak,

immersed,

J JkJLs*

mash-ghl, occupied, atten-

drowned. a Jucjw*
pardon.
mus-tagh-fer,
soliciting

tive, diligent.

a jy^<+ mash-Mr,
a

celebrated, famous.

JLs* ma-sln, walking.


mas-la-hat,

a *sr^*
a
Hjk."*-*

employment,

mds-klid-ra,
;

raillery,

business, occupation.

mockery
querade.

a buffoon

a mas-

a i?'..^ mu-san-nif, the composer,


author or editor of a book.
t

(JiSjS^

mas-kha-ra-Uk, ridicule,

<U*...a*

mu-sz-bet,

misfortune,

railery, nonsense.

trouble, disgrace.

Aj.ju^ mas-rr,

cheerful, contented,

a &Ls*

m-dd-'i-ka, want, narrow-

joyful, delighted.

ness; oppression.

X-uu**

mas-kan, a dwelling.
mis-kin, poor, a beggar.

)oj~Jl maz-bt, good, proper

held,

j^^t
{

governed.

a 2juu^ mu-sal-lat, a governor; ruling,

a -^k* mu-tic, obedient,

subject.
;

overpowering

a vampire.

a ay&z* maz-lm, oppressed


a ijjx,*

modest.

(J^j! kLuuu* mu-sal-lat ol-mah, to


prevail, be superior.

m-ut-va-net,

assistance,

subsidy, aid.

J"
a Jjcjc*

VOCABULARY.

J-**

47

muz.-te-del, temperate, just. muzr-te-ref,


,

a (Jjl* ma-ka-bel, opposite. a *[&* ma-ham, rank, station;


dence.
resi-

a t_ij^*

known,

cele-

brated

confession making.

a bSxs m-U-det. the stomach. a tejXA wz<zc -H :/^,knowledge,science;


:

J^X*

mak-bl, pleasing, accepted,

agreeable.

a clever thing.

a.j\&sl
just.

muk-ddr (pron. vulg. mikquantity,


part,

a Jyi*^ ma^-kul, reasonable,

ddr),

number.

J^*
known,

also certain.

pyx-*

j\&sl*j}, a
h -liim,

little.

t ^_$J\Sks* muk-dd-ri, almost, nearly,


cultivated;

Kjjaa* ma^-mur,

about.
fre-

quented; agreeable; prosperous.

AjjJU
a

mu-lcad-der, predestined.

a l^*'* ma^-na, sense, meaning and ^**J ya^-nk, used for, that
'

\sSsl*

mu-kad-di-man,

firstly,

anciently.

is to say.'

aJU

mu-kar-rar, established, fixed,

certain, positive.

a J^x^t ma^-hd, appointed, agreed

a *xJL* mu-kai-yed,
upon; the identical;
very.
(adv.) that

attentive,

writ-

ten down, noted.

a
a
ij\ks

tj\Lst mu-ka-fet, recompense, price.


jo!-C< me-kdn, a place, a station.

ma-gha-ra,

a cave,

den.

(plural)

jU^

ma-gha-yer.
the
west,

p^L*
the

me-ger, perhaps,
if,

but,

unless,

a c-yc*

magh-reb,
;

only,

etc.

setting sun

time of prayer at

a cliX* a

me-lek,
me-lik,

an angel.
a
;

that hour.
A.jjjks

CL*

king;

mlk,

magh-rr, deceived.

kingdom,
to

etc.

milk, possessions,

t (J^^jtjk*

magh-rr -Ian -mak,


;

domains.

grow proud

to deceive.

a^*^* m-glai-yer, changed, changeable.

a Jy.^ me-lul, tired, vexed. a ^a~+ mum-kin, possible. a ci^xL^


mem-la-ket,

an

empire,

a J\z3l mif-tah, a key.

province, power.

a tijL muf-red,
huge.

one,

only

great,

a (Jj>jL^
slave.

mam - lk,

possessed

48

^
I,

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

*.Ls*

^V men,
of

used poetically, instead

t (jX&ilx*

mu-na-fik-lik,

hypocrisy,

hen.

impiety.

^y ^

man, he, who, that, which, any


etc.
of,

a j*~+ mam-bar, a pulpit


seat.

a high

one,

min, from,

by, than,
crier,

etc.

<L~*

min-net,
<Ujl:>-

favour

praise.

a ^jlx* mi-nd-di, a
a <UwjIx*

a herald.
pro-

<k~+

ja-ni-ma min-net, I

mu-na-sib-et,

fitness,

shall be delighted.

priety, convenience; proportion.

a ^sx^t mu-naj-jam, astrologer, astro-

y)

<wLi

Aj

neh mu-na-se-bet bu,


this

nomer.

what does
CS^j<f
mek,

mean

a Ar~* men-zel, a place where one


descends from horseback after a
day's journey
;

<U-sl^

mu-na-se-bet grto

or

mu-na-seb gur-meh,

a house, a home.
a
situation

approve.

a
a
hypocrite,

t*^~+ man-sab,
%-'*s*

or

a (JJ\^*

mu-na-fik,

post under Government.

sycophant.

mane

a prohibition.

Pi-z-l has

said-

u Ujj

^
j^jw*

/t)-S iLwit

(3i

^JJ

f*

**>/*!

We-fd her Mm-se-dan-Jcim is-te-dim an-dan je-fa gur-dum

Ki-me-him bu fe-na dun-ya-da gur-dum

bi

we-fd gur-dum

Ki-me-him ha-lim ez-hdr


U-zm-da hem
I have

e'i-le-yp is-te-dim

der-mdn

be-ter der-da

dm man

mub-te-ld gr-dum.

met with
found

rejection
all

from

all

whose friendship I sought,


in this sad world, I counted
:

And have
All,

unfriendly on

whom,

from

whom

I asked sympathy, after exposing

my

sorrows,

I have found to be immersed in greater evil than I mvself.

; ;

cX-^

VOCABULARY.

J
\

49

a <Uk^*

mam

-fa -cat,

emolument,

(_yi3j>- i

Jul mai-da-neh

chi-har-

profit,

advantage.

mah, to publish abroad,

etc.

a J!y~*
i,:*\

min-wal,

mode, manner.
weA man-wal
ii-zS-

T,** mr,

a prince, lord, chief.

\$j~*

J^~

<

m'vr-lua or mir-li-wa, general of

rah, in

what way can you pre-

brigade.

tend?

a cJ-%* mi-rth, inheritance,


m-d-fih,
to.

heri-

a (jj>\y

suitable, proper

tage.

according
a

(j*A}\

i*LJ>\r+<*

mi-rath ol-mah, to

+3>\y ww-wd-^c, occurrences; what have happened (pi. of -^j U).

succeed to an estate.

Ajm*** mu-yas-ser, made easy,


tated.

facili-

jy

mt-l, happy, fortunate.

}>-y

md-jd,

existing, being

t tJL~+ mi- sheh, an oak.

found. p

a
a candle.
a

J-^

mail, leaning towards;

affec-

*y

mum,

tion, love.

,*yy mu-men,
faithful.

true believer

t (ov^r*

ma-mn, an

ape.

p *** mai-va, fruit.


- ter,

p t

jY*

nieh

tambour,

war

trumpet,
p f^tjY*

etc.

band of musicians.
affectionate,

O
PjU4j
nd-chdr,
helpless,

mili -ri -han,


;

benevolent

a friend.

without

p <3u^ mih-Id, delay,

ji j
give

\xj

resource.

5d-d mih-let

ver,

me

a little

a /*^-l3 nd-hak, unjust,


p

injustice,

time (and I will pay you).

Joli

na-ddn, ignorant.

a CjUw^*

mu-him-mat, necessaries,

t ^ltlj nd-dan-lih, ignorance.

provisions.

a ,jU na-dir,
rarely)

rare,

singular,

(dwfo.,

g*

md'i,

wine.

p 4j LkV* mi-hha-ne, a wine-tavern.

lj

ndr,

fire

a pomegrante.

^^L^V*
field;

mihh-la-mah, to nail up.


plain,

a p *^J\i
p ;U
as,

na-r'inj,

an orange,
coquetry;

a (J^V* mai-ddn, a

an open

blandishment,

a place where the horses

elegance,

are exercised with the jerid.

r cS\\j nd-zik, thin, elegant, pretty.


4

; ;

50

>y

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

Mi
ne-seb, genealogy, lineage.

t iJ^xiSjli na-zih-lih, elegance.


t <dil) nd-fi-leh, useless,
(also d-nd-

a c-^auJ

t <UJ nes-nah, a certain person or


thing.

fi-U)
a Jilj nd-hilj a relator, story-teller,
etc.
;

&*uj

Jb

7^r

nes-na,

whatever.
50-S2W,
air.

one

who

takes (anything)

the zephyr, fragrant

from place to place.


p
a IT

U nd-gdh, suddenly.
name; fame, renown.

^lAJ

ni-shdn, a sign, signal

seal

p *lj d#, a

an order.
if-ti-hhar,

,Lk\il ..A-SJ ni-shdn-t

^U

wa-z, a reed, pipe, a flute.


na-yil,

decorations
II.
;

of

the

a JjIv

obtaining,

attaining,

Sultan

Mahmoud

acquiring.

A j*aj
a
in

nasr, assistance

victory.

*jI)

na-yem, a sleeper.

i^^sj

na-sib, lot, fortune, destiny.

t <LsT ni-jeh,

how ?

what manner ?
i^'M zd-man
it

tejj

jjttfi

4rsnJ

(J^\j\

c-^-~2J

na-sib d-rd-mah,

to seek one's fortune.


der-Jci,

what

a long time
5

is

a
that.

<ScUsJ

na-si-hat, advice, counsel.

15^

termination added

a
Vide [45].

aIj
Jo

ni-zdm,

stringing
order,

(pearls)

to numerals.

a \dj

arrangement,
ni-da, calling, proclaiming.

regulation.
je-d'id,

Tj*aj ne-dir for jJ Jj neh der,


is it ?

Jc-

|UJ

ni-zdm

new

what
military regulations.

t ^(Aj ne-ddn for

^ J <

weA ^#w, from

I2J

na-zar, the sight

looking

at,

whence

Aj^j
r

razr, a

vow, a

gift.

-3

na-z'ir,

alike, equal to; similigliair-i na-zir,

U^^
case,

ne r -de-ban, a ladder, a stair(also

tude.

^Jlaj j*J.

mer-di-van

or

#^r-

unequalled.

di-wcm)
t

a JjO nad, a horse-shoe, a

hoof,

etc,

*J^j

ne-ra-da, (abbre. for


?

x>j

<ti)

a a*3 wa^/a,

yes, thus,

very well.

where

in

what

place

a <Ux3 ni^-met, grace, favour, wealth,


etc.

a \jj ni-zatj a dispute, litigation.


p uLxjJJj
close

naz-dih
to.

and

w^z^,

near,

^/**jI3 ne-fd-yess,

anything delicate,

precious, (pi. of

yJJ

ne-fis)

c^53
a {jmJ
{J
nefs,

VOCABULARY.

*l

51

the soul

the person.

JiJ

ne-fass,

the

breath;

water-

pipe to smoke.
t
t

*_

C^lLJu

ne-fds-len-meh,

to take

j a
*

va, (conj.) and, also.

breath, to repose.

^J va^Vi, necessary, expedient,


fit,

a _3 ne/c, gain
tage.

doing good

advan-

proper.
sole.

a &>~\j wa-hed, one,


defect, wanting, short.

a j^ai nah,

>\j

or, impersonal verb.

F&fo [9 1 J

a Ji

W0JW,
;

history, narrative, tale,


to place,

,U Mf, a Persian termination im-

etc.

moving from place


;

plying 'possession.'

j\j

<A~*i

p sl& nigah, a look

custody, care.

u-mid-vdr, there is hope, I hope,


or have hope.

p jUi na-mdz, prayers, worship,


t

ndu, new, fresh.

cvj^5

var-mdh, to go, to arrive. met.


to

a <Ly na-bat, a period, time, turn


a band of music.
bet i-lah,

a J-Ij mm-s*?, joined,

J-c\j
arrive

&A &y

nd-u-

J^
at,

wa-sZ

ol-mah,

attain one's end.

by

turns, alternately,

a
r io^j^"*3 na-u ja-wan, a young man. t

lftlj

wa-dz, a preacher.

Lj

rao-fo
<sJjl,

(abbrev. for <, what, and

-A
jjj

wa^r,

abundant,

copious

many, much,
i'a-/^c.,

it

may
r

be [78]),

*.0.

what
?

happening,

an

oc-

can happen
willingly
;

where' s the harm

currence.
is\

with pleasure.
cj^vJ^
<

uj^y
please

nol-i-di for

ne
it

wd-hif,

standing;

skilful,

learned.

ol-i-di,

would

to

God! may

A d\j

ivd-lid,

parent,

father.
ica-li-

God
?

Vide page

TT

tua-U-da, a mother; hence

t <

?^/j,

what

da sul-tan or kla-tn, the Sultan's


prayer, suppli-

pjUj

ni-dz,

demand,

mother, the Dowager Sultana.

cation.

a <d!Tj wdl-lah, by God. a


Jlj

a Li
p i

rai-y^, intention, will, object.

wa-$, a prince, a governor,


!

*# good, beautiful.

p a\j vah, oh

ah

; ;

5a

yj
found,
etc.
;

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

*\jb

a t^t v-jud, existing,


life.

existence;

a VS-Ji wd-ld-yet, a country, a


a town, a residence.

city,

te>~j

icajh,

the face,
ne wajh, in

aspect, form.

CSvji j

ver-meh, to give.

t<>-

&j

what way

a j*
a
v ,j

vercl,

a rose.

Vide

Ji ]
ydp-rdh a
f

v-rak also

(J^r'V.

leaf of a tree.

^Ub

ha-ivuj, a
7mz-z,

kind of herb.

a u-2-^J

a-s/,

description, narrative

t
praise.

^Ik
i

(interj.)

ho

efc.

a <L-sj
a

va-si-yet,

a will, a testament
order.
;

-J&

7^j, all,

the whole.
until, as far as.
;

command, an

a ^Ji> hdt-td,

till,

a Js wd-tan, a country
plain.

home

a^js-k hij-rd,

flight

the era of the

Hijra commences A.D. 622.

a S Jlc* ivazda, a promise, vow.

a ff-'k hu-jm, an a L^-oJ AJ&


gift of

assault, effort.
;

laca wa^s, a discourse,


li

sermon.

hi-da-yet, direction

the

wa-fa,

performing a promise; p

God

to

go in the true path.


\J>Jljb her bi-ri,

a promise, sincerity, friendship.


Vide the

Jb her, all, every.

word

^+

men,

I.'

each one.

a Li^iJ a
i

ejfc,

time, season, hour.

a Ll/lfc

he-Idk, ruin, destruction.


/jtf-fo,

jaij v-Jcf, practice, skilfulness;

t Abb la-ld or

interjection

and

permanence

entail.

expletive [123].

Turkish poet has said

An-lar

fa-Tc'ir-i

way-da-

h.

wus-lin ne hdl is-sa


is-sa

Jan-der u-mar effen-dim ne dang-li ma-Jial


I,

poor fellow, have learned to


is life,

know

the value of your promises.

But such

that one

still

hopes on, even under impossible circumstances.

A,

VOCABULARY.

53

r +& hem, and, also,

tffc.

(conjunction

t ^JUwaju yd-pish-mak, to touch, attain, reach, (the

and expletive)
p ^Uj> hem-n, at once, (conjunction

simple form of

the above)
t ^L*j \i yap-mak, to construct, make,
build, to do.

and expletive)
p XjAJb hem-rdh, a companion. p
t

&jJLa&
L^jufcrfJb

hem-shi-reh, a sister.
hem-she-hir-lu,

t <J-*l> yat-mak, to lie


rest,

down, repose,

fellow-

countryman.

p Jy>-V.

yd-khod, either,
\f".

or.

Vide

apt
a

Uj>

hd-vd, the air,

wind

love,

page
p p

desire.
(j*y& ha-wdss, desire, lust, wish, #fc.
iU-Jb
ha'i-bet,

Ju
,-\j

ydd, remembrance, memory,


yr, a friend.

fear

grandeur, imt (J-dj\i


formidable,
yd-ril-mak,
to

be

cleft

or

posing greatness.
burst.

T^-uJS>

ha-'i-bet-lii,

mat
t

^jb
;l>

yd-rin, to-morrow.

jestic.

yaz, the

summer.

p p

-ib

7^^<?7^,

nothing, never at

all.

[43]
t

JJb

ha-'i-kel,

a temple.

yaz-mak, to write. (J-^j\

iU-Jb ha-'i-ne,

convenience, facility,

t cli ytf^, butter,


yagh, burning

b
oil.

<-^-^J

zS-U

(also ko-ld-'i-lik)

ju ^j^j

zd-'i-tun yagh, olive oil.

t Let*

yagh-lu,

fat,

oily.

t ^jUJLib ya-kish-mak, to beseem.

a
t

l>

ya,

holloa

t <JH*2b
!

yk-m&h

to light a candle

or

fire.

ya, or, well.

p jowli yd-bdn, a desert; wild. t

a j^^j ya-kin, near;


certainly.

ya-k'in, certain,,

c-^VV. yd-bdn-ji, a stranger; un-

known.
t

Jul ya-li-niz, only, alone.

(JKpuuJU

yd-pish-ter-mak,

to

t ^jijjub ya-M-niz-h'k, solitude, unity.

^J^jJuuLjIjJ
attach, join
;

cause to touch, to
to apply
;

t jjb yaw, side, flank, ^^.

to stick

Tjjb

ya-vz

and

yd-z,

energy.

together.

(commonly used

applauditorily).

54

!y

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

c
ya-ra-mak,
i^j
r

*J\ jb y-w2 a-dam, a good man.


t ( J^'p\jya-v%-lan-mah, to exasperate,

Tj^b

ya-ra-maz, useless.
to
<

t (JL*\ j

be

useful,

render fierce and energetic.

of service.

neh ya-ran,

^b

ya-2, a

bow.
>

what use

is it

t ^V.V. y a -y an a footman
foot.

a man on
(commonly
d-par-

(J*3j*

yirt-mak, to tear in pieces.


aid, assistance.

*J j yar-dum,
I j yer-lu or

j*\+
mak,

ya-par-mak,

yer-l'i,

appertaining to

used instead of ^j^nb!


to take

a place t

countryman.

away,

^O
S'
p

or (Jk jb, yaz-mak, to write.


yes-sdr, the left (side).
facility, prosperity.

p t

^Lj

ya-bdn, a desert, a wide plain.

a iLj
a

ib.^1 jjLj ya-bdn ir-de-g', wild


duck.
t jjU-i ya-prdk, a leaf.
t

LuJ ye-sa-ret,

t J~*J ye-sMl, green.

t
to

tl^-V;

ye-sliil-lik,

verdure,

lLCw^j

ye-tish-mek, to attain,
;

meadow.
t

arrive at

to suffice.
to
lose,

cX^^ALjAj

ye-sh'il-lan-mek,

to

l^i^J

ye-tir-mek,

and
pj

render green.

ye-tr-mek, to

make

suffice,

a
"

J**-

yat-ni, that

is

to sav.

F^<?

ye- ter, it suffices.

page 1
rain.

cLd

iJkj

ye-dir-mek, to give to eat,

TjytJo yagh-mr,

jLiuj^jb
a cloak for

to cause to eat.

yagh-mr ya-ghar,

it rains.

Ci\;
,

ye-dek, a led horse.

t 4j3j^**i yagh-mr-lik,

^sr Ju ye-dek-ji, a groom, the


leading a horse.

man
t

the rain.

ytf-tf,

the skirt, a border, bank.

t j

yer,

a place.
is

jj^j

J yer yok,

t (jaJsu yak-lash-mak, to approach. t

there

no room.

/4J

y-kyl-mak,

to

be demolished,

j ya-rak, state of a falcon


in best condition to hunt.

when

to fall

down.

t <_a yik-mdk, to destroy, demolish.

jA&s Sj
equip.

ye-rak-Jan-mak,

to

arm,

l1

h*j ya-k'in,

certain,
V/;,

r L-io y^" or
ye-Tca-yek,

one.

L_io

lL&

(JuJ'V-r.

ya-ral-mak, to wound.

one by

one.

u+t
>SJ
yen, a sleeve.
to conquer.

VOCABULARY.

iS
t

&j
!jj

ye-neh or U^S ge-neh, again.

klXtAj yen-meh,
t

yw-m, a

nest.
;

Ju

ye-*,

new, modern,
over

U'W.
de

jp^,

ya-vash or ya-iuash, gently

ye-

-dan,

again;

sweet, agreeable.
t

nouveau.'
t

(j*

yt-mak,

to

swallow,

to

Jj

yel,

wind, the air

yil,

a year.
t

gobble down.

t (Jk*^ ya-la-mah, to lick. t ,^ta 'i-ldn,


'-lan,

L-Cfci^jj
become

yuj-lan-meh,
illustrious.

to

rise,

a serpent.

^J^,y^

s u-

an

eel (a water-serpent).

t tej-jJ yu-ja, high; greatness.

t ^1> ya-lan, an untruth.


ya^lan-ji a liar.

,57^ V.

t <Luucvjj yolch-sa for <w>l

J;;

yo^-

w,
t

otherwise, if not, unless.

t fjiAJ yil-dyrm, lightning.

^^jJ
jit.

yor-ghdn, a quilt, a counter-

t JL^jjJj yil-dir-mah, to shine.


t

pane.

lLC^hAj

yel-dir-mek,

to

cause to

yu

~'
1

heart,

mind,

soul

run about.

courage.
t t^*ilj y-reh-lanto take

TjjJj

yil-diz,

a star.

t jij^h yil-diz-lu, fortunate.

courage.
t

t t

Lsb
^L

ye-lek, a waistcoat.

^j^,

y-reh-l, courageous, bold.

y el-ken, the

sails of

a ship.

t jj&\ yo-ril-mah, to be fatigued. t

t (J^j^lj yal-var-mah, to supplicate,


request, beg, entreat.

lv*. |j
?#., to

y-r-mek, to walk [p. 16]

t tlXjJjjjJ yu-ri-ver-mek, to walk;

t aj yej, food, meat.


t (jio^j ye-mish, fruit.
t Jjlkrfj ya-m-shak, soft. t LwuuuLij
yS-mish-siz,

take to walking.
figure,
face,

yws,

manner;

hundred.
t Lli^.> yiiz-ih, a ring. t uLiv*;^ yilz-melc, to swim. t jj^J yo#, no, not. t lSj^j!, y-lari, above
;

without food.

CivLl^j

ye-nnsh-lilc, a fruit-garden.

t L-i^J ye-meh, to eat.

t dJb^j^j y-mr-ta, an egg. t jj^/*^ ya-m'in, an oath. t jbwJ ye-m'm-lu, one

up-stairs.

t Jk^^JjJ yok-la-malc, to try, endeavour,


?fc.
;

who has sworn.

to touch.

5G

TURKISH GRAMMAR.

J^
yi-ye-jih, eatables.

CJv

yk, burden, load of a horse.


yh-let-meh, to load.
to fall

t <Jy*i yn-mh, to wash.


t

t t

CSsA2^

lL^sOj

l^KV yh-len-meh,
or attack a person.

upon

t (J^ljL) yi-lca-mak, to wash.


t J-j t J-j t jjLj
yz,

the year.

t
t

j>

yol,

a road, way, means.

y*7, (for

Jj y^) the wind.


a serpent,
(for

J^

y-lar, a rope, collar.


y-lf,
oats,

yi-lan,

^Jbl

uJ^
tf^.

(perhaps a cor-

ruption of a cclr.)
t

p ^i^>

yil-pa-zeh,

& pan.

(for

y^?-

ym

a traveller.
a companion on
t

pe-zeh)

rpJjJ

yol-dash,

^Lj

ys'Ww, yearly, aged.


to

the road.
t

t <_*-J yi-mak for <Jk*V. ya-mah,

^^LijJ^

yol-dash-lik,

company.

spread out.
t j ye-yw, food, sustenance, victuals,
*

(J^y

yul-mak, to pluck up.

a ajj ydw, a day.

cibus edulium.'

BTKPHKN AUSTIX, VIUNTKR, HKRTl'ORD.

Authors desirous of publishing will find James Madden at all times ready to give them estimates and- advice upon all matters relating to paper

and print.
In the Press, in One Volume,
Svo., nearly ready for Publication,

A Vocabulary,

English and Turkish, for the use of Travellers,


;

By Capt. Fletcher Hayes, M.A., Oxon, Member of the Students, etc. etc. and Assistant Asiatic Societies of Great Britain and Ireland, of Paris and Calcutta Resident at the Court of Lucknow.

Now
Islamism
"
:

ready, in

Two

Volumes, post 8vo., price

21.s\,

its

Rise and

Condition of the Turks.

or, the Past and the Present ; By F. A. Neale, Esq., Author of "Eight Years in Syria."
its

Progress

and then, however, we alight upon a good Book of permanent interest and which deserves to be placed upon our shelves after it is read, and which has suffiSuch cient merit to justify a future reference to its pages for information or amusement. succinct manner is Mr. Neale's "Rise and Progress of Islamism," which details in a very the history of the Mahometans from the time of the "Prophet to the Reign of Abdul Medjid." English Churchman. "The reader of these Volumes must award to Mr. Neale the praise of a most industrious and conscientious historian." Douglas Jerrold. "This is one of the best books which Mr. Neale has ever written. Even Washington Irving's " Mahomet and his Successors" cannot eclipse Mr. Neale's very clever history. 3 There is no portion of these volumes which will not thoroughly repay a perusal." Bell's Weekly Messenger.

Now

value,

Now

ready, the Second Edition, price 7s. 6d.,

The

Thistle and the Allah, Effendi.

Cedar of Lebanon.

By

Habeeij Risk

" One of the most delightful books on the East that we have read." Standard. "Often as Syria and its inhabitants have been described by English travellers, strangers and pilgrims in the land, we have now for the first time a more vivid picture, drawn bv the graphic pencil of a native artist, and marked by the simplicity of truth Both the Syrian and English scenes possess the charm of novelty in manner, style, and
feeling."

E. Times.

In One Volume, crown

8vo., price Is.

or,

by

post, Is. 6d.,

Russia:
"

A Historical
By
driven

Review

of the

Reign of the Emperor Nicholas

the First.

Professor Ustrialoff.

We recommend
is

Emperor

mad by

our readers to buy this shilling work, in order to learn how the Examiner. the adulation of his ignorant foolish people."

In Three Volumes,

8vo.,

7s.,

Bopp's Comparative Grammar.

and Edited by Professor H. II. Wilson. ready, and may be had separately.
" Bopp has created a
Review.

Translated by Professor Eastwick, The Second Edition of Vol. I. is now


Philology." Edinburgh

new epoch

in the science of Comparative

JAMES MADDEN,

8,

LEADENIIALL STREET.

James Maddens Publications.

What to
J.

observe ; or, E. Jackson, F.B.S.

the Traveller's Remembrancer.


Second Edition.

By

Colonel

Thick 12mo.,

12*.

"

Xo young man,

or old, should leave the country without possessing himself of this

work.

t should he in the trunk of every traveller."

Westminster Review.

Ancient and Modern India


Earliest Period

being a popular History from the

By the late Dr. "W. Cooke Taylor. This edition is edited and continued by P. J. Mackexna, Esq., many years resident in India. Second Edition. Entirely revised, and brought down* to the present day, including matter never before published, selected by permission of the Hon. Court of Directors from original documents. One volume, 650 pages, with a
down
to the Present Year.

copious Index. 12s.

"It is cheap, concise, and clearly and carefully written. It contains everything which the general reader need seek to know and is, besides, a good book for those who design to penetrate more deeply into the subject, to begin with. Morning Herald.
;

The

Oriental

Album.

The

Valley of the Nile, consisting of a

Series of Drawings ef the Costumes of Egypt and the Red Sea, with Letter-press description, beautifully Illustrated with Wood Engravings, and printed on the

corresponding in size with the Mounted Plates, so that the whole may be bound in one splendid volume. Thirty-one Plates, mounted on card-board, and coloured equal to the most highly finished water-colour drawing, and executed by the first artists of Paris, in portfolio. Published at 15 15s., now reduced to 10 10s. An inspection of this work is respectfully solicited. Another edition, at
finest paper,

15s.

and 4

4s.

The Revelations of an Orderly.

Being an Attempt to Expose the Abuses of Administration by the Eevelation of Every-day Occurrences in the Mofussil Courts of India. By Panchkoub.ee Kkan. The Author is one of the Magistrates of Benares, of more than twenty years' standing. One volume, post
8vo., 3s. 6d.

Recollections of Scenes and Institutions in Italy and the East. By Joseph Beldam, Esq., F.B.G.S., Barrister-at-Law. Two volumes, 8vo., 24s.

Ancient Egypt

her Monuments, Hieroglyphics, History, and

Archaeology, and other subjects connected with Hieroglyphical Literature. By George Gliddon, late U. S. Consul at Cairo. Nearly 20,000 copies of this work have been sold in America. Small folio, containing as much matter as an ordinary sized 8vo. vol., with nearly 100 Woodcuts, 2s.

Professor
8vo., 18s.

H. H. Wilson's

Sanscrit

Grammar.

New

Edition.

Chinese Manual.
Franeais.

Recueil de Phrases Chinoises Composees de


folio, 12s.

Quatre Caracteres et dont Explications sont ranges dans l'ordre Alphabetique


Just Published, in small

You might also like